Flow Mountain Bike https://flowmountainbike.com/ Australian mountain bike news, reviews and destinations. Tue, 03 Sep 2024 04:32:19 +0000 en-AU hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.6.1 140157728 Timed stages, red dirt and cold beer | Shimano Gravel Muster brings new life to stage racing in Alice Springs https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-gravel-muster-stage-racing-alice-springs/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-gravel-muster-stage-racing-alice-springs/#respond Tue, 27 Aug 2024 04:32:24 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=208181 Taking the place of The Redback, the Shimano Gravel Muster is a brand new stage race that sent riders into the outback for four stages of exploring the Red Centre. Set against the East Macdonnell Ranges near Alice Springs, Gravel Muster is a little different from your standard gravel race or stage race, for that […]

The post Timed stages, red dirt and cold beer | Shimano Gravel Muster brings new life to stage racing in Alice Springs appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Taking the place of The Redback, the Shimano Gravel Muster is a brand new stage race that sent riders into the outback for four stages of exploring the Red Centre.

Set against the East Macdonnell Ranges near Alice Springs, Gravel Muster is a little different from your standard gravel race or stage race, for that matter, with a number of timed segments for each stage. A bit like Grinduro — or an actual enduro — you can smash out your race run and regroup and enjoy yourself when the clock isn’t running.

“This is a race, not a Gran Fondo; and whilst there are a lot of people who love to pin a number on to race and challenge themselves in that way – the majority here were looking for that experience to push themselves in a new direction and that’s something we’ll continue to support in years to come,” says Toby Shingleton from Shimano AU, who was on the ground for the event.

Related:

Shimano Gravel Muster combines gravel racing, stage racing and enduro style stages into an epic event in a spectacular location.

Part of the allure of Gravel Muster is a big adventure in the Northern Territory through terrain where not many folks — outside the locals — will have ridden their bikes. Rapid Ascent has organised this big adventure, so there are no big transfers or tricky logistical problems to solve because you stay at the remote cattle stations you’re riding to.

“This event may well have broken a number of riders down, to only rebuild them stronger and wilder,” said Event Director Sam Maffett. “We are completely blown away to see each and every one of our participants finish with a sparkle in their eye and the knowledge that they’ve just experienced something truly magical!”

“Our final day in particular felt more like we were a band of life-long friends – hardened by the desert and bonded by memories that are impossible to describe in words,” he continued.

Stage 1 | Simpsons Gap loop

Kicking off from the Alice Springs BMX track, the first stage saw 78 riders set out on a 47km loop, following popular gravel tracks outside of town to the top of Flagon Hill.

The racing for today features one timed 17km segment, and the folks from Rapid Ascent had a social pop-up bar waiting for everyone with cold brewskis and other beverages at the finish.

Michelin-Beard and Shauna Frey posted the fastest times in their respective fields, but today was just a taster of what the long weekend had in store.

It would be genuinely hard to get into a focused racing mindset because…..just look at it!
Organized by Rapid Ascent, the same folks who ran The Redback, Gravel Muster is a fresh take on exploring the area around Alice Springs.

Stage 2 | The Garden Road

Day two of racing was a big’un with 153km and two racing segments on the agenda, with a total of 94km against the clock.

Leaving Alice Springs, the group set a course for its first evening in the outback at the Hale River Cattle Station. Arrow-straight country roads made for fast, furious riding over the long timed sections, though it no doubt would have been difficult to focus while marvelling at the quintessential outback landscape.

The second stage of the Gravel Muster was looong and flat, with 153km of pedalling and only about 500m of elevation.

Former World Tour Pro Richie Porte and Ella Bloor would be the fastest on the day.

“For me at the moment, it’s been hard to get a little bit of my fitness back; so to come up to the NT and have a good crack on each stage, I really enjoyed it,” said Porte. “We had a really good crew who pushed pretty hard… and that’s what it’s all about at the Gravel Muster — pushing hard when it’s timed and chilling out in the other segments!” said Porte.

Related:

Today’s stage took riders way out for their first overnight at a cattle station.

Stage 3 | Arltunga

With riders waking up at Hale River, today’s stage headed for Ross River Station, where they would again spend a night under the stars in the outback.

Taking in the Arltunga Plateau and Trephina Gorge in the heart of the East MacDonnell Ranges, the course was a bit shorter at 90km, with 47km of racing across a pair of segments.

From fields of purple flowers bathed in the morning light to sunburned bare earth, Gravel Muster covered it all in for Stage 3.

“The event format is not something I’ve done before, so I’ve had to learn pretty quick how to switch on and off out of race mode, and it was quite tactical at times, too,” said Imogen Smith, who rode into second through the timed stages today.

“But honestly, this whole experience is like going to another planet! It’s not something you’ll get anywhere else in the World — and this race really does take you places you would never, ever go otherwise!” continued Smith.

In the end, Bloor and Michelin-Beard would both add a second-stage win to their Muster trophy cabinet coming into Hale River.

While today’s stage was a bit shorter, about half of the distance was full gas racing.
The beauty of having timed racing segments in a longer stage is it allows riders to get the adrenaline of racing and playing tactics, while also having the opportunity to slow down, look around and enjoy themselves.

Stage 4 | The Numery

The crescendo of the 2024 Shimano Gravel Muster saw riders jump on the infamous Numery Road en route back to Alice Springs from the Station. The final stage was 95km in total, with 55km of that with the throttle wide open, dubbed as a “Roubaix-esque rattler.”

Bloor would make a hat trick, taking out her third stage of the event. Since retiring from the World Tour, Porte has been tip-toeing into the dirt and taking out a second state win; it’s clear there’s still some fire in those legs.

The final stage was extra flat, with only 170m of elevation gain through nearly 100km.
It wasn’t all flat red roads, and the folks from Rapid Ascent were sure to include a few sections to cause chaos in the field.

With that trio of stage wins, Bloor also won the general classification, which was all the more impressive given the week before she finished a ride from Perth to Sydney in 15 days. Frey and Smith would round out the top three.

Michelin-Beard would hang on to take the overall win ahead of Porte and Mitch Lorkin, even with the misfortune of breaking his handlebars mid-way through the Muster.

“It’s been a very fun four days on some very unique terrain up here, especially with the long flat gravel roads, which are a rare find back home,” said Michelin-Beard.

By now, the folks from Rapid Ascent knew Alice Springs pretty darn well and included quite a variety of roads, trails and double tracks for this year’s Shimano Gravel Muster. We’ll see you there next year.

Photos: Forktail/ Rapid Ascent

The post Timed stages, red dirt and cold beer | Shimano Gravel Muster brings new life to stage racing in Alice Springs appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-gravel-muster-stage-racing-alice-springs/feed/ 0 208181
First Look | 2025 Santa Cruz Bronson V5, new geo and reduced pedal kickback https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-santa-cruz-bronson-first-look/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-santa-cruz-bronson-first-look/#respond Tue, 20 Aug 2024 07:01:11 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=207618 The Bronson, arguably Santa Cruz’s most versatile bike, has just received a fresh update. Version 5 of this rig, which has really cemented itself in their lineup, is about to hit the market. Rather than a complete overhaul from the previous iteration, it looks as if the clever heads in the SC Engineering Department have […]

The post First Look | 2025 Santa Cruz Bronson V5, new geo and reduced pedal kickback appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The Bronson, arguably Santa Cruz’s most versatile bike, has just received a fresh update. Version 5 of this rig, which has really cemented itself in their lineup, is about to hit the market. Rather than a complete overhaul from the previous iteration, it looks as if the clever heads in the SC Engineering Department have been mostly focused on fine tuning.

The Bronson will still be rocking a mixed wheeled setup, 150mm of VPP suspension and a 160mm fork. You’ll fine the most significant changes may be somewhat invisible, as they’re found within the kinematics; in particular the anti-squat characteristics. With this, they’ve attempted to reduce some of the pedal kick-back that was present in V4.

We remember when the Bronson was first released around a decade ago! The footage of a fresh faced Josh Bryceland ripping around with his effortless steeze is forever etched into our brains. But, a lot has changed since then! Let’s take a closer look at what we’ll be seeing in version 5 of the Santa Cruz Bronson.

The classic Santa Cruz side profile. All their bikes have a similar look but here we have the new Bronson V5 in the Root Beer colourway.

What’s new on the Bronson?

The mixed wheel Bronson is often compared to the Santa Cruz Hightower. For the sake of a metaphor, the Hightower is the cool cousin in this scenario; a full 29er trail bike with a similar amount of travel. However, V5 Bronson with its changes, may be closer to its bigger bro, the burlier Santa Cruz Nomad; a 170mm rowdy enduro/ free-ride bike. Thus, we see the new Bronson has evolved along the family tree, pushing it a little closer to the gnarlier end of the trail bike spectrum.

You may have guessed that the V5 Bronson is slightly longer and slacker, but that’s not where the key changes lie. The critical adjustments have been made to the anti squat characteristics. This is pleasing to hear, as the previous model was prone to noticeable pedal kickback at times. Engineers have moved the shock position down and forward, claiming that this has significantly improved the bikes anti squat traits. We’re keen to throw a leg over this one soon and feel it out for ourselves; it certainly looks promising though.

With this repositioning of the shock, they’ve also tided up the upper shock mount. The shock bolt location is now recessed into the downtube providing a neat finish.

With the slightly lower and more forward shock position, the shock bolt is now recessed into the downtube.

We’re also noticing a big push towards electronic drivetrains. The higher end CC carbon frames will not come with internal routing for a cable actuated drivetrain, however the C carbon frames will. It is an interesting move and is something we’ve seen Specialized do recently with the new Stumpjumper 15.

Here is a C carbon frame with internal routing for a cable derailleur. The higher end CC frames will not come with internal drivetrain routing as they’re stocked with electronic drivetrains.

Geometry and Sizing

As we touched on above, the new Bronson has grown in both reach and rear centre lengths. There will be five frame sizes (S, M, L, XL & XXL). The reach measurements range from 435mm (small) to 525mm (XXL). Santa Cruz have opted for proportional sizing, which means that each size will have a different rear centre length. The spectrum for rear centre lengths ranges from 437mm (small) to 448mm (XXL). We know a lot of people on either ends of the sizing will be pleased to see five sizes available. There is quite a significant spread across the size range! 

The head angle in the high setting has been bumped out to 64.2°. The previous version sat at 64.7°, not a significant change but definitely worth mentioning. There is a geometry flip chip incorporated into the design as we’ve come accustom to with Santa Cruz bikes. This provides both a high and low setting, which not only changes the geometry but also the progressiveness of the rear suspension. We’ll definitely be testing the bike in both settings, so stayed tuned for which configuration we prefer!

Models and Pricing

There will be five options coming into Australia for you to chose from. Four complete builds as well as a frame only option.

The Kalimotxo colour is an ode to one of the OG Bronson colourways from yesteryear.

Bronson CC Frame Only $6,299

  • Frame |CC Carbon, 150mm VPP Suspension, MX Wheels (S-XXL) / UDH / Boost 148mm spacing
  • Claimed Weight | TBC
  • RRP | 6,299 AUD

Bronson C S-Kit $8,999

  • Frame |C Carbon, 150mm VPP Suspension, MX Wheels (S-XXL) / UDH / Boost 148mm spacing
  • Fork | Fox 36 Performance, Grip damper, 160mm travel
  • Shock |Fox Float X Performance / 230mm x 57.5mm
  • Wheels | Reserve 30 TR AL 28 hole/ Front hub DT Swiss 370 15×110/ Rear hub DT Swiss 370, 12×148, 6 bolt rotor
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai EXO+ 29×2.5 MaxxGrip (front)/ Maxxis DHR2 EXO+ 27.5×2.4 MaxxTerra (rear)
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle 12spd, 10-50t cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM DB8 Stealth/ SRAM HS2 200mm rotor front/200mm rotor rear
  • Bar | OneUp AL bar 35mm rise, 800mm width
  • Seatpost | OneUp Dropper Post V3 31.6mm
  • Claimed Weight | TBC
  • RRP | $8,999 AUD

Bronson C GX AXS-Kit $10,499

  • Frame |C Carbon, 150mm VPP Suspension, MX Wheels (S-XXL) / UDH / Boost 148mm spacing
  • Fork | Fox 36 Performance Elite, Grip X2 damper, 160mm travel
  • Shock |Fox Float X Performance Elite / 230mm x 57.5mm
  • Wheels | Reserve 30 SL AL 28 hole/ Front hub DT Swiss 370 15×110/ Rear hub DT Swiss 370, 12×148, 6 bolt rotor
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai EXO+ 29×2.5 MaxxGrip (front)/ Maxxis DHR2 EXO+ 27.5×2.4 MaxxTerra (rear)
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX AXS T-Type 12spd, 10-52t cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Maven Bronze Stealth / SRAM HS2 200mm rotor front/180mm rotor rear
  • Bar | Santa Cruz Carbon 35 handlebar, 800mm width
  • Seatpost | OneUp Dropper Post V3 31.6mm
  • Claimed Weight | TBC
  • RRP | $10,499 AUD

Bronson CC XO AXS-Kit $12,499

  • Frame |CC Carbon, 150mm VPP Suspension, MX Wheels (S-XXL) / UDH / Boost 148mm spacing
  • Fork | Fox 36 Factory, Grip X2 damper, 160mm travel
  • Shock |Fox Float X Factory / 230mm x 57.5mm
  • Wheels | Reserve 30 SL AL 28 hole/ Front hub Industry Nine 1/1 15×110/ Rear hub Industry Nine 1/1, 12×148, 6 bolt rotor
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai EXO+ 29×2.5 MaxxGrip (front)/ Maxxis DHR2 EXO+ 27.5×2.4 MaxxTerra (rear)
  • Drivetrain | SRAM XO AXS T-Type 12spd, 10-52t cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Maven Silver Stealth / SRAM HS2 200mm rotor front/180mm rotor rear
  • Bar | Santa Cruz Carbon 35 handlebar, 800mm width
  • Seatpost | OneUp Dropper Post V3 31.6mm
  • Claimed Weight | TBC
  • RRP | $12,499 AUD

Bronson CC XO AXS-Kit RSV $13,999

  • Frame |CC Carbon, 150mm VPP Suspension, MX Wheels (S-XXL) / UDH / Boost 148mm spacing
  • Fork | Fox 36 Factory, Grip X2 damper, 160mm travel
  • Shock |Fox Float X Factory / 230mm x 57.5mm
  • Wheels | Reserve 30 HD Carbon 28 hole/ Front hub Industry Nine 1/1 15×110/ Rear hub Industry Nine 1/1, 12×148, 6 bolt rotor
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai EXO+ 29×2.5 MaxxGrip (front)/ Maxxis DHR2 EXO+ 27.5×2.4 MaxxTerra (rear)
  • Drivetrain | SRAM XO AXS T-Type 12spd, 10-52t cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Maven Silver Stealth / SRAM HS2 200mm rotor front/180mm rotor rear
  • Bar | Santa Cruz Carbon 35 handlebar, 800mm width
  • Seatpost | OneUp Dropper Post V3 31.6mm
  • Claimed Weight | TBC
  • RRP | $13,999 AUD

Concluding thoughts…for now, more to come soon!

Santa Cruz have a solid reputation and for good reason. They’ve walked the walk for many years. Their bikes have historically performed well and their customer service is also a strong point. With the new Bronson you’ll get all the things we’ve come to expect from Santa Cruz, including lifetime warranty and complementary replacement bearings.

As always Santa Cruz bikes look great on paper, but that’s not enough! We’re itching to swing a leg over the new Bronson so we can report back on what it’s like in real life!

 

The post First Look | 2025 Santa Cruz Bronson V5, new geo and reduced pedal kickback appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-santa-cruz-bronson-first-look/feed/ 0 207618
First Look | Trek’s new Checkmate SLR gravel racer and Checkpoint SL Gen 3 adventure machines https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-trek-checkmate-slr-and-checkpoint-sl-gen-3/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-trek-checkmate-slr-and-checkpoint-sl-gen-3/#respond Thu, 15 Aug 2024 15:00:58 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=207306 First launched in 2018, the Trek Checkpoint was pitched as the brand’s adventure-minded gravel bike. Fast forward six years, Trek has launched its latest Checkpoint SL Gen 3, which sees revised endurance geometry and improved in-frame downtube storage alongside additional bottle/bag mounts for extended adventure/bikepacking missions. The brand didn’t stop with the launch of the […]

The post First Look | Trek’s new Checkmate SLR gravel racer and Checkpoint SL Gen 3 adventure machines appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
First launched in 2018, the Trek Checkpoint was pitched as the brand’s adventure-minded gravel bike. Fast forward six years, Trek has launched its latest Checkpoint SL Gen 3, which sees revised endurance geometry and improved in-frame downtube storage alongside additional bottle/bag mounts for extended adventure/bikepacking missions.

The brand didn’t stop with the launch of the Checkpoint SL Gen 3; it has also introduced the all-new Trek Checkmate SLR, explicitly designed for gravel racing. Until now, Trek lacked a model tailored to the demands of modern gravel racing to go head-to-head with bikes like the Cervelo Aspero, Canyon Grail and Scott Addict Gravel RC. The launch of the Checkmate SLR sees Trek’s lightest and fastest gravel frame yet, shedding nearly 0.5kg compared to the previous Checkpoint SLR.

We managed to get our grubby hands on a Checkpoint SL Gen 3 during SRAM’s latest Red XPLR launch event

Related:

Trek Checkmate SLR Overview and Geometry

To compete with the current crop of gravel-specific race bikes, Trek developed the Checkmate SLR, essentially blending the characteristics of the Checkpoint SLR with a Madone Gen8. The frameset uses the brand’s top-tier 800 series OCLV carbon and ‘Full System Foil’ aerodynamic tube shapes, said to deliver a fast and efficient ride. All said and done, Trek claims that the Checkmate SLR is a whopping 5 minutes and 54 seconds faster than the Checkpoint SLR on the 200-mile Unbound gravel course, assuming a constant power output of 200W.

The Checkmate SLR is flat-out fast, so Trek claims.

Checkmate SLR 9 and SLR 7 models are offered stock with 40mm and 38mm tyres respectively, however the frameset has clearance for tyres up to 45mm, meaning there is room for Zipp’s latest 303 XPLR SW wheels and compatible tyre offerings. Other frame features include a plethora of mounts for improved on-frame storage, a UDH hanger interface, hidden fender mounts and completely hidden cable routing. Frameset weights come in at a claimed 1,638g, with the SLR 9 and 7 builds weighing in at a claimed 7.55kg and 8.10kg, respectively.

We will see the Checkmate SLR offered in six different sizes ranging from XS to XL (49cm to 61cm), with a more aggressive, race-oriented geometry compared to the Checkpoint SLR. However, Trek has sought to balance the longer and lower position by carrying over its Isospeed decoupler seen on the Trek Procaliber, Domane, and Checkpoint, to name a few. This Isospeed link is engineered to maintain the handling of a traditional race bike while decoupling the seat tube, providing enough vertical flex to improve comfort over rough terrain.

2025 Trek Checkmate Geometry
The new Trek Checkmate is significantly more aggressive than the Checkpoint.
The Checkmate will be available on Trek’s ‘Project One’ customisation platform, allowing you to select every detail from paint to parts.

Trek Checkpoint SL Gen 3 Overview and Geometry

The Checkpoint SL Gen 3 is an evolution of the platform first launched in 2018, with improved endurance geometry, frame features and internal storage. The frame is made with the the same 500 Series OCLV carbon as its predecessor and sees a smorgasbord of storage options, including top-tube, and frame bags, and fork mounts alongside provisions for front and rear racks and hidden fender mounts.

2025 Trek Checkpoint Gen 3 geometry
By splitting the its gravel range into two bikes, it has allowed Trek the spaces to make the new Checkpoint more fit for purpose with a more upright position and geometry pitched towards stability.

Bikes will be available in XS to XL (49cm to 61cm) and see the brand’s newest ‘Gravel Endurance’ geometry, featuring a higher stack and shorter reach. This put riders in a slightly more upright position, improving all-day comfort on the longest of rides.

All models will be delivered stock with 42mm tyres, but have clearance for widths up to 50mm for those looking to run higher volume rubber. The Gen 3 is dropper post compatible and also adds compatibility suspension forks up to 40mm on all sizes except XS.

Pricing and Availability

Trek Australia will offer two Checkmate SLR builds: the SLR 9 AXS and SLR 7 AXS. The SLR 9 AXS features an 800 Series OCLV carbon frame and the latest 13-speed SRAM Red XPLR groupset. At a staggering $17,999.99, this top-tier offering is certainly costly.

The SLR 7 AXS build sees the same 800 Series OCLV carbon frame, and steps the groupset down to SRAM’s 12-speed Force XPLR AXS, along with a slightly cheaper variant of Bontrager’s carbon wheels, saving a whopping $7,000 in the process over the SLR 9 AXS model.

For those looking for something a little special, the Checkmate SLR will be offered in Trek’s Project One customisation platform, allowing the customer to completely customise the paint and specifications. Framesets will not be available in Australia at launch.

The Checkpoint SL Gen 3 will be offered in three different builds, ranging from the SL 5 starting at $4,999.99 up to the SL 7 at $8,499.99. All builds feature the same 500 Series OCLV carbon frame, but vary the level of SRAM’s AXS drivetrain depending on the spec level. The SL 7 sports Bontrager’s Aeolus Elite 35V carbon wheels, whereas the SL 6 and 5 come fitted with Aluminium wheels.

Checkmate SLR 9 AXS

The Checkmate SLR 9 leaves little to be desired but is also customisable in Trek’s ‘Project One’ platform.
  • Frame | 800 Series OCLV Carbon w/ IsoSpeed, T47 BB, flat mount disc, UDH, 142x12mm axle
  • Fork | Checkpoint SLR full carbon w/ hidden fender mounts, 12x100mm axle
  • Wheels | Bontrager Aeolus RSL 37V, OCLV Carbon, Tubeless Ready, 37mm rim depth
  • Tyres | Bontrager Girona RSL GR, Tubeless Ready, 700x38mm
  • Drivetrain | SRAM RED XPLR AXS, 13 speed 10-46t cassette, 42T chainring, Powermeter crank
  • Brakes | SRAM RED w/ SRAM Centerline XR Centerlock
  • Bar/Stem | Trek Aero RSL Road integrated bar/stem, OCLV Carbon, Race Fit, 80mm reach, 124mm drop, 41cm control width, 44cm drop width, 110mm stem length
  • Seatpost | KVF aero carbon seatpost, 5mm offset, 320mm length
  • Saddle | Aeolus RSL, carbon rails, 155mm width
  • Price | $17,999.99 AUD
  • Colours | Gloss Trek Black/Matte Carbon Smoke, Matte Hex Blue/Plasma Grey Pearl, Era White/Buff Beige, Olive Drab/Glowstick
  • Claimed Weight | 7.55kg (ML Frame, Tubeless)

Checkmate SLR 7 AXS

Trek’s Checkmate SLR 7 in the Gloss Black/Matte Carbon Smoke
  • Frame | 800 Series OCLV Carbon w/ IsoSpeed, T47 BB, flat mount disc, UDH, 142x12mm axle
  • Fork | Checkpoint SLR full carbon w/ hidden fender mounts, 12x100mm axle
  • Wheels | Bontrager Aeolus Pro 3V, OCLV Carbon, Tubeless Ready, 25mm rim width, XD-R Driver
  • Tyres | Bontrager GR1 Team Issue, Tubeless Ready, 700x40mm
  • Drivetrain | SRAM Force XPLR AXS, 12 speed 10-44 cassette, 42T chainring
  • Brakes | SRAM Force w/ SRAM Centerline XR Centerlock
  • Bar/Stem | Trek Aero RSL Road integrated bar/stem, OCLV Carbon, Race Fit, 80mm reach, 124mm drop, 41cm control width, 44cm drop width, 110mm stem length
  • Seatpost | KVF aero carbon seatpost, 5mm offset, 320mm length
  • Saddle | Bontrager Aeolus Pro, carbon rails, 145mm width
  • Price | $10,999.99 AUD
  • Colours | Gloss Trek Black/Matte Carbon Smoke, Matte Hex Blue/Plasma Grey Pearl, Era White/Buff Beige, Olive Drab/Glowstick
  • Claimed Weight | 8.10kg (ML Frame, Tubeless)

Checkpoint SL 7 AXS

We love this ‘Bronze Age’ colour-way of the Checkpoint SL 7 AXS
  • Frame | 500 Series OCLV Carbon w/ IsoSpeed, downtube storage door, T47 BB, flat mount disc, UDH, 142x12mm axle
  • Fork | Checkpoint full carbon w/ hidden fender mounts, 12x100mm axle
  • Wheels | Bontrager Aeolus Elite 35V, OCLV Carbon, Tubeless Ready, 35mm rim depth
  • Tyres | Bontrager Girona RSL GR, Tubeless Ready, 700x32mm 
  • Drivetrain | SRAM Force XPLR AXS, 12 speed 10-44T cassette, 40T chainring
  • Brakes | SRAM Force w/ SRAM Centerline XR Centerlock
  • Bar | Bontrager Pro Gravel, 46cm width
  • Stem | Bontrager Pro, 31.8mm, Blendr compatible, 90mm length
  • Seatpost | Bontrager carbon, 27.2mm, 8mm offset
  • Saddle | Bontrager Verse Short Elite, Magnesium rails, 155mm width
  • Price | $8,499.99 AUD
  • Colours | Bronze Age/Carbon Smoke Matte
  • Claimed Weight | 9.00kg (ML Frame, Tubeless)

Checkpoint SL 6 AXS

A classy blue with a splash of black on the Checkpoint SL 6 AXS
  • Frame | 500 Series OCLV Carbon w/ IsoSpeed, downtube storage door, T47 BB, flat mount disc, UDH, 142x12mm axle
  • Fork | Checkpoint full carbon w/ hidden fender mounts, 12x100mm axle
  • Wheels | Bontrager Paradigm Comp 25 Alloy, Tubeless Ready, 25mm rim width
  • Tyres | Bontrager Girona RSL GR, Tubeless Ready, 700x42mm 
  • Drivetrain | SRAM Rival XPLR AXS, 12 speed 10-44T cassette, 40T chainring
  • Brakes | SRAM Force w/ SRAM Centerline XR Centerlock
  • Bar | Bontrager Elite Gravel Allot, 40cm width
  • Stem | Bontrager Pro, 31.8mm, Blendr compatible, 90mm length
  • Seatpost | Bontrager carbon, 27.2mm, 8mm offset
  • Saddle | Bontrager Verse Short Comp, Steel rails, 155mm width
  • Price | $5,999.99 AUD
  • Colours | Matte Hex Blue/Marianas Blue, White Prismatic
  • Claimed Weight | 9.40kg (ML Frame, Tubeless)

Checkpoint SL 5 AXS

Red goes fastest, yeah? The Checkpoint SL 5 AXS certainly looks quick!
  • Frame | 500 Series OCLV Carbon w/ IsoSpeed, downtube storage door, T47 BB, flat mount disc, UDH, 142x12mm axle
  • Fork | Checkpoint full carbon w/ hidden fender mounts, 12x100mm axle
  • Wheels | Bontrager Paradigm SL, Tubeless Ready, 25mm rim width
  • Tyres | Bontrager Girona RSL GR, Tubeless Ready, 700x42mm 
  • Drivetrain | SRAM Apex XPLR AXS, 12 speed 10-44T cassette, 40T chainring
  • Brakes | SRAM Apex w/ SRAM Centerline XR Centerlock
  • Bar | Bontrager Elite Gravel Alloy, 46cm width
  • Stem | Bontrager Pro, 31.8mm, Blendr compatible, 90mm length
  • Seatpost | Bontrager carbon, 27.2mm, 8mm offset
  • Saddle | Bontrager Verse Short Comp, Steel rails, 155mm width
  • Price | $4,999.99 AUD
  • Colours | Trek Black/Matte Carbon Smoke, Lava/Black Olive
  • Claimed Weight | 9.50kg (ML Frame, Tubeless)

Flow’s Initial Impressions

While we haven’t managed to get our hands on a Checkmate SLR just yet, however I did have the opportunity to ride the Checkpoint SL at the recent SRAM Red XPLR launch event. This was of course kitted out with the latest 13-speed drivetrain from SRAM along with a pair of Zipp 303 XPLR S wheels, neither of which will be available as a stock configuration on a Checkpoint SL from Trek Australia. If you are chasing that sweet-sweet 13-speed, the Checkmate SLR 9 AXS will be the place to look.

My time on the Checkpoint SL was brief, spending only a few hours testing the latest gadgets from SRAM and Zipp. At first the 46cm wide bars and wide flare felt a little out of place, however on the trail the width and stability that came with it was much appreciated. The shorter reach and increased stack was comfortable and made it a little easier to duck a weave in tighter sections of the trail, a position I prefer as opposed to being more stretched out. We didn’t manage to bring the scales out, but the Checkpoint SL Gen3 felt light and agile and more than capable enough in some terrain typically reserved for XC bikes. We’ve got plans to spend more time on the Checkpoint SL Gen 3 and Checkmate soon, so stay posted for a more in-depth review.

We had a blast ripping some singletrack and gravel on the Checkpoint SL Gen 3 during SRAM’s latest launch event for Red XPLR, and we plan to spend some more time on the bikes soon!

The post First Look | Trek’s new Checkmate SLR gravel racer and Checkpoint SL Gen 3 adventure machines appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-trek-checkmate-slr-and-checkpoint-sl-gen-3/feed/ 0 207306
World Trail has broken ground on the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/warburton-mountain-bike-construction-2024/ Wed, 07 Aug 2024 20:07:03 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=189104 *The story has been updated with the details of the start of construction of the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination Back in December had word that the Victorian Minister for Planning, Sonya Kilkenny, has signed off on the Planning Scheme Amendment for the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination, allowing the project to move forward. Situated in the […]

The post World Trail has broken ground on the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
*The story has been updated with the details of the start of construction of the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination

Back in December had word that the Victorian Minister for Planning, Sonya Kilkenny, has signed off on the Planning Scheme Amendment for the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination, allowing the project to move forward. Situated in the forest around Mount Donna Buang, the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination has proposed 160km of singletrack about 90-min from Melbourne — giving it a catchment larger than the entire population of Tasmania. It became the first ever mountain bike trail network to be forced to undergo an Environmental Effect Study, taking it into expensive and time-consuming uncharted territory.

This news comes just as the Yarra Ranges Council has unveiled a ‘UGE new pump track at Wesburn Park.

“It’s a big milestone. It’s sort of the fundamental thing that we needed to just set everything into motion,” says Senior Project Manager with the Yarra Ranges Council Matt Harrington.

And now, we’ve just had official confirmation that World Trail has broken ground on the long-awaited trail network in Warby. Provided the weather plays ball, the first trails are slated to open in the first half of 2025.

We have been reporting on the curious case of the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination since 2019. If you’re not up to date on what’s happened so far or need a refresher, grab a beverage and check out our in-depth reporting.

What does this mean?

For those who aren’t up to speed on the ins, outs and legalese of the planning system in Victoria, as Harrington explained, this signature on the Planning Scheme Amendment is a bit like when you’re trying to build a house, and you get the planning permit. Once you have that, you must still get the building permit and other technical documents together before breaking ground.

For the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination, inside the PSA is something called the ‘incorporated document’, which sets out what the Council needs to do and the obligations it has before the project can break ground.

“Some of those obligations include further documentation that needs to be approved by the Minister, things like the Construction Environmental Management Plan, and the Operational Environment Management Plan,” Harrington says.

“These other documents are more like the building permit in theory because they are technical documents. As long as we fulfil the technical requirements, they would just normally go straight through,” he explains.

So, more or less, the Council had to complete an exercise in paperwork before they could give World Trail the green light. Initially, the kick-off was pegged for June; however, in what has become the norm, there were some delays in some of the last approvals being rubber-stamped.

“Much work has been done to ensure that during the delivery of this project protections are put in place from an environmental, cultural and emergency management perspective. And this will go beyond construction with plans in place for the future protection of our community and local environment,” said Yarra Ranges Mayor, Councillor Sophie Todorov.

“We are immensely grateful for the unwavering support of our partners and stakeholders as this kind of large-scale legacy project can only be delivered in collaboration.  We thank every single person who has contributed to this project during its planning phases including the state and federal governments, Traditional Owners, statutory authorities and the Warburton Yarra Junction Community Bank as we start to see this project become a reality,” she continued.

It’s been a long-fought battle to get here, and with this signature, the first stage of the Warby MTB destination is a go!

Splitting the project to get started

With this announcement that the Minister has signed off on the first stage of the project, we’ve also learned that it has been split into two Planning Scheme Amendments. One for the southern end of the project, with over 100km of singletrack in the state forest, and another for the northern part in Yarra Ranges National Park.

“We continue to work with Parks Victoria around the amendment to the second planning scheme. We’ve made it really clear to all of the stakeholders that we are still absolutely committed to delivering the full project, and we will continue to work with Parks to try and resolve any of the issues that we’ve got,” he says.

Reading between the lines here, the project would not have been split unless one of the stakeholders continued to throw up interference after the EES was approved. We can only speculate as to what may be happening behind the scenes, but it seems that despite the approval of the EES, Parks Vic is still actively working to stymie the trails in Yarra Ranges National Park.

Of course, the trails in the National Park were always slated to be the project’s second stage. So splitting them and removing Parks Vic’s purview over the entirety of the network means that the remainder — which is the vast majority — can go ahead.

“In light of the native timber transition and the loss of jobs in the region, but also the large number of stakeholders and businesses who’ve already invested in the region on the back of this project, we really want to deliver something so that we can get some return into the community,” Harrington says.

Even still, over 100km of trail in 90-min outside of Melbourne is a huge win! Glen Jacobs from World Trail tells us they have been locked and loaded for some time and are beyond excited to now be moving ahead on this long-awaited project.

“Our teams are locked in. All of our machines and everything are headed down there to start work,” says Jacobs.

“We’re so pumped to see it go ahead and finally get down there,” he says.

As always, we’ve been closely watching this project, and we’ll continue to keep you up to date on the latest with the curious case of the Warburton Mountain Bike Project.

The post World Trail has broken ground on the Warburton Mountain Bike Destination appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
189104
First Look | Brand New 1×13 SRAM RED XPLR Drivetrain & ZIPP 303 XPLR Wheels https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-brand-new-1x13-sram-red-xplr-drivetrain-zipp-303-xplr-wheels/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-brand-new-1x13-sram-red-xplr-drivetrain-zipp-303-xplr-wheels/#respond Thu, 01 Aug 2024 14:00:10 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=206932 SRAM has launched its new gravel-specific drivetrain, RED XPLR, which draws inspiration from the mountain bike T-Type Transmission that debuted last year. While it bears some clear resemblances, it features subtle differences to address the needs of gravel riding and racing. It also marks the brand’s first 13-speed system. Alongside the launch of SRAM’s RED […]

The post First Look | Brand New 1×13 SRAM RED XPLR Drivetrain & ZIPP 303 XPLR Wheels appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>

SRAM has launched its new gravel-specific drivetrain, RED XPLR, which draws inspiration from the mountain bike T-Type Transmission that debuted last year. While it bears some clear resemblances, it features subtle differences to address the needs of gravel riding and racing. It also marks the brand’s first 13-speed system.

Alongside the launch of SRAM’s RED XPLR gravel drivetrain is a brand new wheelset from sister company ZIPP. The all-new ZIPP 303 XPLR SW and S wheelsets see a sizeable increase in rim width and a revised rim hook profile, increasing the tyre volume and improving the sidewall fit.

Jono and Nick from FlowHQ recently spent a day with the team from SRAM Australia learning and riding the new component range. The RED XPLR drivetrain impressed and is without doubt SRAM’s most refined gravel-specific groupset to date, but the 303 XPLR wheels stood out as the biggest improvement over its predecessor. Here we dive into the details, and provide you with our initial impressions on the latest and greatest from SRAM and ZIPP.

The Cervelo Aspero sits firmly on the racey side of gravel bikes, as we recently found out during our test.

SRAM RED XPLR Overview

The most notable leap for RED XPLR is the adoption of the hanger-less mounting design. Called Full Mount, this has been made possible by SRAM’s own Universal Derailleur Hanger interface, commonly known as UDH. Full Mount was first introduced with the launch of AXS T-Type mountain bike transmission, and the pesky derailleur hanger was arguably made redundant from that day forward, depending on who you ask of course. The result? An incredibly robust connection that is designed to better handle unexpected impacts out on the trail.

RED XPLR also marks the brand’s first toe-dip into the world of 13-speed, with the cassette ranging from 10-46T with some well-thought-out steps in between. Fear not, they have managed to do so without the need of yet another freehub body or chain width, and is compatible with existing XDR freehub bodies.

At launch, RED XPLR will be offered as components only and not as a complete groupset, and the individual components can be paired to the matching SRAM RED levers, brakes, and cranks to form a complete groupset.

SRAM RED XPLR Technical Details

As with earlier SRAM AXS and T-Type Transmission systems, the central control unit of the drivetrain is integrated into the RED XPLR rear derailleur. This centralised system handles the intricate tasks of shifting, gear indexing, and ensuring precise adjustments throughout the drivetrain. The gravel-specific derailleur features the same Magic lower pulley wheel from the XX Transmission along with a lighter clutch spring that’s claimed to be better suited to the demands of gravel bikes.

SRAM’s top tier cassettes can often be mistaken for pieces of metallic jewellery, and the new RED XPLR 13-speed cassette is no exception. With a claimed weight of just 288 grams, the 13-speed cassette uses machined steel for the first 10 cogs, with the final 3 being hardened aluminium to save weight. It will be available in a single range option of 10-46T, delivering a whopping 460% range. Despite having an extra cog the 13-speed cassette mounts to the same SRAM XDR freehub body seen paired with previous SRAM 12-speed road drivetrains.

T-Type Transmission set the benchmark for shifting precision under load, with the byproduct being marginally slower shifting. However, RED XPLR has different goals when it comes to shifting speed and precision. RED XPLR forgoes shifting under load as the top priority, with precision and resilience taking the top design goals to deliver fast and accurate shifts. This design reverts to a traditional tooth profile, aiming to boost shifting speeds and fine-tune gear ratios by incorporating odd tooth counts, in contrast to the even tooth counts and full X-SYNC profiles used in the T-Type Transmission series.

Key Details

  • Driver Body | SRAM XDR Driver Body
  • Chainring Compatability | X-SYNC 13spd 1x 38-50T
  • Crank Spindle | DUB Wide
  • Cassette Cogs | 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 24, 28, 32, 38, 46T
  • Minimum Chainstay Length | 415mm
  • Chain Compatability | SRAM 12/13 speed Flattop
  • Cassette Pricing | $1030 AUD
  • Derailleur Pricing | $1205 AUD
  • Crankset Pricing | $1,890 AUD w/ Powermeter, $1,115 AUD no Powemeter
  • Controls & Brakes Pricing | $1,160 AUD (each)
  • Chain Pricing | $155 AUD

SRAM RED XPLR Component Compatibility

Due to the adoption of SRAM’s ‘Full Mount’ hanger-less interface, only frames that have adopted UDH hangers will be able to accept the RED XPLR rear derailleur. While there are limited gravel frames on offer from manufacturers at the moment, we expect this will change with the launch of new models. This design has proven extremely robust on the brand’s T-Type Transmission, and we expect RED XPLR to be no different. SRAM noted a minimum chainstay length of 415mm to avoid shifting issues caused by excessive chain line offsets. This won’t affect many bikes, but one that has already been flagged at launch is the newest iteration of Trek’s Madone, which features a chainstay length between 410-412mm.

To avoid designing yet another chain width, SRAM has engineered RED XPLR to operate using the existing RED 12-speed Flattop chain. This may not be significant to many, but your local bike shop will definitely appreciate not having to add another chain variant to its inventory.

The RED XPLR cassette adopts the same XDR freehub driver seen on previous generations of SRAM road and gravel drivetrains. The XDR interface extends 1.85mm longer than the XD interface and is specifically designed for road hubs. It preserves the same hub spacing and flange positions as the 11-speed road-compatible HyperGlide freehub bodies.

As the RED XPLR cassette adopts a more conventional tooth profile, along with an extra cog, there is no cross-compatibility with the brand’s T-Type Transmission mountain bike drivetrains. This excluded of course the shifters, with the RED XPLR derailleur being compatible with any of SRAM electronic shifters regardless of the generation.

Will RED XPLR fit on your lightweight XC build? In theory, yes, everything will bolt up just fine. The main drawback you’ll find is the reduced gear range on the cassette, and the lighter clutch spring found in the gravel-specific derailleur being slightly lighter than that found in a T-Type Transmission derailleur.

The battery locking tab is removable and replaceable on Red XPLR, a great feature and one we hope rolls onto Transmission derailleurs.

ZIPP 303 XPLR SW & S Wheels

The launch of the ZIPP 303 XPLR SW and S wheels sees the carbon wheelset grow to a whopping 32mm internal rim width. This is a sizeable 5mm increase from the brand’s current 101 XPLR wheelset, and 2mm increase from its 3ZERO MOTO mountain bike wheels.

Why so wide do you ask? Through development between SRAM and ZIPP, they found that lower tyre pressures and higher volumes resulted in reduced vibration through the bike, and allowed riders to maintain higher speeds with less power input compared to narrower tyres at higher pressure.

The wheels are approved to use with rim inserts which some gravel racers opt to run, however the general consensus from ZIPP is that these are no longer necessary due to the increase in volume and sidewall support provided by the wider profile. Aerodynamics play a big role at the speeds these wheels are intended for, and the additional width also allows for an improved tyre sidewall to rim interface which reduces overall drag.

ZIPP 303 XPLR Details

The 303 XPLR wheelset is offered in two versions: the premium SW series and the more affordable S option. To the untrained eye, the wheelsets appear identical, but as always the devil is in the details.

The rim profile of the SW and S wheelsets is identical, however the rims vary in the carbon laminate used, along with the SW rims featuring the iconic dimpled profile, compared to the smooth finish of the S series rims. Spokes are taken care by Sapim, with the SW wheelset using CX-Ray spokes and S wheelset adopting CX-Spring spokes to reduce costs.

Hubs are taken care of by ZIPP’s in-house hubs, with the brand’s premium ZS1 found on the higher-end 303 XPLR SW wheelset. The bring down costs, the 303 XPLR S wheelset features the brand’s 76/176 hubset, contributing to the small weight penalty between the two wheelsets.

Due to the increase in width, only tested and approved tyres can be used on the 303 XPLR wheels. At launch, only 25 tyres are approved for use including the Goodyear XPLR tyre range launched alongside the wheels. Additionally, ZIPP’s own Tangente G40 and Schwalbe G1 are approved for use, with multiple manufacturers and over 100 additional tyres currently being tested for approval.

Only 25 tyres are approved for use with the ZIPP 303 XPLR’s at launch, with another 100 tyres currently in testing.

ZIPP 303 XPLR SW Key Details

  • Hubs | ZIPP ZR1
  • Spokes | Sapim CX-Ray
  • Bead Hook Width | 4mm
  • Internal Rim Width | 32mm
  • External Rim Width | 40mm
  • Recommended Tyre Width’s | 40-45mm
  • Rim Depth | 54mm
  • Claimed Weight | 1,498g
  • Freehub Options | XDR, HD11, Microspline, N3W
  • Pricing | 303 XPLR SW – $3,150 AUD

ZIPP 303 XPLR S Key Details

  • Hub | ZIPP 76/176
  • Spokes | Sapim CX-Sprint
  • Bead Hook Width | 4mm
  • Internal Rim Width | 32mm
  • External Rim Width | 40mm
  • Recommended Tyre Width’s | 40-45mm
  • Rim Depth | 54mm
  • Claimed Weight | 1,642g
  • Freehub Options | XDR, HD11
  • Pricing | 303 XPLR S – $2,150 AUD
Canyon’s latest Grail fitted with all the candy from SRAM and ZIPP

Flows First Impressions

We’ve had a few hours to ride the new SRAM RED XPLR drivetrain and ZIPP 303 XPLR wheels during the media launch event, and while this isn’t enough for a comprehensive review, it provided us with a very good first impression.

SRAM’s T-Type Transmission sent shockwaves through the mountain bike industry, delivering an effortless shift and a level of robustness we had never seen before. RED XPLR has taken what the brand has learnt from Transmission, and tailored it for the needs of gravel riders and racers, and the robustness has certainly been carried over.

Previous hanger-mounted systems, regardless of discipline, feel flimsy in comparison to SRAM’s Full Mount derailleurs. On the trail, or gravel, the shifting is quick and precise, and if T-Type Transmission is anything to go by, the robustness will likely keep it that way.

The launch of ZIPP’s 303 XPLR wheelset range sees the brand redefine rim widths and tyre profiles for gravel bikes, and we were certainly surprised at how wide the rims truly were. The increase in contact patch, and ability to run lower pressures as low as 21psi allowed us to take our test bikes into some terrain that would previously be reserved for our mountain bikes. We had more grip, and were more comfortable on the bike compared to previous setups, which allowed us to push the wheels further into some questionable terrain. It is worth mentioning that during our brief time on the wheels at the recommended pressures, both Jono and Nick found themselves bottoming out the tyre on the rim from square-edged hits. While this never resulted in any flats, it felt a little unnerving, and we aren’t fully sold on the super-low pressures just yet.

SRAM RED XPLR vs Shimano Di2 GRX

How does one choose between Shimano’s recently released Di2 GRX and SRAM RED XPLR? Pricing alone separates them pretty quickly, with Di2 GRX being close to $1,500 AUD cheaper for the full groupset. Those seeking an electric 1x gravel drive will likely lean towards RED XPLR, as Shimano’s Di2 GRX is only available as a 2x system. Or if you are a Shimano fan and have your heart set on 1x, GRX is offered in this configuration as a mechanical groupset which we reviewed recently. As for on-trail performance, it’s a little early to say. Once we have spent a little more time on RED XPLR we’ll be able to draw some more definitive conclusions between the two.

The SRAM RED hoods are carried over from the road groupset to RED XPLR, and the ergonomics of these were brilliant. The ability to one-finger brake was excellent, and allowed us to maintain a good grip on the bars on rougher terrain whilst braking.

The cost of both SRAM’s RED XPLR drivetrain, and ZIPP’s 303 XPLR wheelsets is unquestionably high and there is no hiding that. Will we see the technology trickle down to a more wallet-friendly Force level? Based on SRAM’s history, surely this is just a matter of time, but we are yet to see any details. We’ll be receiving a RED XPLR groupset to run on one of our long-term test bikes soon, so stay tuned for a full in-depth review.

SRAM RED XPLR and ZIPP 303 XPLR’s certainly look the part, and from our brief time testing, they ride as good as they look.

The post First Look | Brand New 1×13 SRAM RED XPLR Drivetrain & ZIPP 303 XPLR Wheels appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-brand-new-1x13-sram-red-xplr-drivetrain-zipp-303-xplr-wheels/feed/ 0 206932
First round of Shimano Trail Born to cover cost of handbuilt trail in Blue Derby https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-trail-born-funding-trail-building/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-trail-born-funding-trail-building/#respond Sun, 28 Jul 2024 16:01:55 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=204966 With its new Trail Born initiative, Shimano has committed $1 million USD per year for the next decade to mountain bike trail projects and advocacy organisations. Put simply, Shimano wants to build mountain bike trails, fund maintenance, and expand trail access to create more opportunities for riders, young and old, to ride their bikes. The […]

The post First round of Shimano Trail Born to cover cost of handbuilt trail in Blue Derby appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
With its new Trail Born initiative, Shimano has committed $1 million USD per year for the next decade to mountain bike trail projects and advocacy organisations. Put simply, Shimano wants to build mountain bike trails, fund maintenance, and expand trail access to create more opportunities for riders, young and old, to ride their bikes.

The initial rollout of this funding will focus on select areas in North America, Europe, and Australia. The first release of funding will pay for a long-talked-about hand-built trail in Blue Derby. This trail will be launched in 2025 as part of the network’s 10-year anniversary.

Shimano says it plans to add Asia, Africa, New Zealand, and Central and South America to the list of places where trails are being built from 2026.

Related:

Shimano’s new Trail Born fund will see $10-million USD put towards trail projects around the world, with the first being in Derby.

Aiming to support the grassroots of mountain biking

Toby Shingleton from Shimano Australia tells us that the goal is to highlight the sport’s grassroots and create opportunities that are completely separate from racing or the high-performance side of the sport.

“We invest a lot in the high levels — we’re big partners with the UCI and things like that — and the reality is, that’s not for everybody. Not everybody is interested in (racing) or follows it. I think people can be inspired by it for sure, but it’s harder to connect down to where people get into the sport or how it’s growing,” he says.

With mountain biking’s growth, the focus on infrastructure quality and availability has become more apparent. While the no-dig-no-ride mentality has long been the mantra of the old guard, maintenance programs and trail building are growing up.

How to fund trail maintenance and build new trails is a question land managers and mountain bike clubs around the country are trying to answer. With Trail Born Shimano is aiming to give something back.

“People are finding it harder to get involved; they’ve got other things going on with kids, school, sports, work, and everything. It’s hard to go out there and fit everything in for a lot of mountain bikers, and a lot of the trail maintenance programs are becoming more formalised,” he says.

Trail Born is also being announced alongside the new Anthill Productions movie Anytime which is premiering at Crankworx Whistler. The movie has a Trail Born segment, and the trail in the film was built as part of this initiative.

In collaboration with mountain bike clubs around the country, Shimano Australia is also supporting screenings of the new movie as a vehicle for local mountain bike organisations and advocacy groups to bring riders together and fundraise for trail maintenance.

“It’s a fun thing to have a movie to bring people together, raise a bit of awareness and hopefully raise a little bit of money for their trails,” he says.

Shimano Australia is has licensed the new Anthill Productions movie Anytime so that clubs around the country can host showings to fund raise. This is the first release of dates, with a few more still to be announced.

Why Derby?

Shingleton says that when he found out that Shimano was creating the Trail Born fund, it was originally going to be limited to North America and a little bit of Europe. Not wanting our region to miss out, he was on the lookout for a trail project that would garner attention but was also waiting in the wings to break ground.

“I think when people see these sorts of announcements from corporations, there is a bit of scepticism attached to it — and rightly so. I wanted to have something ready to go, and have something we could be building in the first phase,” he says.

There has been talk of a new handbuild trail in Derby for years, and now it’s set to happen.

There have been rumblings of a hand-built trail in Blue Derby for quite some time — we first reported on it in 2022.

As it turns out behind the scenes the gears had been turning to get the required approvals and designs for such a trail.

“Originally, it was going to be built for the EWS, but because of the landslide and continued bad weather basically it just never got around to getting built. Then with the money that had been put into other things, you know, there was no, there was no funding from the Council left to do it,” he says.

The handbuild trail was supposed to happen for the EWS like Cuddles, however the landslide and continued difficult weather meant the resources for that build had to be reallocated.

Related:

So, the Blue Derby Foundation put together a proposal to send to Shimano US, which was driving the first round of funding, to consider.

(Eds Note: Shingleton is a member of the Board of Directors of the Blue Derby Foundation, and Shimano is a supporter of the trail network)

“Given Derby had something that was in some ways ready to go, I asked them (The Blue Derby Foundation) to put a proposal together, and we’re lucky that they (Shimano US) decided to support it in the first round,” he says.

While the funding will cover the cost of the trail build, one of the requests in the proposal was that a component of the funding be held back and given over three years to cover the maintenance after the initial break in period.

Most of Derby is machine build, so and new handbuilt trail will fit right into the network.

“There is a lot of appeal to something that’s old-school in (the primarily machine-built) Derby. And obviously, with the learnings that these trail builders have with modern techniques, I think there is going to be an interesting mashup of the past and the present,” he says.

Chris Cafe, Chair of the Blue Derby Foundation, is proud to see a project of this scale delivered in Derby.

This is the next stage in the evolution of Derby and its trail network,” he said.

“A recent visitor survey showed statistics that introducing new trails on a regular basis encourages riders to come back and ride Derby again and again,” Cafe says. “This new slimline build will add extra feel to the wide range of trail options available in the region and is situated next door to popular descent trail Flickity Sticks running almost parallel and accessed via shuttles from Black Stump or the existing climbing track.”

How do you nominate a project for Trail Born?

This Shimano initiative is not a one-off to fund a single project, and Shingleton says there will be scope for Shimano to consider proposals from projects in other areas going into 2025.

While there isn’t a golden set of criteria against which these submissions will be judged there are a few things that will help a project’s changes.

“Ideally, we want projects where we can build the maximum amount of trail for the minimum amount of cash. Our goal is to build trail, so our benchmark is to try and build as many kilometres as possible,” he says.

He also notes that underserved regions will likely garner attention, as will building infrastructure that riders of all levels can enjoy.

“It’s great to have high-end trails for really advanced riders, but one of our provisions as a manufacturer is to grow and support mountain biking. So having trails that are more accessible to people getting into riding bikes is something that we would take into consideration because we want more people riding bikes,” he says.

That said, there are a few guidelines: They can only fund legal trails, and they need to work with partners who have a history of trail building, especially in the nominated area.

“We want to eliminate any grey area where a trail we have funded becomes unrideable or has been built in an area where mountain bike trails aren’t allowed,” he says.

Shimano is building out a website and submission portal, which will launch soon, but Shingleton says in the meantime to reach out directly to Shimano AU if you have a proposal.

The post First round of Shimano Trail Born to cover cost of handbuilt trail in Blue Derby appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-trail-born-funding-trail-building/feed/ 0 204966
First Look | 2025 Trek Slash+ is a brand new lightweight e-MTB with high pivot suspension https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-trek-slash-emtb/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-trek-slash-emtb/#respond Thu, 25 Jul 2024 15:00:37 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=206436 The Trek Slash+ is a brand new lightweight electric mountain bike for 2025. It follows in the footsteps of the popular Fuel EXe that was launched two years ago, though it pumps up the travel to create a much burlier package that’s designed to thrive on steeper and more technical trails. It shares a lot in […]

The post First Look | 2025 Trek Slash+ is a brand new lightweight e-MTB with high pivot suspension appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The Trek Slash+ is a brand new lightweight electric mountain bike for 2025. It follows in the footsteps of the popular Fuel EXe that was launched two years ago, though it pumps up the travel to create a much burlier package that’s designed to thrive on steeper and more technical trails. It shares a lot in common with the regular Slash that we reviewed earlier this year including a mixed wheel setup and the distinctive high pivot suspension design, making this the longest travel e-MTB that Trek has ever produced.

2025 trek slash+ emtb electric
The Trek Slash+ is a brand new lightweight e-MTB for 2025.
2025 trek slash+ emtb electric
Equipped with a high pivot suspension design and 170mm of travel at each end, the Trek Slash+ is an electrified version of the regular Slash.

An overview of the 2025 Trek Slash+

Equipped with 170mm of travel at both ends, the Trek Slash+ is a lightweight e-Enduro bike that’s built to go head-to-head with the likes of the Specialized Kenevo SL.

Like its non-motorised counterpart, the Slash+ features a high-pivot variation of Trek’s four-bar ABP suspension platform. The chain routes up and over a big 19T pulley, and there’s a redesigned lower guide that incorporates beefed-up chainring protection. There’s also a new fully-enclosed lower pulley that aims to eliminate the chance of the chain derailing.

Leverage rate adjustment is built into the lower shock mount, which comes from the factory in the less progressive setting. Flipping this around into the more progressive setting is recommended should you wish to run a coil shock.

As with many other lightweight e-MTBs on the market, the Slash+ is only produced in carbon fibre. Well, at least for now anyway. It features a mullet setup with a 29in front wheel and 27.5in rear wheel, with the exception being the Small size that uses 27.5in wheels front and rear.

2025 trek slash+ emtb electric
The lower shock mount allows you to switch between a more or less progressive setting.
2025 trek slash+ emtb electric
A high volume air shock comes on each model, though the Trek Slash+ is also coil compatible.

Compact motor, big battery

Powering the new Slash+ is the compact TQ HPR50 motor. Despite being the lightest and quietest drive unit we’ve tested, the HPR50 still pumps out up to 50Nm of peak torque and 300W of peak power.

Unlike the Fuel EXe with its small 360Wh battery, the Slash+ gets a brand new 580Wh battery from TQ. This offers a significant boost in capacity, though it’s still possible to add on TQ’s 160Wh range extender for those who want maximum ride time.

Trek secures the main battery inside the downtube with two large bolts. Removing these and the motor skid plate allows you to take the battery out of the frame should you need to charge it separately. Otherwise you can charge the battery in situ using the port on the frame.

As for the user interface, the Slash+ features exactly the same controller and top tube display as the Fuel EXe. You can configure the display using the Trek Central or TQ app, which also allows you to tune the motor’s output. Check out our TQ HPR50 review for more info.

2025 trek slash+ emtb electric
The tiny TQ motor offers quiet and smooth assistance with up to 50Nm of torque on tap.

Trek Slash+ geometry & sizing

Geometry on the Trek Slash+ closely follows that of the non-motorised Slash. The main point of difference is the omission of the M/L size, which means the Slash+ is only available in four frame sizes rather than five.

Otherwise you’ll find the same 63.5° head angle and 77° effective seat tube angle. Trek also utilises size-specific rear centre lengths that varies from 434mm on the Small up to 445mm on the X-Large.

Like the regular Slash and Fuel EX, the Slash+ incorporates adjustable headset cups. The bike comes from the factory with the neutral cups fitted, though purchasing the offset cups aftermarket will allow you to steepen or slacken the head angle by a degree.

2025 trek slash+ sizing geometry
2025 Trek Slash+ Geometry & Size Chart
2025 trek slash+ emtb electric
Geometry on the Trek Slash+ almost mirrors the non-motorised version.
2025 trek slash+ emtb electric
With a 580Wh battery inside the downtube, the Trek Slash+ should allow you to rack up a fair amount of elevation gain.

Trek Slash+ price & specs

There will be two Trek Slash+ models coming into Australia this year. Both will share an identical OCLV carbon frame, TQ HPR50 motor and 580Wh battery.

Prices will start at $11,499 AUD for the Slash+ 9.7, which gets a Fox 38 Rhythm fork and a Float X shock, Shimano SLX/XT gearing and 4-piston brakes. It also features lightweight Bontrager XR5 Team Issue tyres, which seem like an odd choice for such a big travel e-MTB.

You’ll find more appropriate SE6/SE5 tyres on the top-end Slash+ 9.9 model, which also upgrades to a RockShox Zeb Ultimate fork and Vivid Ultimate shock. Along with the wireless Reverb AXS dropper, SRAM X0 Transmission and Maven brakes, that bike will set you back a cool $17,999 AUD.

We’ve put our name down to review the new Slash+ and can’t wait to see what it’s all about. In the meantime, read on for the detailed specs for each model below.

2025 trek slash+ 9.9 electric emtb
The top-end 9.9 model comes with a wireless dropper post and drivetrain, along with RockShox Ultimate-level suspension.

2025 Trek Slash+ 9.9

  • Frame | OCLV Carbon Fibre, ABP High Pivot Suspension Design, 170mm Travel
  • Fork | RockShox Zeb Ultimate, Charger 3.1 RC2 Damper, 170mm Travel
  • Shock | RockShox Vivid Ultimate, 230x65mm
  • Motor | TQ HPR50, 50Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | TQ 580Wh
  • Wheels | Bontrager Line Pro 30, Carbon Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Bontrager SE6 Team Issue 29×2.5in Front & SE5 Team Issue 27.5×2.5in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM X0 Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/X0 Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Maven Silver 4-Piston
  • Bar | Bontrager Line Pro, OCLV Carbon, 27.5mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | Bontrager Line Pro, 35mm Length
  • Seatpost | RockShox Reverb AXS, 34.9mm Diameter, 170mm Travel
  • Saddle | Bontrager Verse Short Comp, Steel Rails
  • Claimed Weight | 20.88kg
  • RRP | $17,999 AUD
2025 trek slash+ 9.7 electric emtb
The Slash+ 9.7 is significantly cheaper thanks to its mechanical Shimano drivetrain and base-level Fox suspension.

2025 Trek Slash+ 9.7

  • Frame | OCLV Carbon Fibre, ABP High Pivot Suspension Design, 170mm Travel
  • Fork | Fox 38 Rhythm, GRIP Damper, 170mm Travel
  • Shock | Fox Float X, Performance Series, 230x65mm
  • Motor | TQ HPR50, 50Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | TQ 580Wh
  • Wheels | Bontrager Line Comp 30, Alloy Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Bontrager XR5 Team issue 29×2.5in Front & 27.5×2.5in Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano SLX/XT 1×12 w/e*13 Plus Alloy Crankset & 10-51T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano Deore 4-Piston
  • Bar | Bontrager Line, Alloy, 27.5mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | Bontrager Elite, 35mm Length
  • Seatpost | Bontrager Line, 34.9mm Diameter, 170mm Travel
  • Saddle | Bontrager Verse P3, Chromoly Rails
  • Claimed Weight | 20.38kg
  • RRP | $11,499 AUD
2025 trek slash+ emtb electric
We’ve got the new Trek Slash+ on the way for testing – stay tuned for our in-depth review coming soon!
2025 trek slash+ emtb electric
We should probably take it to the North Shore for testing right?

The post First Look | 2025 Trek Slash+ is a brand new lightweight e-MTB with high pivot suspension appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-trek-slash-emtb/feed/ 0 206436
goodnessgravel Mogo | The creme de la creme of Eurobodalla gravel https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/goodnessgravel-mogo-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/goodnessgravel-mogo-2024/#respond Wed, 24 Jul 2024 01:38:17 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=206570 Flow Mountain Bike acknowledges the Traditional Owners of the Mogo and the surrounding area, the Yuin peoples. We recognise their connection to lands, waters and communities and pay our respects to Elders past, present and emerging. A short drive from the crystalline waters and shock-white sands of Batemans Bay, the beautiful town of Mogo sits […]

The post goodnessgravel Mogo | The creme de la creme of Eurobodalla gravel appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Flow Mountain Bike acknowledges the Traditional Owners of the Mogo and the surrounding area, the Yuin peoples. We recognise their connection to lands, waters and communities and pay our respects to Elders past, present and emerging.


A short drive from the crystalline waters and shock-white sands of Batemans Bay, the beautiful town of Mogo sits flanked by rolling hills straight out of an Australiana painting. The town has just hosted the third stop of the goodnessgravel Fondo – and while it may not be a race, it may just be one of the most fun days out on dirt. That fun-first approach has seen goodnessgravel solidified as a bit of a household name in the rapid rolling gravel sector, and their events continue to sell out for those in the know.

Participants had the choice between three routes winding through the beautiful NSW countryside, with the longest at 130km of premium gravel riders have come to love across all goodnessgravel events. Pair that distance with a not insignificant 2820m of climbing, and you get an idea of the stunning day out enjoyed by riders over the weekend.

Related:

goodnessgravel Mogo laid out a stunning course for riders and was met with lovely warm weather.

New event weekend, new riders and more e-Bikes

Organiser Will Levy was a little hesitant about hosting the event later than usual, but the numbers don’t lie.

“We had 230 registered riders, meaning we were up on last year, which is great, especially being in July,” he says.

This year’s Mogo outing saw ten riders hailing from the Eurobodalla Shire, while many had come from interstate.

goodnessgravel encourage folks on all types of gravel ready bikes to come out and enjoy themselves. This legend rode the course on a Bowhead RX.

Related:

Finishing with a warm tailwind

“We had 61 riders from Canberra alone, and most of them were relieved to see how warm it was on the startline compared to a morning back home,” Levy said.

Warm indeed, considering we’re well into the winter months — but cool enough at 12° on the start line for riders to opt for winter clothing for the first leg, ditching jackets and gloves in Nelligan with the event’s bag-drop staff who were on hand to help ferry participant’s items. With 8% of entries accounted for by e-MTB and e-Gravel riders (up 2% from 2023), some even had spare batteries ferried to the next aid staion—pure gravel luxury.

Temperature aside, the weather Gods made sure there was something of a sting in the tail — with wind gusts up to 60kph keeping riders on their toes, pushing them mercifully back into Mogo for the final stretch after a long day in the saddle.

Flow vet Chris Southwood made the trip from Sydney to Mogo to enjoy the lovely gravel roads.

goodnessgravel put strong emphasis on inclusivity, and happily see a steady increase in women and younger riders taking part in their events each year.

“Twenty per cent of riders were women this year, which is great to see,” Levy said.

The youngest participant at just 11 years old went on to complete the 44km Piccolo loop, while two septuagenarian powerhouses completed the full route.

Those familiar with the lore of their events know well the numbering convention, where riders receive digits for life based across all rides, and hunting for those single-digit number plates becomes something of a sport to other riders in attendance. To everyone’s delight, race-plate number six lined up in Mogo, on pinned to a chap called Mal’s machine — his seventh event appearance at goodnessgravel. At the other end of the scale, numbers have reached the 1400’s since its inception in 2021.

Goodness vibes and quiet gravel roads, welcome to Mogo.

Hot mix gravel

All riders, whether taking part in the 44km, 75km, or the full 130km loop, would find the (usually) quiet town of Nelligan as their first stop. They were greeted warmly with a live band and, potentially more importantly, doughnuts.

Despite the course placing riders well out in the bonafide boonies, they were never truly alone. Five patrolling motorbikes, two ambulance crews, a roaming mechanic, and the essential sag wagon were on hand to repair bikes or bodies. Fortunately, riders avoided any run-ins with the wild pigs spotted by Levy and the team performing their route reccy days prior. Nor were any swept away by the low tidal water crossing, which had calmed after significant rainfall leading into the event.

In keeping with their familial style, the team had the good graces to send out a pre-event email encouraging riders to “bring spare wool socks!” in case the waters were up on the day.

If you’re like us, and you wince a little at the sight of a pile of snipped, sad zip ties after an event, goodnessgravel may just have the antidote.

“All the rider cards are handmade and dipped in beeswax, so they’re sustainable, and people attach them to their handlebars with twine. We don’t give out zip-ties”, announced Levy, with the kind of excitement for sustainability that’s music to the ears.

The course is estimated to have subjected riders to just 2% of blacktop, with the remainder described playfully as ‘Hot Mix Gravel,’ and a distinct lack of motorists.

Getting after it along the water, the idea behind goodnessgravel is to get people out of their bubble and exploring rad places they may not have pedalled before.

“I think people were just pumped on, how few cars there were out there — it’s just the beauty of being out in nature in such an incredible area,” Levy said.

Stunning views aside, and despite the event maintaining the not a race ethos, the full 130km loop is no joke.

Cloudy with a chance of pizza shapes

In exchange for donations to the Bateman’s Bay MTB club, the event engaged 24 keen volunteers, without whom Will assures their events could not take place. From manning the crucial race finish sausage sizzle or showering riders in Pizza Shapes and pikelets, to marshalling spots across the sprawling course. These fine folk are the backbone of any such event, and it’s great to see local clubs benefiting from their dedication.
So what’s next for goodnessgravel? Beyond a current roster of four wildly popular event venues in Gundy, Mogo, Glen Innes and Orange, there’s a mysterious new entrant on the horizon.

“I can’t reveal it just yet, but do enough digging in our socials, and you might just work out where we’re hoping to host the next event”, Levy mentions with a whisper.

And though we can’t tell you where it is, suffice to say there is so good(ness) gravel involved. Stay tuned for more exceptional eventing from the goodnessgravel team, and maybe consider signing up goodnessgravel Gundy in September or the gravel tour of Tasmania in November. You can’t tell us that doesn’t sound incredible! Head to the goodnessgravel website for more.


Photos: Outer Image Collective

The post goodnessgravel Mogo | The creme de la creme of Eurobodalla gravel appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/goodnessgravel-mogo-2024/feed/ 0 206570
First Look | Maxxis High Roller 3 https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-maxxis-high-roller-3/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-maxxis-high-roller-3/#respond Tue, 23 Jul 2024 12:00:40 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=206074 Maxxis has finally broken cover on its latest release, a completely revised variant of the classic High Roller tyre, now labelled the High Roller 3. The new release now slots in between the fan-favourite Assegai, and the mud-specific Shorty, being a significant departure from previous iterations. The High Roller label has been a staple in […]

The post First Look | Maxxis High Roller 3 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Maxxis has finally broken cover on its latest release, a completely revised variant of the classic High Roller tyre, now labelled the High Roller 3. The new release now slots in between the fan-favourite Assegai, and the mud-specific Shorty, being a significant departure from previous iterations.

The High Roller label has been a staple in the brand’s lineup for over two decades, with the most recent variant being released in 2012. This saw minor revisions to the overall shape of each of the lugs, however the pattern remained largely unchanged from the original shape, and was a fast-rolling offering commonly used as a rear tyre. Twelve years later the High Roller has been revised yet again, with a significant shift in the intended use and tread pattern.

The new intermediate tyre combines an open tread pattern with large, sturdy side knobs, enabling effective soil penetration in wet weather along with the improved traction and cornering control required for dry and dusty conditions. The tread layout is very similar to the Maxxis Shorty, the brand’s mud-specific tyre, albeit with larger side lugs and different lug sipes. It is also not too dissimilar to a Continental Argotal, which is the most aggressive in the German tyre manufacturer’s lineup.

The High Roller 3 has been in development for quite some time, with the hybrid tyre already seeing World Cup success underneath Jackson Goldstone with his iconic win at Mont-Sainte-Anne in late 2023, and Ronan Dunne’s breakout win in Poland this year.

The open-centred design and oversized side knobs are designed to shed mud and provide increased cornering support

Technical Overview

The brand hasn’t strayed from its typical casing and compound offerings, with the High Roller 3 available in EXO+, Double Down and DH casing options, in both 29×2.4in and 27.5×2.4in sizes. Maxxis often offers its tyres in multiple compound options, but at this stage, the High Roller 3 is only available in the softest MaxxGrip compound, which isn’t overly surprising given the intentions of the tyre.

On the scales, the 29×2.4in DD casing and the 27.5×2.4in DH casing High Roller 3’s we have in for test were separated by 1 gram, weighing in at 1,282g and 1,281g respectively. For reference, the popular Assegai and DHR2 combination in the same configuration weighs in at a claimed 1,370g and 1,223g respectively, hence not a whole lot of weight either lost of gained either way.

Flows Initial Impressions

We have the Maxxis High Roller 3’s in for test, and seeing as we are in the heart of winter, throwing them straight onto Nick’s Santa Cruz Nomad seemed a no-brainer. We are still very much in the early days of our relationship with the High Roller 3, but it is safe to say they have impressed straight away.

High Roller 3’s front and rear for the Santa Cruz Nomad, a fitting combination for the middle of winter.

The soft compound intermediate tyres seemingly roll quite well, a surprise given its chunky appearance. Our initial impressions found them to have similar rolling resistance to the Assegai/DHR2 combination mentioned earlier, potentially even slightly quicker out of the gate.

The 2.4in width of the High Roller 3 mounted to the front has noticeably sharper handling when compared to a 2.5in Assegai, the latter which can sometimes feel a bit muted. The outer lugs provide a locked-in sensation when cornering hard in the wet and loose conditions we have tested them in so far. Braking traction is impressive thanks to the large square edges of the knobs, offering performance that was considered on par with, and slightly more controlled than a DHR2.

The oversized side lugs provide excellent cornering support and bite into the dirt

The characteristic that stood out the most so far was the High Roller 3’s ability to maintain consistent traction when faced with wet or soft off-cambered sections of trail. The open tread and large outer knobs pattern do an admirable job of holding a line and avoiding slipping down the camber, making it easier to stay on line when things were getting a little wild.

So what are the downsides of the High Roller 3’s? So far there aren’t any glaring issues that we have noticed. They certainly aren’t as fast-rolling as their predecessors, however Maxxis already has the Minion DHF and Dissector that are ideal for loose and dusty trails. While the traction was impressive in the off-camber’s, we did notice the rear end step out considerably on some slick angled roots in multiple instances. This appeared more severe than how DHR2’s respond in similar scenarios, and some back-to-back testing may be in order here to identify the true difference.

So far the High Roller 3’s have been impressive, and we can see them being an excellent choice for gravity-focused riders looking for supreme traction in loose conditions. We’ll be spending more time on them in the coming months in varying conditions to see how they stack up.

Our time on the High Roller 3’s has been limited so far, but they impressed straight away with sharp handling and cornering support.

As well as testing the tyre in the current Aussie winter conditions, we also got some dry and dusty laps in on the High Roller III. The official launch was held in Whistler during Crankworx. Maxxis put on a day of shuttles in Squamish so we could get some back-to-back laps in on it.

The High Roller III has held up well so far on dry and dusty trails. Not just a mud tyre that’s for sure. Photo Cred (above) – AJ Barlas

When the trail is really loose and dusty the High Roller III performs well. However, when you’re back on true hard packed surfaces, we believe the Assegai still has a slight edge over the High Roller III. Our initial impressions would be that the surface of the trail needs to be somewhat disturbed by either mud or dust for the the High Roller to really shine.

There is significantly less squirm when cornering on hard-pack turns compared with the Maxxis Shorty. Photo Cred (above) – AJ Barlas

Overall, so far, it has been an impressive tyre. It is much more versatile than what we first expected. Definitely not just a mud tyre! We can see a lot of people opting for this tyre particularly on the front. We’ll have more to report once we get more time on this exciting new tyre.

High Roller II (left) and High Roller III (right). As you can see it’s a complete re-design!

 

 

The post First Look | Maxxis High Roller 3 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-maxxis-high-roller-3/feed/ 0 206074
First Look | The new Specialized Status 2 comes in 140mm, 170mm & DH platforms https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-specialized-status-2-140-170-dh/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-specialized-status-2-140-170-dh/#respond Fri, 19 Jul 2024 16:00:27 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=204513 The Specialized Status first emerged in 2021 as a low-frills full suspension bike that was designed to provide maximum fun at a minimum price. Available in two different travel options, the Status 140 and Status 160, these price-conscious trail bikes were effectively budget versions of the Stumpjumper and Enduro. We reviewed the Specialized Status 160 […]

The post First Look | The new Specialized Status 2 comes in 140mm, 170mm & DH platforms appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The Specialized Status first emerged in 2021 as a low-frills full suspension bike that was designed to provide maximum fun at a minimum price. Available in two different travel options, the Status 140 and Status 160, these price-conscious trail bikes were effectively budget versions of the Stumpjumper and Enduro.

We reviewed the Specialized Status 160 last year and loved its smooth suspension and hooligan-inspired handling. While it wasn’t exactly the lightest or sprightliest bike in the world, there were no doubts that it delivered a solid level of spec in a refreshingly simple and well-priced package.

Looking to build on that success, Specialized is expanding the lineup for 2025 with the arrival of the brand new Status 2.

2025 specialized status 140 170 dh
The Specialized Status lineup is expanding for 2025 with the addition of a 170mm travel DH model.
2025 specialized status 140 170 dh
Each Specialized Status 2 model features a brand new alloy frame and a mixed wheel setup.

An overview of the Specialized Status 2

The Specialized Status 2 will be available in three distinct platforms that all utilise an alloy frame and a mixed wheel setup.

There’s the Status 140, Status 170 and Status 170 DH, with the number in the name referring to the amount of suspension travel. The DH version then pumps things up further with a 7-speed drivetrain and a dual-crown RockShox Boxxer fork.

With a keen focus on value for money, there’s a distinct lack of carbon fibre or internal storage. Instead the Status 2 keeps it real with M5 welded alloy tubing and the classic FSR four-bar suspension design. However, just like the latest Stumpjumper 15, you do get a flip chip down at the chainstay pivot that offers High/Low positions.

2025 specialized status 140 170 dh
The Status 140 delivers 140mm of travel front and rear with an air-sprung Marzocchi fork and shock.
2025 specialized status 140 170 dh
Specialized has added a chainstay flip chip that provides High and Low geometry settings.

Specialized Status 2 geometry & size chart

Another noteworthy addition for the Specialized Status 2 is the arrival of a brand new S0 size. Designed specifically for shorter folks and youth riders, the S0 frames are optimised around smaller wheels with a 27.5in front and 26in at the rear.

For the rest of the range you’ll find five frame sizes from S1 to S5. Geometry varies slightly between the Status 140 and Status 170, though they share a similarly slack 63.5-64° head angle, a steep 77° seat angle, and short 427-437mm chainstays. You can see all the detailed numbers in the size chart below.

2025 specialized status 140 170 geometry size chart
2025 specialized status 140 170 dh
The brand new S0 size uses smaller 27.5/26in wheels to suit shorter riders and young rippers.

Specialized Status 2 price & specs

All three of the Specialized Status 2 models will be coming into Australia this year. Prices will kick off at $4,600 AUD for the S0 size Status 140 and 170, which feature a slightly different spec with a SRAM NX Eagle drivetrain and Code R brakes.

Next up are the standard Status 140 and 170 models that will retail for $5,200 AUD. These bikes feature Shimano 1×12 Deore drivetrains, TRP Trail EVO brakes, an X-Fusion dropper post and Specialized Butcher tyres.

Finally there’s the Status 170 DH, which gets a RockShox Boxxer fork and Super Deluxe coil shock, a SRAM GX DH drivetrain and Maven Bronze brakes for $6,400 AUD.

2025 specialized status 12 170 dh
The Status 170 DH is the only model to come with a dual-crown fork and a 7-speed drivetrain. This thing looks tough!

2025 Specialized Status 2 170 DH

  • Frame | M5 Alloy, FSR Suspension Design, 170mm Travel
  • Fork | RockShox BoXXer Select, Charger RC Damper, 180mm Travel
  • Shock | RockShox Super Deluxe Select Coil, HBO, 230×62.5mm
  • Wheels | Specialized Alloy Hubs & Roval Alloy DH Rims, 28mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Specialized Butcher T9 GRID Gravity 29×2.3in Front & 27.5×2.3in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX DH 1×7 w/34T Descendent DH Crankset & 11-25T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Maven Bronze 4-Piston w/220mm Front & 200mm Rear Rotors
  • Seatpost | Specialized Alloy, 34.9mm Diameter
  • Claimed Weight | 17.18kg
  • RRP | $6,400 AUD
2025 specialized status 12 170 dh
We expect the Specialized Status 170 will be the most popular of the lot with its 170mm travel Fox 38 fork and DHX coil shock.

2025 Specialized Status 2 170

  • Frame | M5 Alloy, FSR Suspension Design, 170mm Travel
  • Fork | Fox 38 Rhythm, GRIP Damper, 170mm Travel
  • Shock | Fox DHX Coil, Performance Series, 230×62.5mm
  • Wheels | Specialized Alloy Hubs & Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Specialized Butcher T9 GRID Trail 29×2.3in Front & Butcher T9 GRID Gravity 27.5×2.3in Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore 1×12 w/32T Deore Crankset & 10-51T Cassette
  • Brakes | TRP Trail EVO 4-Piston w/203mm Rotors
  • Seatpost | X-Fusion Manic, 34.9mm Diameter, Travel: 125mm (S1), 150mm (S2), 170mm (S3-S4), 190mm (S5)
  • Claimed Weight | 15.56kg
  • RRP | $5,200 AUD
2025 specialized status 12 140
With 140mm of travel front and rear, the Status 140 looks ideal for racking up the air miles on flowy jump trails.

2025 Specialized Status 2 140

  • Frame | M5 Alloy, FSR Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | Marzocchi Bomber Z1, GRIP Damper, 140mm Travel
  • Shock | Marzocchi Bomber Air, 210×52.5mm
  • Wheels | Specialized Alloy Hubs & Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Specialized Butcher T9 GRID Trail 29×2.3in Front & Butcher T7 GRID Trail 27.5×2.3in Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore 1×12 w/32T Deore Crankset & 10-51T Cassette
  • Brakes | TRP Trail EVO 4-Piston w/203mm Rotors
  • Seatpost | X-Fusion Manic, 34.9mm Diameter, Travel: 125mm (S1), 150mm (S2), 170mm (S3-S4), 190mm (S5)
  • Claimed Weight | 15.29kg
  • RRP | $5,200 AUD
2025 specialized status 140 170 dh 2025 specialized status 140 170 dh
2025 specialized status 140 170 dh
Costing a lot less than the Stumpjumper and Enduro, the Specialized Status 2 aims to provide maximum fun at a minimum price.

The post First Look | The new Specialized Status 2 comes in 140mm, 170mm & DH platforms appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-specialized-status-2-140-170-dh/feed/ 0 204513
On Test | Giant’s 2025 Revolt gravel bike adds downtube storage and claims improved comfort https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-giant-revolt/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-giant-revolt/#respond Wed, 03 Jul 2024 09:00:05 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=202585 Giant’s latest generation Revolt gravel bike broke cover last month when local legend Brendan ‘Trekky’ Johnston and Cole Patton took on Unbound Gravel on a prototype version of the bike. That same bike just won a sack of potatoes and a green and gold jersey at the Devil’s Cardigan, which doubled as the Gravl National […]

The post On Test | Giant’s 2025 Revolt gravel bike adds downtube storage and claims improved comfort appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Giant’s latest generation Revolt gravel bike broke cover last month when local legend Brendan ‘Trekky’ Johnston and Cole Patton took on Unbound Gravel on a prototype version of the bike.

That same bike just won a sack of potatoes and a green and gold jersey at the Devil’s Cardigan, which doubled as the Gravl National Champs a few weekends ago, with Trekky putting in a dominant performance. According to Giant, Trekky played a role in the development and testing of this new bike.

Related:

2025 Giant Revolt
Trekky not only played a role in the development and testing of the new Revolt, but he’s also already won a National Championship on it and come 15th overall in the Elite Unbound Gravel 200. (Kristina Vackova / Giant Bicycles)

First launched in 2013, the new Revolt still borrows some design cues from its predecessors. However, it’s evolved into a full-on gravel racer, with the more aggressive Revolt X slotting in as the adventure machine.

We have just received a fourth-generation Revolt Advanced Pro 0 at Flow’s Queensland HQ. Let’s dive into what’s new.

2024 Giant Revolt 2024 Giant Revolt 2024 Giant Revolt
Our Advanced Pro 0 test bike it shod in a wild colour changing paint that goes from blue, to purple and green depending on what angle you look at it. Very schmick.

An overview of the 2025 Giant Revolt

The Giant Revolt is the brand’s gravel race bike, slotting into similar footing as the Cervelo Aspero, Canyon Grail, and Scott Addict Gravel.

For 2025, the Revolt has received a revamp with an all-new carbon frame and fork. The silhouette of the frame is similar with its dropped seat stays and sloping top tube, and a press-fit bottom bracket.

2025 Giant Revolt Geometry Chart
Giant has taken a ‘don’t-fix-it-if-it-ain’t-broke’ approach to the Revolt’s Geometry.

The new bike is definitely what we’d class as an evolution rather than a revolution. The geometry is mostly unchanged, with the only difference being the chainstays, which are 5mm shorter, and, of course, the wheelbase. The previous generation of the Revolt rode very well as a gravel racer, so it’s not totally surprising that Giant has opted for the ‘don’t-fix-it-if-it-ain’t-broke’ mentality.

Our size medium Advance Pro 0 tipped the FlowScalesOfTruth™ at 8.23kg without pedals or bottle cages.

The new Revolt Advance Pro 0 in size medium weighs 8.23kg.

Everything on the inside — for better or worse

Where the significant differences do come are in the frame furnishings. Starting at the front, Giant has opted to run the cables through the upper headset bearing. While the Taiwanese brand claims an aerodynamic advantage — which independent testing shows is real — and less clutter it’s a bit less of an inconvenience on the models with electronic shifting, but for the mechanical models, changing that headset bearing or cables and housing will be a big job.

Giant is the latest in a growing number of brands to run the cables through the upper headset bearing.

It’s not all doom and gloom, as Giant has also added integrated downtube storage. A tool-free hatch sits beneath the front bottle cage bosses, and Giant includes a tool bag to keep everything organised.

Despite its pitch as a race bike, Giant has also brought forward a plethora of mounts and bosses across the frame, including the three-pack bolts on both fork legs and provisions for full-coverage fenders. Some gravel bikes in this category, like the new Cervelo Aspero and Specialized Crux, eschew the extra mounts for the sake of weight and simplicity.

2024 Giant Revolt 2024 Giant Revolt 2024 Giant Revolt

Adjustable geometry is back

Giant has carried over the flip chip in the rear dropout to allow for a 5mm chainstay adjustment. This of course will enable riders to slightly modify the steering characteristics and stability of the bike depending on the nature and terrain of the ride.

Increasing the chainstay length also means you can fit a larger tyre between the stays. In the long position, Giant says the new Revolt can handle up to 53mm wide rubber, while the frame has room for 42mm tyres in the short position. Our test bike has a set of 40mm Cadex GX tyres.

While the flip chip to allow for a bit of geometry adjustment and extra tyre clearance would normally be something we’re excited about. But given what the UDH brings to the party and SRAM sending not very subtle signals that Transmission is coming to gravel this dropout is a bit of a head scratcher.

The flip chip also means that the Revolt is not UDH compatible. SRAM’s new Red XPLR Transmission is one of the worst-kept secrets going, and even F1 driver Valtteri Bottas was riding it at Unbound Gravel this year, so it’s an interesting decision from the Taiwanese brand.

While the folks splashing out for a HALO flagship groupset are in the minority, we’d speculate that the hanger-free rear mech design will soon trickle down through the brand’s range.

Will the geometry adjustment on the new bike be enough of a draw to outweigh that future-proof compatibility and the ability to walk into any bike shop and get a replacement should you have a whoopsie? Only time will tell.

The flip chip does bring 5mm of adjustability and increases the tyre clearance to 53mm.

D-Fuse front and back

Giant has opted to use its own finishing kit for the Revolt, with each part based around the brand’s D-Fuse design language. The heart of this system is based around D-shaped tubing designed to promote flex in one plane to increase comfort without sacrificing performance.

The D-Fuse seatpost is not only ‘D’ shaped but there is a flex zone moulded into the upper section. The ‘give’ on offer is perceivable from the moment you sit on the saddle.

At the back, the Revolt sees a proprietary D-Fuse seatpost said to allow for up to 12mm of fore and aft flex. Giant pioneered these square-backed seatposts back in 2014 and has since been widely adopted by many brands. However, as with the previous generation of this bike, it will also accept a 30.9mm round post, including droppers thanks to an included shim.

The D-Fuse concept has also been applied to the handlebars. Giant says it has increased the downward “pushing” compliance for a smoother ride quality while also increasing the upward “pulling” stiffness, aiming to increase precision and control compared to its own round Contact bars.

There is quite a lot of shaping happening on the handlebars from the D-shaped profile to a bit of backsweep across the tops and flare at the drops.

2025 Giant Revolt models and pricing

While there are both alloy and carbon models of the Revolt, only the carbon version has received the frame updates. The metal bike only gets new paint for the coming year.

Giant Australia has advised that it will be bringing in five models of the Revolt, with prices running from $3,199 AUD up to $8,499 AUD for the Advanced Pro 0 we have for the test.

2025 Revolt Advanced Pro 0

2025 Revolt Advanced 1
The top end Advance Pro 0 comes with a SRAM Force AXS groupset and Giant’s own branded carbon wheels.
  • Frame | Revolt Advanced-grade composite
  • Fork | Advanced SL-grade composite, tapered steerer
  • Wheels | Giant CXR 1 Carbon Disc WheelSystem, 35mm deep
  • Tyres | CADEX GX, 700x40c, tubeless
  • Drivetrain | SRAM Force eTap AXS, 2×12 43/36T Crankset, Force 36-10T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Force, 160mm Rotor Front and Rear
  • Bar | Giant Contact SLR XR D-Fuse
  • Stem | Giant Contact AeroLight, -10 degree
  • Seatpost | Giant D-Fuse SLR, composite, -5/+15mm offset
  • RRP | $8,499

2025 Revolt Advanced 0

2025 Revolt Advanced 1
The Advance 0 swaps to a mechanical Shimano GRX 2x groupset and a slightly cheaper set of carbon wheels.
  • Frame | Revolt Advanced-grade composite
  • Fork | Advanced-grade composite, tapered steerer
  • Wheels | Giant CXR 2 Carbon Disc WheelSystem, 35mm deep
  • Tyres | CADEX GX, 700x40c, tubeless
  • Drivetrain | Shimano GRX RX-820 hydraulic, 2×12 48/31T Crankset, HG710 36-11T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano GRX RX-820 hydraulic, 160mm Rotor Front and Rear
  • Bar | Giant Contact XR D-Fuse
  • Stem | Giant Contact AeroLight, -10 degree
  • Seatpost | Giant D-Fuse SLR, composite, -5/+15mm offset
  • RRP |$5,199

2025 Revolt Advanced 1

2025 Revolt Advanced 1
Thanks to the shape of the seat tube and the included shim, the Revolt can run the D-Fuse seatpost or a round post. The Revolt Advance 1 runs a Giant Contact Switch dropper post.
  • Frame | Revolt Advanced-grade composite
  • Fork | Advanced-grade composite, tapered steerer
  • Wheels | Giant P-X2 Disc
  • Tyres | Giant Crosscut Grip, 700x45c, tubeless
  • Drivetrain | SRAM Apex XPLR, 1×12 40T Crankset, PG-1231 44-11T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano GRX RX-820 hydraulic, Giant MPH Rotors 160mm Front and Rear
  • Bar | Giant Contact XR D-Fuse
  • Stem | Giant Contact AeroLight, -10 degree
  • Seatpost | Giant Contact Switch, dropper, 30.9mm
  • RRP |$4,199

2025 Revolt Advanced 2

2025 Revolt Advanced 2
Coming in a stealth black paint job, the Revolt Advance 0 mixes Shimano GRX 820 drivetrain parts, and FSA crankset and the cheaper 410 level calipers.
  • Frame | Revolt Advanced-grade composite
  • Fork | Advanced-grade composite, tapered steerer
  • Wheels | Giant P-X2 Disc
  • Tyres | Giant Crosscut Grip, 700x45c, tubeless
  • Drivetrain | Shimano GRX RX-610, 2×12 FSA Omega Modular AGX+ 48/32T Crankset, HG710 36-11T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano GRX RX-410, Giant MPH Rotors 160mm Front and Rear
  • Bar | Giant Contact XR D-Fuse
  • Stem | Giant Contact AeroLight, -10 degree
  • Seatpost | Giant D-Fuse, composite, 14mm offset
  • RRP |$3,699

2025 Revolt Advanced 3

The entry-level Revolt Advanced steps down to an 11-speed Shimano GRX groupset.
  • Frame | Revolt Advanced-grade composite
  • Fork | Advanced-grade composite, tapered steerer
  • Wheels | Giant P-X2 Disc
  • Tyres | Giant Crosscut Grip, 700x45c, tubeless
  • Drivetrain | Shimano GRX RX-610, 2×11 FSA Omega Modular AGX+ 46/30T Crankset, Shimano Tiagra 34-11T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano GRX RX-40, Giant MPH Rotors 160mm Front and Rear
  • Bar | Giant Contact XR D-Fuse
  • Stem | Giant Contact AeroLight, -10 degree
  • Seatpost | Giant D-Fuse, composite, 14mm offset
  • RRP |$3,199

 

The post On Test | Giant’s 2025 Revolt gravel bike adds downtube storage and claims improved comfort appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-giant-revolt/feed/ 0 202585
First Look | The 2025 Merida Big Trail offers more grins in a cheaper hardtail package https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-merida-big-trail-hardtail/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-merida-big-trail-hardtail/#respond Wed, 03 Jul 2024 06:58:46 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=203024 The Merida Big Trail first arrived in 2021 as a fun-focussed hardtail designed for all-round riding. Combining a 140mm travel fork with progressive geometry, 29er wheels and chunky tyres, the Big Trail packed a load of capability into a simple and easy-to-maintain package. This kind of UK-style hardtail is especially popular as a winter mud-plugger […]

The post First Look | The 2025 Merida Big Trail offers more grins in a cheaper hardtail package appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The Merida Big Trail first arrived in 2021 as a fun-focussed hardtail designed for all-round riding. Combining a 140mm travel fork with progressive geometry, 29er wheels and chunky tyres, the Big Trail packed a load of capability into a simple and easy-to-maintain package. This kind of UK-style hardtail is especially popular as a winter mud-plugger since they’re typically a lot cheaper to maintain than a full suspension mountain bike. They’re also a lot cheaper to buy in the first place, making them a great option for new riders. And if they’re done right, they can be an absolute hoot for more experienced folks to ride whether they’re scratching in lines in the woods, or linking up doubles on a modern flow trail.

Having had a positive reception to the first generation Big Trail, Merida decided to put together a whole bunch of updates and improvements to bring its performance and appeal up a few notches.

2025 merida big trail hardtail
Nothing beats the feel of a good modern hardtail on flowy trails!
2025 merida big trail hardtail
The 2025 Merida Big Trail receives a new alloy frame with significant updates to its geometry and integration.

An overview of the 2025 Merida Big Trail

For 2025 the Merida Big Trail receives a brand new butted and hydroformed alloy frame. It continues to be designed around 29in wheels and a 140mm travel fork, and there’s plenty of clearance for 2.4in wide rubber out back.

A shortened seat tube provides more standover clearance, and the diameter has fattened to 34.9mm to improve strength and stiffness with long-stroke droppers. Merida supplies its own dropper post for the Big Trail with up to 230mm of travel.

2025 merida big trail hardtail 2025 merida big trail hardtail 2025 merida big trail hardtail
2025 merida big trail hardtail
As with the rest of the Merida mountain bike and e-MTB lineup, the Big Trail now runs the control lines through the headset.

Cable routing has been updated with the main control lines now entering the frame through the headset. We had notable issues with the internally-routed headsets on the One-Forty and One-Sixty, though Merida says those problems have been rectified with an updated design from Acros that’s said to be easier to work on.

We’re a lot happier to see all of the storage options on the Big Trail frame, which will accommodate two bottles on the downtube in every size. There’s an accessory mount underneath the top tube, and a new dual-density chainstay protector that uses a hard plastic core for the base shape and a soft outer material to deaden chainslap.

2025 merida big trail hardtail
Up front is a 140mm travel fork, though the frame is rated for 150mm should you wish to go bigger.

Merida Big Trail geometry & size chart

It’s the geometry that sees the biggest updates on the 2025 Merida Big Trail, which follows in the footsteps of the One-Sixty and eOne-Sixty with a change in its sizing nomenclature.

Instead of the traditional Small, Medium and Large frame sizes, you’ll now find sizes referred to in their reach measurement; X-Short, Short, Mid, Long and X-Long.

In addition to shortening the seat tube lengths, Merida has also slackened out the head angle by 1.5° (now 64°). The reach is 20mm longer and comes in at 455mm on the Mid frame size. To maintain a comfortable seated position, the seat angle has been steepened by 1° (now 76.5°). Those are progressive numbers for a hardtail that should make for a more confidence-inspiring stance compared to the previous model.

It’s worth noting that while it isn’t recommended to set up the Big Trail as a mullet with a 27.5in rear wheel, the frame is rated for use with up to a 150mm travel fork.

2025 merida big trail geometry size chart
Merida Big Trail Geometry & Size Chart
2025 merida big trail hardtail
The low BB and short chainstays aim to maintain agility through tight corners.

Merida Big Trail price & specs

There will be three Merida Big Trail models coming into Australia this year. Prices will start at an accessible $1,599 AUD for the cheapest model.

All three bikes utilise the same alloy frame, a 140mm travel fork and Merida’s own Expert TR II dropper post. They also get hydraulic disc brakes, a 1x Shimano drivetrain and thru-axles front and rear.

The top-end Big Trail 600 looks particularly impressive with its RockShox Pike fork and premium Maxxis tyres that utilise 3C MaxxTerra rubber and a heavier EXO+ casing for the rear. Nice!

2025 merida big trail 600
The top-end Merida Big Trail 600 offers a belting package for the money.

2025 Merida Big Trail 600

  • Frame | Double-Butted & Hydroformed Alloy
  • Fork | RockShox Pike, 140mm Travel
  • Wheels | Shimano TC500 Hubs & Merida Expert TR 11 Rims
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF EXO 3C MaxxTerra 2.5in Front & Dissector EXO+ 3C MaxxTerra 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore 1×12
  • Brakes | Shimano XT
  • Seatpost | Merida Expert TR 11
  • Claimed Weight | 14.2kg
  • RRP | $2,999 AUD
2025 merida big trail 500
The Big Trail 500 features a RockShox Psylo fork and a Shimano 1×11 drivetrain.

2025 Merida Big Trail 500

  • Frame | Double-Butted & Hydroformed Alloy
  • Fork | RockShox Psylo Silver RC, 140mm Travel
  • Wheels | Shimano TC500 Hubs & Merida Comp TR Rims
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF EXO 2.5in Front & Dissector EXO 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Cues 1×11
  • Brakes | Shimano MT410
  • Seatpost | Merida Expert TR 11
  • Claimed Weight | 15.1kg
  • RRP | $2,199 AUD
2025 merida big trail 300
Even on the cheapest Big Trail 300, you’re still getting an air-sprung fork, Shimano hydraulic disc brakes and a decent long-stroke dropper post.

2025 Merida Big Trail 300

  • Frame | Double-Butted & Hydroformed Alloy
  • Fork | Suntour XCR34, 140mm Travel
  • Wheels | Shimano TC500 Hubs & Merida Comp CC II Rims
  • Tyres | Kenda Regolith
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Cues 1×9
  • Brakes | Shimano MT200
  • Seatpost | Merida Expert TR 11
  • Claimed Weight | 14.7kg
  • RRP | $1,599 AUD
2025 merida big trail hardtail 2025 merida big trail hardtail 2025 merida big trail hardtail
2025 merida big trail hardtail
We’re loving the look of the Merida Big Trail 600, which could be one of the more capable hardtails on the market.

The post First Look | The 2025 Merida Big Trail offers more grins in a cheaper hardtail package appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-merida-big-trail-hardtail/feed/ 0 203024
On Test | The 2024 GasGas ECC & MXC range is coming to Australia! https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-gasgas-ecc6-australia/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-gasgas-ecc6-australia/#respond Wed, 03 Jul 2024 00:48:40 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=203124 Hailing from Spain, GasGas is a moto brand that comes under the same umbrella as KTM and Husqvarna. While best known for its petrol-powered dirt bikes that are raced at the pointy end in motocross and enduro competition, GasGas leapt into the electric mountain bike world back in 2021 with a comprehensive range of full-suspension […]

The post On Test | The 2024 GasGas ECC & MXC range is coming to Australia! appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Hailing from Spain, GasGas is a moto brand that comes under the same umbrella as KTM and Husqvarna. While best known for its petrol-powered dirt bikes that are raced at the pointy end in motocross and enduro competition, GasGas leapt into the electric mountain bike world back in 2021 with a comprehensive range of full-suspension e-MTBs.

The range has evolved over the past few years with the most recent arrivals being the MXC and ECC. The latter has been making considerable noise in the e-Enduro World Cup, with its distinctive profile and bright red paint job making it hard to miss.

Far from being generic open-mould designs, the MXC and ECC utilise a unique frame that integrates damper technology from a fellow big-hitter in the dirt bike world; WP Suspension. GasGas is also one of the first brands to be offered with the SRAM Powertrain, and its pricing across the range is remarkably competitive.

With stock due to arrive in Australia over the coming months, we’ve been lucky enough to get our hands on an ECC 6 test bike to see what it’s all about.

gasgas ecc 6 electric emtb gasgas ecc 6 electric emtb
gasgas ecc 6 electric emtb
The GasGas ECC 6 is designed for flat-out enduro racing on the steepest and gnarliest terrain.

An overview of the GasGas ECC

The GasGas ECC is the biggest and burliest e-MTB on offer from the Spanish brand. Designed specifically for flat-out enduro racing on the steepest and gnarliest terrain, the ECC features 29in wheels, a 170mm travel fork and 160mm of rear travel.

Developed with engineering input from Kiska Design (a standalone design agency that’s owned by the same parent company as GasGas, KTM and Husqvarna), the full carbon frame incorporates a swathe of removable plastic armour along with a metal skid plate underneath the motor.

The top two models utilise DVO suspension with an Onyx air-sprung fork and a JadeX coil shock. Both ends incorporate WP’s patented Cone Valve technology that aims to provide support and ride height with a high-speed blowoff on hard impacts.

gasgas ecc 6 electric emtb
The four-bar suspension platform drives a coil-spring DVO JadeX shock that incorporates the WP Cone Valve.

SRAM Powertrain

At the heart of the GasGas ECC is the SRAM Powertrain. The Brose-manufactured motor pumps out a whopping 90Nm of peak torque, and it’s powered by a 630Wh battery that was chosen for its balance of weight and range. You can recharge the battery using the port on the seat tube, though it’s also removable from the downtube if you don’t have a powerpoint where you store your bike.

If you need more juice, SRAM offers an optional 250Wh range extender battery that boosts total capacity to 780Wh.

Battery status is displayed via a neat screen that’s integrated into the frame’s top tube. This provides you with key information including which assist mode you’re in, and it’s customisable via the SRAM AXS app. Here you can also tune the motor’s support characteristic, change the function for each of the buttons on the Pod Controllers, and adjust the parameters for the Auto Shift feature.

gasgas ecc 6 electric emtb
The SRAM Powertrain utilises a Brose-manufactured motor that is similar to what you’ll find in a Specialized Levo.

GasGas ECC geometry & size chart

There are only three sizes available for the GasGas ECC range; Small, Medium and Large.

With the ECC being a race-focused bike, geometry is on the longer side to maximise stability on steep climbs and down high-speed descents. You’ll find a 64° head angle, a 76° seat tube angle and a 475mm reach on the Medium frame.

One number that sticks out is the huge 461mm rear centre length. That’s one of the longest rear ends we’ve seen on an e-MTB of late, and we’re curious to see how that will play out on the trail.

It’s worth noting that there are no flip chips to be found on the ECC frame, and as such it’s not recommended to be setup as a mullet. If you’re after a mixed wheel setup, you’ll have to look towards the slightly shorter travel MXC (more on that below).

gasgas ecc 6 geometry size chart
GasGas Geometry & Size Chart
gasgas ecc 6 electric emtb
Up front is a 170mm travel fork and a 64° head angle.

GasGas ECC price & specs

There are three models in the 2024 GasGas ECC lineup with prices starting at $11,899 AUD for the ECC 4. They’ll be available across a range of bike shops and moto dealers around the country, with stock due to arrive in Spring 2024.

Each model shares the same full carbon chassis and SRAM Powertrain, and they’re all equipped with a coil shock and a Maxxis Assegai/Minion DHR II tyre combo.

The bike we’ve got on test is the top-end model; the ECC 6. It’s certainly a striking-looking bike with its bold paint job, shapely frame protection and white coil spring, but how does it compare to the best e-MTBs on the market? Stay tuned for our in-depth review and video coming soon!

2024 gas gas ecc 6 sram powertrain
The GasGas ECC 6 is the flagship model.

2024 GasGas ECC 6

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, Four-Bar Suspension Design, 160mm Travel
  • Fork | DVO Onyx D1CV OTT, 170mm Travel
  • Shock | DVO JadeX CV Coil, 205x65mm
  • Motor | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 90Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 630Wh
  • Wheels | Newmen Evolution SL E.G 30, Alloy Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai 3C MaxxGrip EXO+ 2.5in Front & Minion DHR II 3C MaxxTerra DoubleDown 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM X0 Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Code RSC 4-Piston w/220mm Front & 200mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Newmen Advanced, Carbon, 25mm Rise, 800mm Width
  • Stem | Newmen Evolution, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | RockShox Reverb AXS, 31.6mm Diameter
  • Saddle | Fizik Ridon X5
  • Claimed Weight | 24.1kg
  • RRP | $15,699 AUD
2024 gasgas ecc 5 sram powertrain emtb electric
The ECC 5 utilises a SRAM GX Transmission and DVO suspension.

2024 GasGas ECC 5

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, Four-Bar Suspension Design, 160mm Travel
  • Fork | DVO Onyx D1CV SL, 170mm Travel
  • Shock | DVO JadeX CV Coil, 205x65mm
  • Motor | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 90Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 630Wh
  • Wheels | GasGas Hubs & Mach 1 Trucky Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai 3C MaxxGrip EXO+ 2.5in Front & Minion DHR II 3C MaxxTerra DoubleDown 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM G2 RS 4-Piston w/220mm Front & 200mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | GasGas Riser 35, Alloy, 25mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | GasGas 35, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | GasGas Pro Dropper, 34.9mm Diameter
  • Saddle | Selle San marco GND
  • Claimed Weight | 24.4kg
  • RRP | $14,099 AUD
2024 gasgas ecc 4 sram powertrain emtb electric
The ECC 4 is the cheapest option, but features the same full carbon frame and SRAM Powertrain as the pricier models.

2024 GasGas ECC 4

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, Four-Bar Suspension Design, 160mm Travel
  • Fork | RockShox Zeb Select+, 170mm Travel
  • Shock | RockShox Super Deluxe Select+ Coil, 205x65mm
  • Motor | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 90Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 630Wh
  • Wheels | GasGas Hubs & Mach 1 Trucky Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai 3C MaxxGrip EXO+ 2.5in Front & Minion DHR II 3C MaxxTerra DoubleDown 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle 1×12 w/Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM DB8 4-Piston w/220mm Front & 200mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | GasGas Riser 35, Alloy, 25mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | GasGas 35, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | GasGas Pro Dropper, 34.9mm Diameter
  • Saddle | Selle San Marco GND
  • Claimed Weight | 24.6kg
  • RRP | $11,899 AUD
gasgas ecc 6 electric emtb gasgas ecc 6 electric emtb gasgas ecc 6 electric emtb
We’re looking forward to seeing what the GasGas ECC 6 can do – stay tuned for our review coming soon!

An overview of the GasGas MXC

Sitting underneath the ECC, the GasGas MXC is the slightly shorter travel all-rounder.

It also features a full carbon frame that’s built around the SRAM Powertrain motor and 630Wh battery. Suspension travel lowers a touch to 160mm up front and 140mm out back. The MXC also features a mullet setup with a 27.5in rear wheel that allows for much shorter chainstays.

We reckon it’s a great-looking bike that will potentially a more appealing option for everyday mountain bikers compared to the more race-focussed ECC.

2024 gasgas mxc 6 emtb electric
The GasGas MXC features a mixed wheel setup with 160/140mm of travel.

2024 GasGas MXC 6

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, Four-Bar Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | DVO Onyx D1CV OTT, 160mm Travel
  • Shock | DVO Topaz Air CV, 205x60mm
  • Motor | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 90Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 630Wh
  • Wheels | Newmen Evolution SL E.G 30, Alloy Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai 3C MaxxGrip EXO+ 2.5in Front & Minion DHR II 3C MaxxTerra EXO+ 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM X0 Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Code RSC 4-Piston w/220mm Front & 200mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Newmen Advanced, Carbon, 25mm Rise, 800mm Width
  • Stem | Newmen Evolution, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | RockShox Reverb AXS, 31.6mm Diameter
  • Saddle | Fizik Ridon X5
  • Claimed Weight | 23.8kg
  • RRP | $15,199 AUD
gasgas mxc 5 emtb electric
You’ll find air-sprung DVO suspension and a SRAM GX Transmission on the GasGas MXC 5.

2024 GasGas MXC 5

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, Four-Bar Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | DVO Onyx D1CV SL, 160mm Travel
  • Shock | DVO Topaz Air CV, 205x60mm
  • Motor | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 90Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 630Wh
  • Wheels | GasGas Hubs & Mach 1 Trucky Alloy Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai 3C MaxxGrip EXO+ 2.5in Front & Minion DHR II 3C MaxxTerra EXO+ 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM G2 RS 4-Piston w/220mm Front & 200mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | GasGas Riser 35, Alloy, 25mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | GasGas 35, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | GasGas Pro Dropper, 34.9mm Diameter
  • Saddle | Selle San Marco GND
  • Claimed Weight | 24.1kg
  • RRP | $13,599 AUD
2024 gasgas mxc 4 electric emtb
Equipped with RockShox suspension and a SRAM GX Eagle mechanical drivetrain, the GasGas MXC 4 offers a lot of bang for your buck.

2024 GasGas MXC 4

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, Four-Bar Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | RockShox Lyrik Select+, 160mm Travel
  • Shock | RockShox Deluxe Select+, 205x60mm
  • Motor | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 90Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | SRAM Eagle Powertrain, 630Wh
  • Wheels | GasGas Hubs & Mach 1 Trucky Alloy Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai 3C MaxxGrip EXO+ 2.5in Front & Minion DHR II 3C MaxxTerra EXO+ 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle 1×12 w/Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM DB8 4-Piston w/220mm Front & 200mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | GasGas Riser 35, Alloy, 25mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | GasGas 35, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | GasGas Pro Dropper, 34.9mm Diameter
  • Saddle | Selle San Marco GND
  • Claimed Weight | 23.3kg
  • RRP | $11,499 AUD

The post On Test | The 2024 GasGas ECC & MXC range is coming to Australia! appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-gasgas-ecc6-australia/feed/ 0 203124
First Look | The new SRAM S-1000 Transmission delivers wireless shifting at a cheaper price point https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/sram-s1000-transmission-axs-eagle/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/sram-s1000-transmission-axs-eagle/#respond Tue, 02 Jul 2024 13:58:42 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=203069 SRAM Transmission launched over a year ago, ruffling feathers with its unique direct-mount derailleur that waved goodbye to the traditional hanger. Built around a stronger interface that makes use of the UDH dropout standard, we’ve found Transmission to deliver incredibly positive shift performance with mostly rock-solid reliability. See our SRAM Transmission review for the lowdown. […]

The post First Look | The new SRAM S-1000 Transmission delivers wireless shifting at a cheaper price point appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
SRAM Transmission launched over a year ago, ruffling feathers with its unique direct-mount derailleur that waved goodbye to the traditional hanger. Built around a stronger interface that makes use of the UDH dropout standard, we’ve found Transmission to deliver incredibly positive shift performance with mostly rock-solid reliability. See our SRAM Transmission review for the lowdown.

Initially SRAM launched Transmission for its XX SL, XX and X0 groupsets, which made it a very expensive proposition. That was followed by the GX Eagle AXS Transmission a few months later that lowered the price of entry by quite a bit. While it has been a popular spec for 2024 mountain bikes and e-MTBs, it still isn’t exactly what you’d call ‘budget’.

And so with the aim of offering its wireless electronic technology to as many riders as possible, for SRAM has just unveiled its cheapest Transmission yet; S-1000.

sram s-1000 transmission axs eagle drivetrain
The SRAM S-1000 Transmission crankset is offered in specific versions for mountain bikes and e-MTBs.
2025 specialized stumpjumper comp 15
Expect to see the SRAM S-1000 Transmission on a lot of complete bikes for 2025. One of the first to launch is the new Specialized Stumpjumper 15 Comp.

An overview of the SRAM S-1000 Transmission

The SRAM S-1000 Transmission is a new entry-level groupset that’s designed for mountain bikes and e-MTBs. It’s a 1×12 drivetrain that employs wireless electronic shifting and a direct-mount rear derailleur, just like its pricier siblings.

The important thing to note with S-1000 is that it will primarily be for OEM supply. That means you’ll see it coming on complete bikes for 2025 and beyond, rather than being something that you’d purchase as an upgrade from your local bike shop. One of the first bikes it’ll be coming on is the just-released Specialized Stumpjumper 15 Comp.

It’s also not a complete groupset. There will be a S-1000 derailleur, cassette and crankset, but there is no specific chain or Pod controller. Given S-1000 is fully compatible with SRAM’s other T-Type Transmission components, you’ll likely to see it mixed and matched on complete bikes. For example, a brand might spec a S-1000 crankset and cassette, then pair it with a GX derailleur and chain.

sram s-1000 transmission axs eagle drivetrain
The SRAM S-1000 Transmission derailleur is almost identical to the GX version.

What are the differences between SRAM S-1000 & GX Transmission?

The SRAM S-1000 Transmission offers a lot of structural similarities with GX. In fact, the derailleur is almost identical save for its all-black finish and the use of a new cheaper drag spring cage damper. It’s also fully rebuildable and upgradeable, so you can replace the skid plates, two-piece outer link and cage assembly should they sustain any damage.

There will be two S-1000 cranksets available, one for e-MTBs and one for mountain bikes. The former is offered in SRAM, Brose, Bosch and ISIS variants, while the latter utilises the same DUB bottom bracket standard as the XX, X0 and GX cranksets. It also utilises the 8-bolt chainring interface,  and it’s compatible with the two-piece bashguards that bolt directly into the chainring. SRAM will be producing the forged alloy crank arms in lengths from 155-175mm.

sram s-1000 transmission axs eagle drivetrain cassette
Offering a 10-52T spread, the SRAM S-1000 Transmission cassette is designed to slide onto a HG freehub body.

The SRAM S-1000 Transmission cassette

Really the biggest difference with the SRAM S-1000 Transmission is the cassette.

Adorned with the XS-1270 label, the cassette employs the same 10-52T ratio and 520% gear range as its pricier siblings. However, unlike the more expensive GX, X0 and XX cassettes that use the XD interface, the S-1000 cassette is designed to fit rear hubs with a HG freehub body. This is an important distinction because cheaper OEM wheelsets often feature a HG freehub. Previously SRAM had only offered its NX Eagle 11-50T cassette to suit that interface, and of course the NX cassette isn’t compatible with T-Type Transmissions.

In terms of construction, the new S-1000 cassette features nickel chrome-plated steel cogs and the distinctive X-Sync tooth profile. The smallest four cogs (10-16T) are welded together to form a single cluster (rather than being machined from a single billet of steel, like a GX cassette). The standalone 18T cog then slides onto the freehub, while the rest of the cassette uses individual cogs that are pinned together.

The new S-1000 cassette is particularly notable for squeezing in a tiny 10T cog, which is difficult to achieve with a HG freehub. It’s possible in this case due to the first four cogs forming a single piece, and because the T-Type Transmission is specifically designed around a 55mm chainline. This sees the cassette pushed further outboard from the centre of the hub, providing more room for the 10T cog to hang off the end of the freehub body. Clever!

sram s-1000 transmission axs eagle drivetrain
We expect bike brands will be mixing and matching the new SRAM S-1000 Transmission with other T-Type components.

Will it be available to purchase?

As mentioned above, the SRAM S-1000 Transmission is primarily made for OEM spec on complete bikes. That means you won’t be able to buy the individual components separately, or at least not to begin with anyway.

However, because the S-1000 derailleur uses a very similar construction to the GX version, it is possible to purchase spare parts including the skid plates and cage assembly. And while the S-1000 cassette won’t be available as a complete unit, SRAM will be offering the 10-18T cogs as a replacement part (price TBC). That’s a good move, especially for e-Bikers that tend to wear out the smallest cogs first.

Indeed we’re stoked to see SRAM continue to expand on its Transmission range, and we expect you’ll be seeing a lot of S-1000 components spec’d on 2025 mountain bikes and e-MTBs.

2024 trek fuel exe 8 gx axs transmission emtb electric
There are a choice of different AXS controllers that are compatible with the SRAM S-1000 Transmission.

There are updated SRAM DB8 brakes too

Alongside the new SRAM S-1000 Transmission, the DB8 brakes have been updated as well.

The DB8 is SRAM’s entry-level hydraulic disc brake that runs on mineral oil and features a chunky four-piston calliper. It comes fitted with organic brake pads as standard, though because it uses exactly the same pad shape as the Codes, it’s possible to fit metallic pads if you’re after longer wear life and consistency in wet conditions. Utilising the thicker HS2 brake rotors is also a great upgrade for boosting power and durability.

For 2025, SRAM has updated the DB8 lever design to give it a similar Stealth profile as the latest Code, Level and Maven brakes. This sees they hose exiting at a near-parallel path in front of the handlebar, which is mostly an aesthetic choice that works particularly well with bikes that employ headset routing.

The DB8 lever otherwise carries over the excellent MatchMaker X hinged clamp, and the ambidextrous design means the brakes can be easily flipped from left to right. You can also dial in the lever reach to your preference using the tooled adjuster.

sram db8 brake
The SRAM DB8 brakes get an update for 2025 too.

The post First Look | The new SRAM S-1000 Transmission delivers wireless shifting at a cheaper price point appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/sram-s1000-transmission-axs-eagle/feed/ 0 203069
The Orca 2024 | The Quad Crown’s Return to the Sapphire Coast https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/the-orca-2024-quad-crown-sapphire-coast/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/the-orca-2024-quad-crown-sapphire-coast/#respond Tue, 02 Jul 2024 07:29:17 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=202886 It still feels like yesterday that the 2024 Quad Crown began, but it is already time for round three of the four-series event. The Crown steamed through the Wild Penguin of Tasmania and the Sunny 80 of the Sunshine Coast, placing us at the doorstep of The Orca. It also has a very nice doorstep—located […]

The post The Orca 2024 | The Quad Crown’s Return to the Sapphire Coast appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
It still feels like yesterday that the 2024 Quad Crown began, but it is already time for round three of the four-series event.

The Crown steamed through the Wild Penguin of Tasmania and the Sunny 80 of the Sunshine Coast, placing us at the doorstep of The Orca. It also has a very nice doorstep—located on the Sapphire Coast. The destination is known for the trail networks of Gravity Eden and Tathra MTB Park, its picturesque ocean views, and its warm and welcoming community.

Last year, the Sapphire Coast added to these charming traits with a whole bunch of new trails in Eden. The Orca event marked the opening of these trails, and it was a massive success. Since then, refinements have been made to the course, setting the hopes high for another great ride in 2024.

The team behind the Quad Crown have been hard at work to prepare for this round. To find out what is in store for riders, we got in touch with Race Director, Jason Dover, and Course Designer, Liam McGuire, who gave us the ins and outs of this year’s race. 

Related:

Quad Crown The Orca
The Sapphire Coast has an impressive mountain biking scene behind all its good looks.
Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca
Quad Crown The Orca
Will 2024 be able to top its peak performance from last year?

Quad Crown The Orca | Course Preview

‘If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it’. This saying has been circulating The Orca event since last year, because the 2023 race was anything but ‘broke’.

Jason Dover says that without a doubt, McGuire, the Quad Crown Course Manager, put together damn near a perfect course last year.

With such a solid foundation, the Quad Crown team was able to focus on refinements rather than completely rebuilding the event from the ground up. 

Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca
Quad Crown The Orca
Last year’s course was an absolute winner. With a few alterations to the format, this year is set for the same heights.

The new trails of Eden were a major hit in 2023; Contour Works delivered some fantastic new loops, which riders just couldn’t get enough of.

Unfortunately, a few of the Eden trails were closed off last year. Nature wasn’t playing ball and delivered a lot of rain and not enough sun, meaning that many of the trails were still too soft to ride. But that was almost a year ago now, and the ribbon is ready to be cut on trails that didn’t make it into the program last time. 

Heading to Tathra and Eden again, the basic schedule of the Quad Crown Series will still stand. The Prelude will be held on Friday for riders to secure their handicap for the weekend, followed by the main stage events on Saturday and Sunday.

The Prelude | 9km, 280m Vert

Quad Crown The Orca
Riders will face the Prelude on Friday, a short 9km loop of Gravity Eden.

As per usual, the Prelude will be held before the Welcome Function on Friday. Riding this swift loop will set each racer up with their handicap for the weekend, putting them in the running for the Weekend Warrior Award.

McGuire says that the Prelude will be very similar to last year, with only a few refinements to the course. One change which has been made is the addition of a new trail, Straight 6, which riders will finish with this year.  

The loop may be short, but it will be sweet. The Prelude will offer a carefully picked selection of trails from Gravity Eden, including some of the newbies from the park. Folks will be in for a great time on Friday, but it will only be a taster of the flowy Eden trails before they get a bigger bite of them on Sunday.

Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca
Quad Crown The Orca
The Prelude will tease riders with some of the best sections of Gravity Eden, marked by large, machine-built berms with angles even my old high school geometry teacher would be impressed with.

After riders have kickstarted the weekend with the Prelude, all eyes will be set on the Friday Welcome Function. 

Last year, riders congregated at Hotel Australasia on the main street. This year, however, there is talk of moving venues to the Great Southern pub in the centre of Eden. This is not fully confirmed yet, but both sites are sure to provide the usual Quad Crown energy, atmosphere and drinks! 

Quad Crown The Orca
Let the racing weekend begin!
Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca
Quad Crown The Orca
The social events this year will be held directly after each stage, meaning folks will have the evening off to go out and explore somewhere on the Sapphire Coast.

Saturday Stage 1 | 35km, 700m Vert

Saturday is Tathra’s day. All set for the first stage of the weekend, riders will head 45 minutes up the coast from Eden to the Tathra Mountain Bike Park and surrounds. 

McGuire says that Saturday’s course will be very much the same to what folks saw in 2023. The loop will have a similar distance and elevation gain to last year, and the stage will begin with dreamy ocean views to the south 

From here, the coastal trails out of town will work to quash those race-day nerves before folks cross over into the rustic trails of Bundadung. 

Quad Crown The Orca
Stage 1 will begin again with an impressive ocean backdrop.

Bundadung will test riders against some old-school cross country loops, very different to the smooth, hard packed dirt of Eden.

McGuire says the trails at Tathra create a great variety to the riding over the weekend, also alluding to the possibility of some new sections finding their way into the course. 

“There are some trails on the southern side called the Fire Shed Trails that are private property….we haven’t been able to use them as yet, so we’re hoping we can get to include them this year,” says McGuire.

Even if these trails don’t present themselves on the Saturday, McGuire says that the trails which are already planned are fun and super fast, taking riders through extensive stretches of coastal forest. 

Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca

After a big morning of riding, the stage will finish directly outside the Tathra Hotel, where the presentations (and beer kegs) will be held. 

“(The Tathra Hotel) overlooks all the water… it’s the best place that you could ever want to start and finish your bike race, let alone do the presentations and have lunch there after,” Dover says.

After parking their bikes down the laneway to the rear of the pub, riders can sit back and relax until the presentations begin. 

A well-earned drink will meet riders at the Tathra Hotel after Stage 1.
Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca Quad Crown The Orca
Quad Crown The Orca
Can’t complain with a view like this!

Sunday Stage 2 | 40-50km, 900m Vert

Sunday will dawn with riders lining up in Eden for the final stage of The Orca. If this year will be anything to what it was last time, Stage 2 will leave riders clamouring for more.

This stage was a crowd favourite last year. It is also the part of the race, however, which has seen the most change. High on the list of differences will be the removal of the brutal start climb, plus the addition of more of the new Eden trails.

“Last year we started and finished at the golf course, which was basically a construction site…we sent everyone up a horrendous climb, which we kind of had to do to get them (to the top) so they could come down Around the Outside (one of the new Eden trails) for the first time,” says McGuire. 

Quad Crown The Orca
2023 will see the start climb taken out and more singletrack brought in.

This year, the morning will present a flowy, fun and fast singletrack replacement for the initial start climb. No need to fret — the stage will still have plenty of climbs in store; they just won’t appear in the form of one massive hill.  

“It’s just going to be a much more fun stage… easily doable for the average rider,” says Dover. 

Among the different trails included in this year’s stage, an especially exciting addition will be an Eden original: Salt Lizard. When the new trails were built last year, Salt Lizard was done up by the build crew and it is now one of McGuire’s favourite trails in Eden. He says you can’t visit the area without giving it a go. 

After a full plate of Gravity Eden has been served, the next plate to fill will be provided by the generous kitchen and bar at Hotel Australasia. Riders will finish the last Stage, then file into the pub for the final celebrations and award ceremony.

Quad Crown The Orca
Tired, but happy — the best kind of feeling after finishing a great race.

The Handicapping System and Weekend Warrior

Similar to each of the Quad Crown rounds, The Orca will use a unique handicapping system during the event. In this way, riders will not only be racing against the clock, but also against themselves. 

From the handicap that folks will receive after completing Friday’s Prelude, the rider who is the closest to this time over the two days of racing will be crowned Weekend Warrior. 

This means that you do not need to be in the elite ranks, or even to have raced in a Quad Crown event in the past to be acknowledged for your efforts. 

Quad Crown The Orca
Jodyn Hasset wore the crown for the Weekend Warrior in 2023… who will it be this year?

Dover wants to emphasise here that you do not have to be at every race to be eligible for the Warrior Award.

“We are presenting (the Weekend Warrior) at each event on a standalone… there’s only carryover of points from Elite, which is about 10% of our field, whereas 90% of the field are on the Weekend Warrior Award,” says Dover.

With so many races of experience with the handicap system and Weekend Warrior Award, the Quad Crown team have now got the format down to a tee. 

Why head to Sapphire Coast?

Quad Crown The Orca
Bikes plus the beach… it’s bliss.

Each of the Quad Crown destinations is a new adventure. The Sapphire Coast has the luxury of having a homely country-town feel, along with an unmatched riding scene that you can’t get at big-city events. 

“The two towns (Tathra and Eden) are the journey of going to the Sapphire Coast…there are breweries and wineries in between, there are oyster farms, there are cafes… I think that’s part of the adventure of getting away to a new destination over a long weekend,” says Dover. 

Quad Crown The Orca

Dover also admits that the Sapphire Coast is one of the events which reflects the nature of the Quad Crown the most.

“I think the location suits our event model (of the Quad Crown Series) really well… it’s a tourism destination that a lot of people may not have been to before, and it’s a great excuse for a long weekend away to be able to go to an awesome spot, but also take your bike.”

Quad Crown The Orca
The Sapphire Coast will be one of the brightest gems in the Quad’s crown. Will we be seeing you there? 

How to Enter

The countdown to the event has started, and before you know it, wheels will be directed to the New South Wales coastline.

So, why not? Get on to the event website and put your name down for an epic weekend away. 

The post The Orca 2024 | The Quad Crown’s Return to the Sapphire Coast appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/the-orca-2024-quad-crown-sapphire-coast/feed/ 0 202886
Cape to Cape 2024 | The New Face Behind the Four Day Stage Race https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/cape-to-cape-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/cape-to-cape-2024/#respond Mon, 24 Jun 2024 19:19:31 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?post_type=feature&p=201745 Cape to Cape is back again, ready and raring to go for yet another year of bikes, social events and adrenaline. Last year, we were praising its 15th year around the sun, but time doesn’t stop, not even for the infamous Cape to Cape. Come October this year, the race will not only be old […]

The post Cape to Cape 2024 | The New Face Behind the Four Day Stage Race appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Cape to Cape is back again, ready and raring to go for yet another year of bikes, social events and adrenaline. Last year, we were praising its 15th year around the sun, but time doesn’t stop, not even for the infamous Cape to Cape. Come October this year, the race will not only be old enough to celebrate its ‘sweet 16th,’ but also arriving with some fresh new faces behind the wheel.

Last year, something big happened: Ironman sold the event to EventMatrix Pty Ltd, which is delivering the 2024 edition. The new team has really pulled out the stops for their debut. 2024 will see an already all-inclusive event made even more so, with revisions to race categories and course layout being only a few of the changes in store. 

Rest assured, Cape to Cape will not be made unrecognisable. The foundations of the event will still stand strong at its heart; a pumping race village, social events, beverages and bikes will still set this race apart. 

Without further ado, let’s get into what’s in store for folks in this new and improved tour of Southwest WA.

Related:

cape to cape cape to cape cape to cape
Picturesque views, amazing people and racing like no other, Cape to Cape is back for another round.

The New Face of Cape to Cape

A new year, a new Cape to Cape, and a new company pulling the strings. EventMatrix has come into the picture with a bang, led by the business owners and event professionals Bill Hayes and Megan Grygorecewicz.

Although EventMatrix is fresh to the mountain biking scene, the company is no amateur when it comes to organising sporting events. Triathlons… fun runs… cycling? You name it, and EventMatrix has delivered an event for it. Channelling all of this experience into one, the hopes are high for the race this year.

Onwards and upwards for Cape to Cape in 2024!

Straight out of the gate, EventMatrix has elevated the ease of registering for Cape to Cape. In previous years, once you were in, you were in, and deferring registrations was a difficulty. The event now includes a flexible deferral and transfer policy, making bookings much more tangible in the future. Forgot about an important dentist appointment you have to go to on the 18th of October? No problem, you will be able to defer your registration and secure yourself a spot for 2025, instead.

“We want to see you riding Cape to Cape and realise sometimes things happen and plans change. If something happens and it’s not this year, then we would love to see you back next year,” says Director Megan Grygorcewicz.

On top of this change, Cape to Cape has made entering simpler still. Striking up a partnership with TravelManagers, EventMatrix has made it possible for bikes to be all you need to think about for the week. A ‘think less, ride more’ mentality is what we are looking at here, with the problem of accommodation and car hire all covered for you. (Find out more about what packages are on offer on the event website.)

EventMatrix wants to make getting to the race as smooth as possible, moving the focus toward the great riding and atmosphere of the event instead.

Cape to cape cape to cape cape to cape

Cape to Cape Course Preview

With people coming from all over the globe to be part of this iconic race, I’d say the 4 stage race has got some things right. This year, most of the Cape to Cape stages will reflect those of previous years, with some tweaks here and there to accommodate rider feedback from past events. 

There is one big change which will create an exciting twist to this year’s course layout: Stage 2 has been completely reworked for the race in 2024.

Instead of being led through the open arena of Boranup Forest, folks will head to Nannup Forest for a fresh taste of Southwestern Australia riding.

The mountain bike course team, made up of Michael “Brookesy” Brookes, Tony Tucknott and Graham Clarke, have been hard at work on the course layout. Working their way around the Capes, the final line-up includes Cape Leeuwin, Margaret River, the (brand new) Nannup Forest loop, and Cape Naturaliste.

The exact course details are yet to be published, but overall, the race will round up to a total of 200km of riding and 2,500m of climbing, with each stage coming in at around 34-59km each.

Stage 1 | Cape Leeuwin

The Cape Leeuwin Lighthouse marks the Southwesternmost point of Australia and the traditional start to Stage 1.

Stage 1 will naturally begin and end at the Cape Leeuwin Lighthouse. It has reached a point where if the lighthouse wasn’t on the course map for the week, Cape to Cape would have to permanently change its name—the race just wouldn’t be the same without it. 

Similar to last year, riders will push off from the lighthouse and almost instantly come face-to-face with the dreaded Skippy Rock Road. This uphill just keeps on going and will be a definite leg burner to start off the day. Once at the top, however, it will be remembered as a welcome warm-up for the rest of the course as folks get into a great stage of fire road, singletrack, and gravel. 

In light of the variable weather conditions around the lighthouse, presentations will be held back at Settlers Tavern at the end of Stage 1. Once inside the vibrant pub, riders will be able to enjoy a well-earned drink at the bar, safe in the knowledge that the presentation tent won’t suddenly fly toward them in an unexpected gust of wind.

Skippy Rock Road will surprise the leg muscles into action right off the bat.
cape to cape cape to cape cape to cape
The riding will be the main cause of everyone’s big grins, but we’re sure a promised drink at Settlers Tavern will play a big role in getting those face muscles working.

Stage 2 | Nannup

We hope you are on the edge of your seat, because we definitely are: Cape to Cape is headed to Nannup for the first time this year!

This stage is set to kick off at Foreshore Park, located a bit further inland than the start of last year’s Stage 2. Folks will begin the pedal in the Tank 7 Mountain Bike Park, characterised by its rocky, fast and flowy trails. The dense pine forests of this stage will be very different to the wide open sections of Boranup Forest (but it will possibly mean a little less dust to what riders were confronted with in 2023).

The course team say that Nannup will present riders with a very diverse terrain, offering something for all riders to enjoy.

Boranup Forest’s Highway to Hell section last year. The words open and dusty come to mind… I wonder what this year’s equivalent will be in the pine plantations of Tank 7.

Stage 3 | Margaret River

Termed as the ‘fan favourite’, Cape to Cape would, once again, not be the same event without this ripper of a stage. 

The day around Margaret River will be a flowy, machine-packed loop of fun. Reflecting on what racers saw last year, a singletrack gala will ensue as the course explores Compartment 10 and The Pines. A fast first section will work to quickly seed riders based on speed. Then it’s onto sections of beefy, machine-built berms and turns through the dense bush. 

Colonial Brewing Co. (CBCo) is yet again the start and finish of the Margaret River stage. Parking up next to the picturesque lake at the end of the day, CBCo will be more than happy to supply the refreshments to mark the end of another great day on the bike.

Cape to Cape will be sure to make beer and wine connoisseurs of us all after all this drinking! Unfortunately, you will have to hold off on the celebrations for just one more day — Stage 4 still remains.

It will be a busy day behind the bar for CBCo Brewing!
Cape to Cape cape to cape
With those big, winding berms and compact earth, it’s no wonder Margaret River is one of the stage favourites.

Stage 4 | Cape Naturaliste

Finishing off with a bang is finishing off with Cape Naturaliste. If you haven’t noticed a pattern yet, Cape to Cape loves its fine wine and craft beer. It would just be rude to skew the trend this far in, so Wise Wines will present the start and finish point of Stage 4.

Before indulging in the vast selection of wines on offer, however, there is still the final stage to think about.

With no shortage of incredible views, the final day’s course will take riders up to the coast at Eagle Bay. After some spectacular ocean scenes, folks will dive into the extensive trail network of Zone 6 to get a generous dose of some top-tier single track.

As is true of all of Cape to Cape’s stages, riders anywhere from beginner to expert will all be able to have a great time on the final stage. Zig-zagging through Zone 6, riders will exit the park to be taken around the Golf Course in Dunsborough. All that’s left from here will be the finishing stretch!

Rolling through the arch at the end of the stage, each Cape to Cape rider will receive their finisher medal; a memorandum of what is sure to be a great race. 

cape to cape cape to cape cape to cape
The last stage will in no way be easing off the climbs to end the race. Cape Naturaliste will make you work hard for that finishers medal.
Last stretch to the finish!

The Race Village

Cape to Cape is not only known for it’s incredible racing scene, but it also for what is available when the riding part is over.

The race village will again be a blast of social functions and pop-up stalls. Imagine food, cold beers and good vibes, and you will be halfway to what the real atmosphere of a Cape to Cape Race Village is like.

This rider ‘hub’ will also present a self-service bike wash and bike mechanic service to ensure that everyone’s wheels are rolling and suspension bouncing throughout the whole event.

cape to cape cape to cape cape to cape
Only good vibes at the Cape to Cape Race Village.

Racer Categories

The race categories of Cape to Cape is one feature which has been under a lot of revision from previous years. Some aspects of the race will remain the same: There will be a minimum racer age of 15, and riders below 18 must have their registration signed by a parent or guardian. Lots of new developments, however, have been worked into the race around this.

One of the big changes to the race categories is to the pairs racing groups. In this category, riders are able to enter as a pair and become Cape to Cape finishers together, and as of 2024, the combined age of the pair will determine the group they are racing against. There is also a new ‘family pairs’ category, where one parent and one child can work together to complete the race.

In addition, pair racers will also be starting on the line together this year and will be eligible for the same awards and prizes as solo riders. 

Lots of riders get around the pairs category, wearing the same jersey throughout the event.

EventMatrix has also taken the step forward to add an e-Bike category to the race! E-MTB riders will race in a stand-alone category, following the same course as other riders in the event.

The event directors want to see a “sense of community and shared adventure” in future Cape to Cape races. With e-MTB categories coming into the mix, the race will be accessible to an even wider mountain biking audience than ever before.

Handcyclists will also be able to compete in all four stages of the event in 2024. Log rollovers and similar technical features have been removed from each stage to ensure that anyone and everyone can get the best out of the event. The course team do say that there are some water crossings that could not be avoided, but support riders will always be there to assist in these situations.

Prizes and Awards

Awards and prizes are on offer to present riders with Cape to Cape glory.

Each and every racer will be in the running for an array of awards and prizes throughout the week. Racers who are fastest overall will be acknowledged for their effort, and presentations will be held after each stage. A new stream of awards — the Line Honours Awards — will be introduced this year and presented at the end of each day to the rider who crosses the line first. 

There are also two very special awards that Cape to Cape offers at the end of the week. These include the Beacon Award and the James “Willo” Williamson Award.

The Beacon Award is presented to the ‘shining light of the event’. It is based on rider Johnny Waddel, who managed to overcome a serious injury and is still back ripping around the trails to this day. Anyone can be nominated for this award, and fellow riders can put down another’s name who is seen to consistently step out of their comfort zone to finish the race.

The James “willo” Williamson Award is dedicated to the rider with the fastest overall time. It is named after James Williamson, who was a big part of the race when it first began. The award comes from the heart of the event, introduced after Williamson tragically passed away in the 2010 Cape Epic.

cape to cape cape to cape cape to cape
What better way to celebrate a great event than with a big bottle of champagne?

What Type of Rider is this Race for?

Cape to Cape is not only a race for the best of the best. Anyone who is willing to give the course a crack is urged to join in.

This race is not meant to be a slog fest, nor an event filled with teeth-chattering rock gardens which will keep you up at night. Instead, Cape to Cape is something that is accessible for anyone who is ready to work for it.

Cape to Cape stands by the motto ‘it’s a ride, not a race’. Of course, even the event directors know that in the face of a timed event, some folks will be pushing off in the morning to lay it all out on the hill come race day. The point still stands that for those who are there for the good trails and great riding atmosphere, everyone is welcome to come along for the ride.

It’s going to be a big one in 2024. Will you make the trip to be Cape to Cape finisher this year?

How to Enter

If the Cape to Cape has sparked your interest, you can head over to the Cape to Cape website to sign yourself up now! 


Photos: Daniela Tommasi / Cape to Cape and Tim Bardsley-Smith / Cape to Cape

The post Cape to Cape 2024 | The New Face Behind the Four Day Stage Race appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/cape-to-cape-2024/feed/ 0 201745
First Look | 2025 RockShox Flight Attendant features new Charger 3.1 damper & coil shock option https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-rockshox-flight-attendant-trail/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-rockshox-flight-attendant-trail/#respond Thu, 20 Jun 2024 13:58:47 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=200854 Having first launched back in 2021, RockShox Flight Attendant was updated this year with the arrival of a brand new XC variant. Built around the latest SID fork and SIDLuxe shock, the second-generation Flight Attendant brings a whole new level of intelligence thanks to its powermeter integration. The electronic suspension system continues to feature a […]

The post First Look | 2025 RockShox Flight Attendant features new Charger 3.1 damper & coil shock option appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Having first launched back in 2021, RockShox Flight Attendant was updated this year with the arrival of a brand new XC variant. Built around the latest SID fork and SIDLuxe shock, the second-generation Flight Attendant brings a whole new level of intelligence thanks to its powermeter integration. The electronic suspension system continues to feature a clean wireless setup, but the automation has stepped up with an improved algorithm and more customisation options.

We reviewed RockShox Flight Attendant XC and were blown away at how intuitive the system is thanks to its ability to learn your riding style and power output. The elevated pedal efficiency is undeniable, and we love how the system achieves it without the typical tangle of cables that come with a remote lockout. It’s genuinely impressive stuff, and you can see our in-depth video review below for the full story.

Building off the latest XC version, today sees the arrival of the new Trail variant of RockShox Flight Attendant. It incorporates all the same technologies, albeit in a longer travel package for trail riders and enduro racers.


Watch our video review of Flight Attendant here:


2025 rockshox flight attendant lyrik super deluxe
RockShox Flight Attendant received an overhaul earlier this year in the form of the XC-specific SID fork and SIDLuxe shock. Now there’s a new Trail variant too.
2025 rockshox flight attendant lyrik super deluxe
Designed for longer travel applications, RockShox Flight Attendant Trail is offered across the Zeb, Lyrik and Pike forks.

2025 RockShox Flight Attendant Trail

Whereas RockShox Flight Attendant XC is purpose-built for lightweight race bikes with under 120mm of travel, the Trail variant is designed for trail and enduro bikes with 140-170mm of travel.

It’s been developed around the latest Zeb, Lyrik and Pike forks, which feature the new Charger 3.1 damper that was released last week as part of the 2025 RockShox fork lineup.

For rear suspension, Flight Attendant Trail options come in the form of the Super Deluxe, Vivid Air and Vivid Coil shocks.

If you’re curious about those prototype Boxxer Flight Attendant forks that have been spotted on the World Cup DH race circuit, there is currently no word from RockShox on when that’ll be offered to public.

2025 rockshox flight attendant vivid coil
The Vivid Coil is now available in a Flight Attendant version, along with the Vivid Air and the Super Deluxe.
2025 rockshox flight attendant lyrik super deluxe
The electronic module at the top of the fork remains unchanged, but the damper inside is quite different.

How does it work?

For an-depth explanation of how all the hardware and software works, see our RockShox Flight Attendant review for everything you need to know.

The short version is that RockShox Flight Attendant is designed to improve your bike’s pedal efficiency by using a variety of sensors to determine what the rider and terrain are doing before automatically adjusting the suspension.

In addition to the pedal sensor, electronic modules built into the fork and shock utilise accelerometers to measure bump forces and pitch sensors to determine whether you’re climbing or descending. Using all of this information, the system will adjust the fork and shock between three settings; Open, Pedal and Lock.

It does this using tiny servo motors that are powered by rechargeable AXS batteries. RockShox states you’ll get 20-30 hours of ride time before the batteries need charging, and should they go flat the system will revert the suspension to the Open mode.

2025 rockshox flight attendant lyrik super deluxe
The servo motors are powered by a rechargeable AXS battery.

Adaptive Ride Dynamics

Where things kick up a few notches with the second generation RockShox Flight Attendant is its Adaptive Ride Dynamics.

By pairing the system with an AXS-compatible powermeter, Flight Attendant doesn’t just know whether you’re simply pedalling or coasting, it now knows how hard you’re pedalling. The idea being that if you’re sprinting for the finish line, the suspension will be more likely to firm up.

Over time Flight Attendant builds a picture of your power output and riding style, creating four Effort Zones in the process; Low, Medium, High and Sprint. Depending on which zone you’re in, the suspension will change its behaviour accordingly.

2025 rockshox flight attendant lyrik super deluxe 2025 rockshox flight attendant lyrik super deluxe 2025 rockshox flight attendant lyrik super deluxe

To take advantage of the Adaptive Ride Dynamics function, you’ll need to pair your Flight Attendant suspension with an AXS-enabled powermeter. Both of SRAM’s spindle and spider-based Quark powermeters are compatible.

It’s important to note that you can still use Flight Attendant with the basic pedal sensor, but you’ll miss out on the Adaptive Ride Dynamics function. As a result, it won’t offer the same accuracy and reactivity as it does with a powermeter.

rockshox flight attendant xc specialized s-works epic 8
You can pair Flight Attendant with a basic pedal sensor, or an AXS-enabled powermeter. The latter is the key to unlocking the Adaptive Ride Dynamics function.

New adjustability

The latest version of RockShox Flight Attendant retains the Bias adjustment of the original, and of course the three suspension settings can be controlled manually by the buttons on the fork module or via a left-hand AXS controller. You can also use the controller to activate the Override Mode, which switches the fork and shock to a predetermined setting at the click of a button.

Dive into the SRAM AXS app and you’ll discover new customisation options. This includes removing the fork lockout, or removing both the fork and shock lockout, so the system will only toggle between Open and Pedal. We’ve found this to be beneficial for trail riding where you might not want the suspension locking out on its own.

The app is also used for calibrating the system in the first place, and it allows you to adjust the low-speed compression damping for both the fork and shock. Unfortunately you still aren’t able to adjust high-speed compression damping. However, in regards to the new 2025 RockShox forks, the Charger 3.1 damper is offered with several tuning kits for modifying the rebound and compression characteristics.

2025 rockshox flight attendant lyrik super deluxe
We expect Canyon will be offering complete bikes with the new RockShox Flight Attendant Trail suspension package, including the new Spectral.

What bikes will it come on?

We’ll have to wait and see what bikes RockShox Flight Attendant Trail will come fitted to, though based on prior experience we’d expect to see the likes of Trek, Specialized, Canyon and YT jumping on board. Given all the photos from the press kit feature Braydon Bringhurst riding the new Spectral, that option seems highly likely.

Furthermore, Flight Attendant forks and shocks will also be available aftermarket for those who’d like to upgrade their own bike. You’ll be able to purchase the components separately, allowing you to mix and match depending on your preference. If you owned the latest Specialized Epic EVO for example, you could combine a Flight Attendant Pike with a SIDLuxe. Or if you had a Trek Fuel EX, you could pair a Flight Attendant Lyrik with a Vivid Coil.

Really the main limitation is the rear shock, which is only offered in a handful of sizes and tunes for a specific list of bikes on the market. Here’s the current list of compatible bikes at the time of writing;

  • Specialized Stumpjumper EVO (2021+)
  • Specialized Enduro (2020+)
  • Specialized Levo SL (2022+)
  • Santa Cruz Hightower (2019+)
  • Trek Fuel EX (2023+)
  • Trek Slash Gen 6 (2023+)
  • Yeti SB140 (2020+)
sram axs pod controller flight attendant
A left hand AXS controller will allow you to manually control the Flight Attendant suspension settings, and also engage the Override Mode.

RockShox Flight Attendant price & specs

Below we’ve listed the prices and specifications for the individual RockShox Flight Attendant Trail forks and shocks.

Separate to those, the Flight Attendant pedal sensor ($210 AUD) is also required. If you want to unlock the Adaptive Ride Dynamics function however, which we would highly recommend, you’ll need an AXS-enabled powermeter. And unless your bike already has one, you’ll be looking at $1,248 AUD for a SRAM X0 crankset with a spindle-based powermeter.

You don’t need a left-hand AXS controller for Flight Attendant to work, but it is required if you wish to use the Override Mode. Add another $260 AUD for a left-hand AXS Pod Controller.

2025 RockShox Zeb Ultimate Flight Attendant

  • Travel | 170mm
  • Wheelsize | 29in
  • Spring | DebonAir+ w/Buttercups
  • Damper | Charger 3.1 RC2 Flight Attendant
  • Claimed weight | 2,450g
  • RRP | $2,750 AUD

2025 RockShox Lyrik Ultimate Flight Attendant

  • Travel | 160mm
  • Wheelsize | 29in
  • Spring | DebonAir+ w/Buttercups
  • Damper | Charger 3.1 RC2 Flight Attendant
  • Claimed weight | 2,100g
  • RRP | $2,660 AUD

2025 RockShox Pike Ultimate Flight Attendant

  • Travel | 140mm
  • Wheelsize | 29in
  • Spring | DebonAir+ w/Buttercups
  • Damper | Charger 3.1 RC2 Flight Attendant
  • Claimed weight | 1,960g
  • RRP | $2,575 AUD

2025 RockShox Vivid Coil Ultimate Flight Attendant

  • Spring | Coil
  • Damper | TouchDown RC3 Flight Attendant w/Adjustable HBO
  • Claimed weight | 960g (plus spring)
  • RRP | $TBC

2025 RockShox Vivid Air Ultimate Flight Attendant

  • Spring | Vivid DebonAir
  • Damper | TouchDown RC3 Flight Attendant w/Adjustable HBO
  • Claimed weight | 780g
  • RRP | $TBC
2025 rockshox super deluxe flight attendant

2025 RockShox Super Deluxe Ultimate Flight Attendant

  • Spring | DebonAir+ Linear or Progressive
  • Damper | RC3 Flight Attendant w/HBO (Optional)
  • Claimed weight | 560g
  • RRP | $1,630 AUD
2025 rockshox flight attendant lyrik super deluxe
We’ve been thoroughly impressed by the latest RockShox Flight Attendant system on the Specialized Epic 8, and we look forward to testing it out in a longer travel application. Stay tuned!

The post First Look | 2025 RockShox Flight Attendant features new Charger 3.1 damper & coil shock option appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-rockshox-flight-attendant-trail/feed/ 0 200854
The 2025 Specialized Chisel is a brand new XC bike that costs A LOT less than the Epic https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-specialized-chisel-alloy-xc-bike/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-specialized-chisel-alloy-xc-bike/#respond Tue, 18 Jun 2024 15:58:20 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=201166 Earlier this year saw the arrival of the new Specialized Epic 8. Thanks to its in-frame storage, progressive geometry and 120mm of active suspension, the Epic 8 has proven to be one of the best XC bikes we’ve ever tested. It’s of course very lightweight thanks to its sleek carbon fibre frame, but it’s also […]

The post The 2025 Specialized Chisel is a brand new XC bike that costs A LOT less than the Epic appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Earlier this year saw the arrival of the new Specialized Epic 8. Thanks to its in-frame storage, progressive geometry and 120mm of active suspension, the Epic 8 has proven to be one of the best XC bikes we’ve ever tested. It’s of course very lightweight thanks to its sleek carbon fibre frame, but it’s also very expensive with the cheapest model starting at $7,500 AUD.

To provide a more attainable option, Specialized has just released the all-new Chisel. It joins the existing Chisel HT as a full suspension XC bike that’s made from alloy instead of carbon. That makes it significantly cheaper than the Epic 8, which is good news for XC riders and racers who are on a tighter budget, or anyone who simply prefers the durability of a metal mountain bike.

2025 specialized chisel 2025 specialized chisel 2025 specialized chisel
2025 specialized chisel
The Specialized Chisel is a brand new full suspension XC bike for 2025.

An overview of the Specialized Chisel

In terms of the overall frame design, the Specialized Chisel is based heavily on the latest Epic 8. It rolls on 29in wheels and features a 120mm travel fork. Out back it has slightly less travel at 110mm, though the kinematics are said to be very similar between the two bikes.

You’ll find the same single-pivot suspension layout with flex-stays and a two-piece linkage, and the top tube-mounted shock means the Chisel is also capable of fitting two bottles inside the front triangle. Unfortunately there’s no in-frame SWAT storage like the Epic 8, but it does utilise a threaded BB, conventional internal cable routing that mercifully avoids the headset, and a UDH hanger.

2025 specialized chisel
The Specialized Chisel features a refreshingly normal cockpit with none of the headset funny business that we’ve seen on many other XC bikes.

Of course the big difference is the frame material. Instead of carbon, the Chisel utilises hydroformed M5 alloy tubes that are brought together using Specialized’s patented D’Aluisio Smartweld technology. This modifies key junctions to move the welding points away from the highest stress areas by forming the join into the tube during the hydroforming process. The best example is the seat tube, which is actually a single piece of alloy that incorporates the BB shell, main pivot and seat tube pivot into the one structure. A subtle but very cool detail.

2025 specialized chisel
The high-tech M5 alloy frame features a one-piece seat tube that employs hydroforming to incorporate the BB shell and pivots into a single structure.

Specialized Chisel weight

The result of this high-tech construction is an impressive claimed weight of 2,720g for the Specialized Chisel frame and shock. Not only is it significantly lighter than the competition, it also makes this the lightest alloy full suspension frame that we’re aware of.

To put that figure into perspective, here’s how the Chisel compares to the claimed weights of the Epic 8 and some of Specialized’s main competitors;

  • Specialized S-Works Epic 8 (FACT 12m) – 1,795g
  • Specialized Epic 8 (FACT 11m) – 1,965g
  • Specialized Chisel – 2,720g
  • Scott Spark Alloy – 3,290g
  • Trek Top Fuel Alloy – 3,740g
2025 specialized chisel
Geometry on the Specialized Chisel follows closely in the footsteps of the Epic 8.

Specialized Chisel geometry & size chart

Drawing on the Epic 8, geometry on the Specialized Chisel is on the progressive side for an XC bike.

It features a slack 66.5° head angle, a fairly steep 75.5° seat angle, and a 445mm reach on the Medium frame size. The rear centre length is 438mm on all sizes.

On the note of geometry, Specialized has incorporated a two-position flip chip in the lower shock mount. All the above figures are with the flip chip in the high position, which is how the Chisel will come setup from the factory. Switching that to Low will drop the BB height by 5mm and slacken the angles out by 0.5°.

If you want to go slacker again, Specialized has informed us that the Chisel frame is rated for use with a 130mm travel fork.

2025 specialized chisel geometry size chart
2025 Specialized Chisel Geometry & Size Chart
2025 specialized chisel
Complete bikes come with a 120mm travel fork, though the Chisel frame will handle a 130mm fork.

Specialized Chisel price & specs

There will be two Specialized Chisel models coming into Australia this year. Prices will start at $3,900 AUD for the base-spec Chisel and go up to $5,300 AUD for the Chisel Comp.

Both bikes feature a trail-ready build kit that includes a Specialized Ground Control and Fast Trak tyre combo, 760mm wide riser bars and a TranzX dropper post. Unlike the Epic 8, the Chisel eschews a remote lockout in favour of a cleaner cockpit setup with fewer cables. The fork and shock still feature two-position levers should you need to lock out the suspension.

If the stock options don’t suit, Specialized will also be offering the Chisel frameset for $3,200 AUD for those who are eager to build their own custom bike. That’s pretty cool, especially since most of the big brands are pushing their customers towards carbon these days. So while high-end alloy bikes may be a shrinking market, we’re excited to see Specialized offering a properly premium option in the Chisel.

2025 specialized chisel comp
The Specialized Chisel Comp is the top-spec model with a RockShox SID fork and a SRAM GX Eagle drivetrain.

2025 Specialized Chisel Comp

  • Frame | M5 Alloy, Single-Pivot Suspension Design, 110mm Travel
  • Fork | RockShox SID, Rush 2-Position Damper, 44mm Offset, 120mm Travel
  • Shock | RockShox Deluxe Select+, 2-Position Damper, 190x40mm
  • Wheels | Alloy Hubs & Specialized Alloy Rims, 27mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Specialized Ground Control T5 Control 2.35in Front & Fast Trak T5 Control 2.35in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle 1×12 w/32T Alloy Crankset & 11-50T NX Eagle Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Level T 2-Piston w/180mm Front & 160mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Specialized Alloy, 20mm Rise, 760mm Width
  • Stem | Specialized Alloy, 60mm Length
  • Seatpost | TranzX Dropper, 30.9mm Diameter, Travel: 100mm (XS-S), 125mm (M), 150mm (L-XL)
  • Saddle | Specialized Power Sport, Chromoly Rails
  • RRP | $5,300 AUD
2025 specialized chisel base
The base-spec Chisel gets a RockShox Recon RL fork, X-Fusion shock and a SRAM SX/NX Eagle drivetrain.

2025 Specialized Chisel

  • Frame | M5 Alloy, Single-Pivot Suspension Design, 110mm Travel
  • Fork | RockShox Recon Silver RL, Motion Control 2-Position Damper, 44mm Offset, 120mm Travel
  • Shock | X-Fusion PRO-o2, 190x40mm
  • Wheels | Alloy Hubs & Specialized Alloy Rims, 27mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Specialized Ground Control T5 Control 2.35in Front & Fast Trak T5 Control 2.35in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM SX Eagle 1×12 w/32T Alloy Crankset & 11-50T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Level T 2-Piston w/180mm Front & 160mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Specialized Alloy, 20mm Rise, 760mm Width
  • Stem | Specialized Alloy, 60mm Length
  • Seatpost | TranzX Dropper, 30.9mm Diameter, Travel: 100mm (XS-S), 125mm (M), 150mm (L-XL)
  • Saddle | Specialized Power Sport, Steel Rails
  • RRP | $3,900 AUD
2025 specialized chisel frameset
Ooph, how’s the colour on the Specialized Chisel frameset!

2025 Specialized Chisel Frameset

  • Frame | M5 Alloy, Single-Pivot Suspension Design, 110mm Travel
  • Shock | RockShox Deluxe Select+, 2-Position Damper, 190x45mm
  • RRP | $3,200 AUD
2025 specialized chisel 2025 specialized chisel 2025 specialized chisel
2025 specialized chisel
We’re loving the look of the new Chisel, and it’s exciting to see Specialized offering a proper high-end alloy XC frame for those who don’t want carbon.

The post The 2025 Specialized Chisel is a brand new XC bike that costs A LOT less than the Epic appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-specialized-chisel-alloy-xc-bike/feed/ 0 201166
FLOW MTB 2024 AND BEYOND, AUDIENCE SURVEY | WIN CASH FOR YOUR CLUB AND PRIZES FROM ROCKSHOX AND SRAM! https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/flow-mtb-2024-survey-news/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/flow-mtb-2024-survey-news/#respond Mon, 17 Jun 2024 00:37:37 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=201140 The post FLOW MTB 2024 AND BEYOND, AUDIENCE SURVEY | WIN CASH FOR YOUR CLUB AND PRIZES FROM ROCKSHOX AND SRAM! appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The post FLOW MTB 2024 AND BEYOND, AUDIENCE SURVEY | WIN CASH FOR YOUR CLUB AND PRIZES FROM ROCKSHOX AND SRAM! appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/flow-mtb-2024-survey-news/feed/ 0 201140
First Look | 2025 Giant Faith is reborn as a full suspension kids bike with a new Crest fork & shock https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-giant-faith-kids-bike/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-giant-faith-kids-bike/#respond Thu, 13 Jun 2024 15:58:33 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=200462 The segment for high-end kids mountain bikes has grown at considerable pace over the last few years, with numerous brands now offering full suspension models in smaller sizes to suit shorter riders. Giant and Liv have been offering basic kids mountain bikes for a while now, but both brands are stepping up in a big […]

The post First Look | 2025 Giant Faith is reborn as a full suspension kids bike with a new Crest fork & shock appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The segment for high-end kids mountain bikes has grown at considerable pace over the last few years, with numerous brands now offering full suspension models in smaller sizes to suit shorter riders.

Giant and Liv have been offering basic kids mountain bikes for a while now, but both brands are stepping up in a big way for 2025 with the introduction of the brand new Faith. This premium-looking full suspension bike is packed full of cool details including suspension dampers and a dropper post that have been specifically tuned for lighter riders. Along with hydraulic disc brakes, a wide-range 1×11 drivetrain and Maxxis Minion tyres, the Faith looks absolutely primed for young shredders!

2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike
We are loving the growth in kids full suspension mountain bikes!
2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike
The 2025 Giant Faith is a 140/135mm travel trail bike that’s offered in two sizes for young shredders.

An overview of the 2025 Giant Faith

Many mountain bikers out there will know the Giant Faith as a single-crown freeride bike from the previous decade. Having disappeared from the lineup, the Faith is set to return for 2025 as a premium full suspension kids mountain bike.

Offered as both the Giant Faith (boys) and Liv Faith (girls), you can view this new bike as a shrunken-down version of the Giant Stance. It features a similarly sleek hydroformed alloy frame and the FlexPoint suspension design, along with many of the same contemporary features including internal cable routing, chainstay protection and thru-axles with Boost hub spacing.

The Faith will be offered in two sizes. The larger option features a mullet setup with a 27.5in front wheel and a 26in rear wheel, while the smaller size gets 24in wheels front and rear.

Both bikes will come with a 140mm travel fork and 130-135mm rear travel.

2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike
The hydroformed alloy frame utilises a shrunken-down version of the FlexPoint suspension design from the Giant Stance.

New Crest forks and shock

It’s worth taking a closer look at the suspension on the 2025 Giant Faith, which has been purpose-built for this smaller-wheeled platform.

Up front is a brand new Crest fork. Well, there are actually two new forks because Giant has invested into developing a specific chassis to suit each wheelsize. There’s the Crest SL to suit the 27.5in front wheel on the bigger Faith, and the Crest TR Elite for the 24in model.

Both forks incorporate a Boost thru-axle and an air spring that can be easily adjusted with a shock pump. They also introduce the new FloTune Lite damper, which features adjustable compression and rebound damping that has been built specifically for lighter riders.

2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike
The Giant-manufactured Crest fork is specifically tuned for lighter riders.

Out back is the brand new Crest FloTrac Lite shock. This is the first time we’ve seen a modern Giant-manufactured shock, and it perhaps suggests that we’ll be seeing more suspension components coming from Giant in the future.

Like the fork, the Crest FloTrac Lite shock features a user-adjustable air spring. It also incorporates a lockout and adjustable rebound damping. Again, the shock has been tuned for lighter riders.

To help with setup you’ll find a comprehensive guide on the back of the fork lowers that offers suggested air pressures and rebound settings for both the fork and shock. How’s that for detail!

2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike
Also exciting is the arrival of a brand new Crest shock.

Purpose-built wheels & dropper post

Further investment has been made into the components that are bolted onto the 2025 Giant Faith.

This includes a smaller diameter version of the new Giant TRA wheelset , which incorporates an innovative rim design with hollow 5mm wide bead walls. These are said to increase impact strength while reducing the chance of pinch flats. Of course the TRA wheels are tubeless ready, and they feature a buzzy, fast-engaging 72T freehub.

There’s also a youth-specific Giant Contact Switch AT Lite dropper post. The ‘Lite’ part of the name refers to its modified air spring that aims to provide much easier actuation for riders under 62kg. It features 100mm of travel out of the box, though plastic spacers can be installed to reduce the travel for shorter-legged riders.

2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike 2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike
2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike
There are loads of size-specific features on the new Giant Faith and Liv Faith.

2025 Giant Faith price & specs

With both the Giant Faith and Liv Faith offered in two sizes, there will be four options in total.

All of the new bikes will retail for the same price of $3,599 AUD. Aside from the different wheelsizes, the spec is mostly identical throughout the range.

This includes a MicroSHIFT 1×11 drivetrain with a big 11-48T cassette for properly low-range gearing. You’ll also find Tektro hydraulic disc brakes with specific levers that are designed for smaller hands. Along with the tubeless wheels and tyres, purpose-built suspension and dropper post, it looks like a very capable package.

As to how the new Giant Faith rides on the trail? We’ve got one on the way for a proper review – stay tuned for more!

2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike
The bigger Giant Faith gets a mullet setup with a 27.5in front wheel and a 26in wheel out back.

2025 Giant Faith

  • Frame | ALUXX SL Alloy, FlexPoint Suspension Design, 135mm Travel
  • Fork | Giant Crest SL, FloTune Lite Damper, 140mm Travel
  • Shock | Giant Crest FloTrac Lite, 165x45mm
  • Wheels | Giant TRA, Alloy Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF 27.5×2.5in Front & Minion DHR II 26×2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | MicroSHIFT Advent X 1×10 w/30T Prowheel Crankset & 11-48T Cassette
  • Brakes | Tektro HD-J285 w/180mm Front & 160mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Giant Contact TR, 20mm Rise, 740mm Width
  • Stem | Giant Contact, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | Giant Switch AT Lite, 100mm Travel
  • RRP | $3,599 AUD
2025 giant faith 24 kids full suspension mountain bike
The smaller Giant Faith 24 utilises 24in wheels front and rear.

2025 Giant Faith 24

  • Frame | ALUXX SL Alloy, FlexPoint Suspension Design, 130mm Travel
  • Fork | Giant Crest TR Elite Lite, FloTune Lite Damper, 140mm Travel
  • Shock | Giant Crest FloTrac Lite, 165x45mm
  • Wheels | Giant TRA, Alloy Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF 24×2.5in Front & Minion DHR II 24×2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | MicroSHIFT Advent X 1×10 w/30T Prowheel Crankset & 11-48T Cassette
  • Brakes | Tektro HD-J285 w/180mm Front & 160mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Giant Contact TR, 20mm Rise, 680mm Width
  • Stem | Giant Contact, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | Giant Switch AT Lite, 100mm Travel
  • RRP | $3,599 AUD
2025 giant faith kids full suspension mountain bike
Whoa, that escalated quickly!

The post First Look | 2025 Giant Faith is reborn as a full suspension kids bike with a new Crest fork & shock appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-giant-faith-kids-bike/feed/ 0 200462
First Look | New 2025 RockShox Super Deluxe & Vivid Coil Shocks, Plus Upgrade Kits https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-rockshox-super-deluxe-vivid-coil-shocks/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-rockshox-super-deluxe-vivid-coil-shocks/#respond Thu, 13 Jun 2024 13:58:23 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=200688 Today RockShox has unveiled its 2025 suspension lineup, which includes a new Pike, Lyrik and Zeb. Those forks see the introduction of the new Charger 3.1 damper, which promises plusher performance on the trail thanks to its increased oil flow and broader tuning range. RockShox has taken a similar philosophy to its rear shocks, which […]

The post First Look | New 2025 RockShox Super Deluxe & Vivid Coil Shocks, Plus Upgrade Kits appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Today RockShox has unveiled its 2025 suspension lineup, which includes a new Pike, Lyrik and Zeb. Those forks see the introduction of the new Charger 3.1 damper, which promises plusher performance on the trail thanks to its increased oil flow and broader tuning range.

RockShox has taken a similar philosophy to its rear shocks, which are also updated for 2025. Here we take a look at the Super Deluxe, the brand new Vivid Coil, and the upgrade kits that’ll be available for existing owners.

2024 rockshox vivid coil shock
The RockShox Super Deluxe has been updated for 2025 with new damping internals and the option of a new bigger Linear XL air can.

2025 RockShox Super Deluxe

  • Weight: 445-458g
  • Price: $1,030 – $1,083 AUD

The RockShox Super Deluxe is a piggyback shock that’s designed for trail and enduro riding. Depending on the bike, you’ll typically find it matched to a Pike or Lyrik up front.

In terms of its structure, the new shock looks very similar to the existing model that was launched two years ago. It still features the DebonAir+ spring design that can be tuned with Bottomless Tokens, and it’s offered with externally adjustable rebound and compression damping. On the Ultimate version, the Super Deluxe incorporates the premium RC2T damper with separate high and low-speed compression adjusters.

2025 rockshox vivid coil shock
The Ultimate level shocks offer independently adjustable high and low-speed compression damping.

Most models come with a two-position lever for engaging a firm pedalling mode, and there’s also an optional Hydraulic Bottom Out function that provides additional ramp-up support in the final 20% of the stroke.

Compared to previous versions, the key difference with the 2025 Super Deluxe is found inside at the main piston. Featuring an updated design that offers greater oil flow, the primary goal was to reduce overall compression damping to improve grip and sensitivity. Combined with a lighter rebound check plate, the new high-flow piston is claimed to smoothen the transition between the compression and rebound stroke.

You’ll find the new damping internals on all versions of the new Super Deluxe, though the high-flow piston is also available in a $50 AUD upgrade kit for existing owners.

rockshox super deluxe high flow piston upgrade kit
You’ll be able to purchase the high-flow piston aftermarket and retrofit to your pre-2025 Super Deluxe shock.
2025 rockshox vivid coil shock
The new Linear XL air can pumps up the volume and can fit up to eight Bottomless Tokens for tuning the progression.

Linear XL air can

RockShox is also introducing a brand new Linear XL air can for the Super Deluxe shock. Joining the existing Linear and Progressive options, the Linear XL offers more volume that helps bridge the gap to the much bigger Vivid Air shock.

The Linear XL air can is still tuneable with Bottomless Tokens, but the larger size means it can fit eight Tokens in total, compared to just four in the existing air cans. This provides a very broad tuning range that means the Linear XL air can provides a similar level of end-stroke progression as the Linear air can when no Tokens are fitted. With all eight of them it’ll ramp up almost as much as the Progressive air can.

In addition to being a new stock option for the 2025 Super Deluxe, the Linear XL is available as a $167 AUD upgrade for existing users.

2025 rockshox vivid coil tultimate
The RockShox Vivid Coil is a brand new shock for 2025, effectively replacing the outgoing Super Deluxe Coil.

2025 RockShox Vivid Coil

  • Weight: 887-902g
  • Price: $1,065 – $1,115 AUD (plus $67 AUD for coil spring)

Whereas the Super Deluxe is merely updated, the RockShox Vivid Coil is an all-new shock for 2025. It replaces the existing Super Deluxe Coil as the flagship gravity shock that’s designed for downhill and enduro racing. As such, you’ll find it longer travel bikes with a Zeb or Boxxer up front.

Following in the footsteps of the Vivid Air shock that was released last year, the Vivid Coil incorporates many of the same damping features. This includes TouchDown technology, which adds position-sensitive damping to provide maximum sensitivity in the first 10% of the stroke. Once past this point you switch to the main piston and its conventional speed-sensitive damping. Deeper into the travel you’ll then engage the adjustable Hydraulic Bottom Out circuit, which kicks in for the last 20% of the stroke. Along with the external bottom-out bumper, the Vivid Coil aims to cushion the end of the travel to minimise any harshness at full travel.

All Vivid Coil models feature externally adjustable rebound damping, and as you go up the range you get more dials to play with. The top-end Ultimate offers separate high and low-speed compression adjusters, and it can be had with a two-position threshold lever that provides a firm climbing mode.

2025 rockshox vivid coil vs air ultimate 2025 rockshox vivid coil vs air ultimate 2025 rockshox vivid coil vs air ultimate
2025 rockshox vivid coil vs air ultimate
Here you can see the similarities between the Vivid Coil and Air shocks.

The post First Look | New 2025 RockShox Super Deluxe & Vivid Coil Shocks, Plus Upgrade Kits appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-rockshox-super-deluxe-vivid-coil-shocks/feed/ 0 200688
First Look | Shimano GRX Di2 goes 12-speed https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-grx-di2-goes-12-speed/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-grx-di2-goes-12-speed/#respond Thu, 23 May 2024 16:00:49 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=199919 Last year Shimano updated its GRX gravel groupset to 12-speed, along with a whole host of other changes. Given that SRAM had added the extra cog quite a few years prior and Shimano had also trickled 12-speed down its range of MTB and road groupsets, it wasn’t exactly a surprise. What was a surprise however, […]

The post First Look | Shimano GRX Di2 goes 12-speed appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Last year Shimano updated its GRX gravel groupset to 12-speed, along with a whole host of other changes. Given that SRAM had added the extra cog quite a few years prior and Shimano had also trickled 12-speed down its range of MTB and road groupsets, it wasn’t exactly a surprise.

What was a surprise however, was that the update was limited to GRX mechanical. At the launch event Shimano was pressed and said GRX Di2 was coming but had nothing else to say.

Well, almost twelve months later, the big blue S has lifted the veil on GRX Di2. We have a groupset on the way that will be bolted onto our Cervelo Aspero long-term tester, but in the meantime, here’s what you need to know.

Related:

Shimano has added a cog to the back of its GRX Di2 groupset.

Less wires, not wireless

One of the best parts about SRAM’s AXS drivetrains is that it’s literally plug-and-play. By that, I mean you bolt the derailleur and shifter on, and that’s it. The rear brake hose is the only thing you have to route through the frame. Everything else communicates through the air. There are no connections to rattle loose nor junction boxes.

Bolt it on, wang the battery in, and go. The downside is that each piece needs its own battery.

Shimano GRX Di2 Shimano GRX Di2 Shimano GRX Di2

Shimano’s Di2 traditionally runs everything off one battery, which is directly wired into all the components via a junction box. While the latest XT Di2 — which is only for e-MTBs — is still fully wired, the road groupsets went semi-wireless in 2021 and now this system has been trickled into GRX Di2.

This means the shifters are powered by 2x coin-cell batteries (claimed to last between 3.5 and 4 years!), and the derailleurs are wired directly into a large battery that lives inside your seatpost. This larger battery is claimed to last between 1,000km and 1,500km, depending on your shifting habits.

While the proliferation of dropper posts isn’t huge across gravel bikes, the battery living in the seat post complicates things — though there are some workarounds.

Toby Shingleton from Shimano, Australia, noted PRO makes an expander cap that allows you to stow the battery in your steerer tube. He also notes in some frames, you can actually run it in the top tube and sneak the wires through as well.

Shimano has opted for a pair of CR1632 batteries in the shifters. These have the same diameter as the common CR2023 batteries but are 4mm shorter. So you won’t be able to scab one off your riding mate who carries a spare for his SRAM shifters.

The front mech reveals all — maybe

While GRX mechanical is available in both 1x and 2x, Di2 is currently limited to 2x.

As to why, we can only speculate. However, pulling on our tinfoil hats, we’re guessing it may be to leave room for an XT/XTR Di2 derailleur. Like SRAM, Shimano’s Di2 components can talk to each other, so you can pair Ultegra or Dura-Ace derailleurs with GRX shifters and vice versa.

Does the lack of 1x GRX Di2 mean that the new MTB groupsets from Shimano will be electronic?

Given the popularity of 1x for gravel, the GRX mechanical not only has 1x but can be run with up to a 10-51T cassette. Trickling that 10T cog into gravel gave quite a nudge to wheel brands to start offering Microspline freehubs for the road and gravel wheels; it doesn’t seem like a huge logical leap to think this is where the brand is angling.

Of course, the theory starts to get a few holes when you remember a mid-2022 patent from Shimano showing a “coaxially” mounted rear mech. Given the wave SRAM made with Transmission, it’s also not a giant leap to expect that Shimano will respond in kind. Of course, this is purely speculation, so only time will tell.

Shimano GRX Di2 Shimano GRX Di2

GRX Di2 Gearing options

Now that we’ve had the chance to indulge our conspiratorial urges let’s return to what we actually know — gearing.

Using the same crank as the 1x system—and 11-speed—the RX820 level chainrings are a 48/31T combo, while the RX610 rings make for a 46/30T combo. While GRX employs a +2.5mm chain line, it’s still compatible with the road cranks for the big dogs with the engines to push larger gears.

Shimano GRX Di2 Shimano GRX Di2 Shimano GRX Di2

Same as with the mechanical GRX, Shimano borrows the cassettes from the road groupsets. The 11-34T is available with Hyperglide in the Dura-Ace and Ultegra spec, while the 105 version and the 11-36T cassette do not get the premium ramping design that greatly improves shift quality.

According to Shimano, the maximum cog the rear derailleur will take is 36T.

GRX Di2 Shifting

Shimano’s Di2 shifting has always been SUPER fast, crisp and accurate. And the dual button shifting has once again been carried through. However, with the E-Tube Project app, you can customise what the buttons do and also toggle the Synchro and Semi-Synchro shifting, which sees the front mech shift automatically as you go up and down the cassette once you hit the overlapping gear ratios.

The rear derailleur is the captain of the GRX Di2 ship. It’s the piece that connects the shifters and derailleurs, talks to the E-TUBE app, cycle computers, and more. It’s here that you’ll charge the groupset, check the battery level, and pair in new bits and pieces like satellite shifters.

Shimano GRX Di2
The GRX derailleur sees the same adjustable clutch — or chain tensioner according to SRAM’s preferred nomenclature — as the MTB and mechanical gravel groupsets.

It’s claimed to weigh 310 g, and it’s shod with the brand’s Shadow RD+ Chain Stabiliser (AKA clutch).

Shimano is also introducing what it calls Front Shift Next. This changes the mapping so that one button is assigned to the front derailleur, and pressing that will shift to the other chainring — regardless of which direction it needs to go.

This frees up a shifter button that can be assigned to lights, scrolling through your computer, or even creating a copy of SRAM’s AXS shift mapping.

Shimano has also carried over the multi-function button which has graced Di2 Shifters since the early days. Initially, it was on top of the hoods; however, it has been moved to the inside to make it easier to reach with your thumb. Using the E-Tube App, this can be assigned to do anything the main buttons on the levers do.

Shimano GRX Di2
Shimano has moved the the multi-function button to from the top of the hoods to the inside so it’s easier to reach with your thumb. You can also run satellite shifters too.

The shift levers themselves have also been updated but have maintained their silhouette. One major critique of the mechanical GRX was that the levers weren’t closer to their electronic counterparts, as the Di2 version provides a substantially more locked-in feel over rough terrain and more braking control from the hoods.

Shimano has kept the high pivot point and shape of the brake lever and blade but has updated the ergonomics to better match flared handlebars. The brand says the hoods are rounder in shape to smooth the transition from bar to hood and create a larger surface area to eliminate pressure points.

The hoods also have some raised ribs for added purchase, and the brake lever blades see the anti-slip coating borrowed from the fishing part of Shimano’s business.

Shimano GRX Di2
The GRX Di2 levers are quite a bit different in shape to their mechanical counterparts, and we are big fans of the fit and feel of the previous version.

GRX Pedals

Shimano is launching a special edition set of GRX pedals alongside the new groupset. They aren’t any different to an XT pedal, Shimano has just jazzed them up with it’s United in Gravel graphics.

Shimano GRX pedals
While the graphics on the GRX pedals look nice, they are no different ot an XT pedal.

As we mentioned at the top, we have a full GRX Di2 groupset headed for Flow’s QLD HQ and will install it on our Peaches and Cream Cervelo Aspero long-term test bike.

GRX Di2 Pricing, availability and weight

GRX Di2 is available from dealers now, and if you’re looking at upgrading the full groupset it will cost you $3,341.83 AUD — adding up all the individual bits.

Here’s how the pricing shakes out for the components and the extra bits you’ll need:

  • RX-825 Right shifter w/ Brake Caliper, hose $649.99 AUD
  • RX-825 Left shifter w/ Brake Caliper, hose and adaptor $649.99 AUD
  • RX-820 Crank 170mm, 172.5mm, or 175mm $349.99 AUD
  • RX-825 Rear derailleur, $560.99 AUD
  • RX-825 Front derailleur $289.99 AUD
  • RT CL-800 Rotors front and rear $179.98 AUD
  • CS-HG710-12,12-speed cassette 36-11T $145.99 AUD
  • M8100 12-speed chain $74.99 AUD
  • EW-SD300, 900MM Di2 Wire $34.99 AUD
  • EW-SD300, 1200MM Di2 Wire $34.99 AUD
  • BT-DN300 Battery $299.99 AUD
  • EW-EC300 Charger $69.95 AUD

And for good measure here is how much each part is claimed to weigh.

  • RX-825 Right shifter w/ Brake Caliper, hose 415g
  • RX-825 Left shifter w/ Brake Caliper, hose and adaptor 415g
  • RX-820 Crank 170mm, 172.5mm, or 175mm 721g
  • RX-825 Rear derailleur, 310g
  • RX-825 Front derailleur 142g
  • RT CL-800 Rotors front and rear 228g
  • CS-HG710-12,12-speed cassette 36-11T 391g
  • M8100 12-speed chain $74.99 AUD 247g
  • EW-SD300, 900MM Di2 Wire 7.25g
  • EW-SD300, 1200MM Di2 Wire 7.25g
  • BT-DN300 Battery 53g
  • Total claimed weight: 2.52g

Before we bolt everything onto to Aspero, we’ll update this with the actual weights of each piece. Stay tuned folks!

Cervelo Aspero
We’ll be swapping in the GRX Di2 groupset on this Cervelo Aspero. Stay tuned for a full review.

 

The post First Look | Shimano GRX Di2 goes 12-speed appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-grx-di2-goes-12-speed/feed/ 0 199919
First Look | Fox Racing Launches 2024 Mountain Bike Helmet, Apparel & Shoe Range https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/fox-racing-2024-mountain-bike-helmet-jersey-shoe-range/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/fox-racing-2024-mountain-bike-helmet-jersey-shoe-range/#respond Thu, 09 May 2024 05:54:32 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=195437 Fox Racing has released its 2024 mountain bike lineup that includes updates to its helmets, shoes and riding gear. We’re loving the new season vibe, which includes bright and bold options, as well as more subtle pastel colours. There is a tonne of new kit across both mens and womens product lines, and here we […]

The post First Look | Fox Racing Launches 2024 Mountain Bike Helmet, Apparel & Shoe Range appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Fox Racing has released its 2024 mountain bike lineup that includes updates to its helmets, shoes and riding gear. We’re loving the new season vibe, which includes bright and bold options, as well as more subtle pastel colours. There is a tonne of new kit across both mens and womens product lines, and here we take a look at a very small slither of the overall range.

2024 fox racing apparel shoes helmet specialized epic buxton
We recently visited the Buxton MTB Park for some flowy and ferny goodness – how gorgeous is this spot!
fox speedframe mips helmet
Wil’s got one of the latest Fox Speedframe helmets in the new ‘Atomic Orange’ colour. Bright!

Fox Speedframe Helmet

  • Sizes: Small, Medium & Large
  • Price: $199.99 AUD

One of the most popular helmets out there, and for many good reasons. The Fox Speedframe offers fantastic coverage for the modern trail rider with a dropped shell that affords more protection around the temples and base of the skull. It’s got a fit that just seems to work for a lot of heads, and we love the ventilation ports over the forehead that do a great job of reducing sweat build up over your eyebrows.

fox speedframe mips helmet fox speedframe mips helmet fox speedframe mips helmet

There’s a big 3-position visor that can be flipped up if you need to store your goggles on the go, otherwise you can run it down all the way to keep the sun out of your eyes.

It’s all built around a thick EPS foam core with a fully in-moulded shell. You’ll find a MIPS liner inside and the 360 fit system that allows you to adjust both the vertical position of the rear basket as well as the overall tension.

Fox also offers a more expensive Speedframe Pro ($269.99 AUD), which upgrades you to a FidLock buckle, anti-microbial padding and a Varizorb dual-density EPS foam construction.

fox flexair pro jersey
That Fox Flexair Pro jersey is ridiculously comfortable, while also being hella breathable.

Fox Flexair Pro Jersey

  • Sizes: Small, Medium, Large, X-Large & XX-Large
  • Price: $139.99 AUD

A stupendously lightweight and breathable jersey, the Fox Flexair Pro is an excellent choice for hot and/or humid conditions. It’s made from a super breezy fabric for the main body, while the sleeves utilise an abrasion-resistant material that offers more durability when you’re skimming your arms through tight tree passes.

The fit is quite tailored so you might want to size up. Wil normally wears a Small but here he’s wearing a Medium in the Flexair Pro jersey.

fox flexair pro jersey fox flexair pro jersey 2024 specialized epic evo review
fox flexair gloves 2024
The Fox Flexair gloves are like wearing nothing at all!

Fox Flexair Gloves

  • Sizes: X-Small, Small, Medium, Large, X-Large & XX-Large
  • Price: $59.99 AUD

The Fox Flexair is easily one of our favourite mountain bike gloves. These are about as close as it gets to wearing no gloves at all, with a huge amount of breathability thanks to hundreds of tiny holes through the palm. Open your hand while riding and you can literally feel cool air rushing in to remove sweat.

They’ve got a nice snug fit that takes a little patience when chucking them on, though the lack of Velcro straps means there are no annoying pressure points, while the compression moulded cuff ensures they don’t budge while riding. Certainly not the most crash-proof gloves out there, but if you want maximum feel, these are as minimalist as it gets.

2024 specialized epic evo pro review fox flexair gloves 2024 fox flexair gloves 2024
fox flexair shorts 2024
Some of our favourite baggy shorts, the Fox Flexair can be purchased with or without a padded liner.

Fox Flexair Short w/Liner

  • Sizes: 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38 & 40
  • Price: $199.99 AUD

Completing the Flexair trio is the Fox Flexair shorts. These are a nice lightweight option for XC and trail riding, with top-notch breathability thanks to all those ventilation holes on the front of each leg. The 4-way stretch fabric provides plenty of flexibility for long pedally rides, and a simple ratchet makes waist adjustments quick and easy.

Otherwise these are pretty low on features with just a zippered pocket on each thigh that’ll comfortable swallow a smartphone and any other valuables you might be stowing.

Not shown is the included liner short, which deserves a shout-out for actually being a quality piece of gear. Often the padded liners that come with baggy shorts are rubbish, but not this one. The padding offers excellent support, the mesh fabric is breathable, and the stretchy thigh cuffs ensure everything stays in place.

fox flexair shorts 2024 fox flexair shorts 2024 fox flexair shorts 2024
fox union clip spd shoes 2024
Designed for trail and gravity riding, the Fox Union is a comfortable and well-padded shoe.

Fox Union MTB Shoes

  • Sizes: 37-47 EU
  • Price: $279.99 AUD

Last year Fox entered the mountain bike shoe market with its Union range. There are two options for flat pedal users (Union Flat and Union Boa Flat), and two options for clip-in pedal users (Union and Union Boa).

Shown here is the Union clip-in shoe, which combines a big Velcro strap and a lace-up construction. They offer a fairly neutral fit with a big volume toe box that provides plenty of wiggle room. Most of us here at Flow have found them to be on the big side however, so we’d suggest most folks will need to size-down depending on what they’re used to.

fox union clip spd shoes 2024 fox union clip spd shoes 2024 fox union clip spd shoes 2024

The underside of the shoe features Fox’s Ultratac rubber compound for decent grip both on the ground and on big platform pedal bodies. The cleat pocket gets a heavily ramped entry and exit to reduce interference when clipping in, and there’s a huge range of adjustment for cleat placement.

Other features include a moulded and reinforced toe cap for protection, a moulded internal heel counter for stability, and an EVA midsole to help absorb impacts and trail vibrations. You also get tuneable arch support with two inserts included in the box.

2024 specialized epic 8 s-works review
Jo ripping it up aboard the new Specialized Epic 8!
fox speedframe mips helmet
One of the most popular trail helmets going, the Fox Speedframe offers excellent comfort and loads of coverage.

Fox Speedframe Helmet

  • Sizes: Small, Medium & Large
  • Price: $199.99 AUD

Jo’s got the same Fox Speedframe helmet, albeit in this wild Violet colour! We’re digging the subtle graphics and the complementing black highlights around the underside of the helmet rim.

Otherwise it’s got all the usual features including the excellent strap-splitters that eliminate annoying rub around your ears. There’s a MIPS liner, a 3-position visor, 360 fit system and it’s goggle-compatible.

fox speedframe mips helmet fox speedframe mips helmet fox speedframe mips helmet
fox ranger womens jersey
Yep, that Fox Ranger jersey is made with recycled fabrics – how cool!

Fox Ranger Womens Jersey

  • Sizes: X-Small, Small, Medium, Large & X-Large
  • Price: $79.99 AUD

In the past, mountain bike apparel was all about the moto look and plastering as many different logos and brands on each piece of clothing as possible. We’re loving the move away from that and into more of the outdoors gear direction, which includes this womens Fox Ranger jersey.

The style is casual thanks to a relaxed fit that’s designed specifically for mountain biking. It’s also functional too thanks to the drirelease fabric that wicks moisture away from your body and dries four times quicker than cotton. Also rad is the fact that this jersey uses recycled fabrics, which we’re big fans of.

fox ranger womens jersey rockshox flight attendant xc specialized s-works epic 8
fox ranger womens gloves
Cheaper than the Flexair gloves, the Fox Ranger is also more durable too.

Fox Ranger Womens Gloves

  • Sizes: Small, Medium, & Large
  • Price: $39.99 AUD

While not as light as the Flexair gloves, the Fox Ranger offers greater durability thanks to its slightly thicker Clarino synthetic leather palm. They use a stretch waffle fabric for the main body of the glove, which is comfortable and cosy on the skin. Fox adds silicone grippers along the thumb and forefingers for added grip on your bike’s controls, and hidden conductive thread in the fingertips means you can still use your mobile phone without having to remove the gloves. Nice!

fox ranger womens gloves fox ranger womens gloves
fox flexair womens shorts
The 4-way stretch fabric and ventilated shell makes the Fox Flexair a really comfortable pair of shorts for pedally riding.

Fox Flexair Womens Short

  • Sizes: X-Small, Small, Medium, Large & X-Large
  • Price: $149.99 AUD

Jo’s also got a pair of Flexair shorts in the female-specific cut. These share all the same features as the mens version, with a 4-way stretch fabric, nylon waist buckle and zippered pockets on each thigh. The price is $50 cheaper because these don’t come with the padded liner short, so its a BYO affair.

fox flexair womens shorts fox flexair womens shorts fox flexair womens shorts
fox ranger womens socks
Every mountain biker needs a good pair of socks right?

Fox Ranger Socks

  • Sizes: XS/S (36-41), S/M (39-42), L/XL (43-45)
  • Price: $24.99 AUD

Finishing things off is a pair of Fox Ranger socks. A surprisingly high-tech item, these feature compression arch support and flat-stitch toes for comfort, along with specific mesh zones to improve breathability. Even the underside of the heel and toe get thicker padding to provide more cushioning when riding off-road.

fox crossframe pro helmet
Wil punching up the climb on another lap of the Buxton MTB Park.
fox crossframe pro helmet
Cross-Gravel? Drop-Country? Whatever it’s called, the Fox Crossframe Pro helmet is designed for it.

Fox Crossframe Pro Helmet

  • Sizes: Small, Medium & Large
  • Price: $349.99 AUD

A few months ago Fox introduced its newest helmet, the Crossframe. Purpose-built for XC racers and gravel riders, the Crossframe is the brand’s first visor-less helmet. You can definitely tell it’s been designed by a mountain bike company though, with many elements having been drawn from the Speedframe.

We particularly like the extended bow that effectively creates a mini-visor for the rider while putting more protection over the forehead. There’s also dedicated rubber-lined vents for storing your sunglasses, and in use it’s proven to be really secure.

fox crossframe pro helmet fox crossframe pro helmet fox crossframe pro helmet

A lot of the technology inside the Crossframe is also shared with Fox’s high-end Speedframe. That includes the Varizorb dual-density EPS foam construction, and a fully in-moulded PC shell. The Crossframe does make use of a low-profile MIPS Evolve Core liner however, and it features less weight (350g claimed) along with more ventilation. We’ve found it to offer significantly better cooling properties, which makes it ideal for hard ‘n’ fast XC racing.

You can get more info in our separate article on the Fox Crossframe Pro helmet.

fox aviation pro jersey
The Fox Flexair Aviation gives you full sleeve protection in an easy-breezy package.

Fox Flexair Aviation Long Sleeve Jersey

  • Sizes: Small, Medium, Large, X-Large & XX-Large
  • Price: $134.99 AUD

Another lightweight jersey, this time with long sleeves. It’s the Fox Flexair Aviation jersey and it’s made from a suitably light and airy open-eyelet mesh TruDri fabric that provides maximum moisture-wicking properties. It doesn’t feel quite as soft on the skin as the orange Flexair Pro version shown earlier, and the fit is also a little more relaxed. Wil is wearing a Small size here, compared a Medium in the Flexair Pro jersey.

2024 specialized epic 8 s-works review fox aviation pro jersey fox aviation pro jersey
fox flexair gloves
Yes, we really like these gloves.

Fox Flexair Gloves

  • Sizes: X-Small, Small, Medium, Large, X-Large & XX-Large
  • Price: $59.99 AUD

Yep, those are the same Fox Flexair gloves, just this time in a grey colour for a slightly more subtle style. We already mentioned how much we love these gloves, but we’ll reiterate it again here – we love these gloves!

fox flexair gloves fox flexair gloves rockshox flight attendant xc specialized s-works epic 8
fox union boa flat pedal shoe
Designed for flat pedals, the Fox Union BOA Flat is a high-end shoe that features dual BOA Li2 ratchets.

Fox Union BOA Flat Shoes

  • Sizes: 37-47 EU
  • Price: $349.99 AUD

Last, but certainly not least, we’ve got the new Fox Union BOA Flat shoes. These are an exciting pair of kicks, because there really aren’t that many flat pedal shoes on the market that use ratchet mechanisms instead of Velcro and laces.

They’re bloody brilliant too, with the dual BOA Li2 dials make it an absolute doddle to tighten up the shoes and make micro-adjustments while you’re riding. We also love how they pop out to quick-release the wires, making it super easy to take the shoes off at the end of a hot and dusty day of riding.

It isn’t just about the BOA dials though. Down below Fox makes use of its Ultratac rubber compound that offers excellent damping and grip that we reckon is pretty close to the Specialized 2FO shoes. Pedal feel is spot-on too, with a good amount of stability from the internal stiffening plate that means your feet don’t end up folding over the outer edges of the pedal body. You still get great off-the-bike comfort though, and the tread lugs provide decent traction as long as it’s not too muddy.

Like the other Fox Union shoes we’ve tested, the sizing is on the roomier side. These are a bit too big for Wil so he’ll be seeking out the next size down for a closer fit. The BOA dials do a surprisingly good job of snugging the uppers down around your feet though, and they feel really secure while bouncing down the trail. Internal padding is generous, and the footbeds come with swappable arch supports so you can match them to your flippers.

fox union boa flat pedal shoe
Traction and damping is excellent with the Ultratac rubber compound and a custom-tuned EVA midsole.

Fox Rampage Barge helmet

  • Sizes: XS – 2XL
  • Price: $399.99 AUD

For the more gravity-inclined riders out there, Fox has launched a complete range of new full-face helmets. We’ve been testing the Fox Rampage Barge helmet, which provides a more budget option to the top-tier Rampage Pro Carbon full-face.

The MIPS equipped helmet is covered in nicely sized vents for breathability. The injection moulded ABS shell looked the part, and didn’t add a whole lot of weight over its carbon counterpart, the RPC. First impressions on this budget full face have been really positive, the low weight and breathability is significantly better than budget helmets of days past.

As with many traditional full face lids, the Rampage Brage only comes with one set of cheek pads and there is no adjustability built into the design, so scrutinise the size chart and try one on before you buy.

Our test-rider, Jono, whose head measured at 57cm, found the medium to be a snug fit without any play or unwanted movement on the trail.

Fox Flexair Pro Pant

  • Sizes: 28-38
  • Price: $269.99 AUD

To accompany our full-face helmet, we’ve been testing some of Fox’s new Flexair Pro pants. These premium pants from Fox are aimed at the top end of the market with their durable construction and neat design.

The fit was quite snug on test-rider, Jono, who normally fits a 32 and was only just able to tighten the waist strap to its first couple of clicks.

There’s a combination of fabrics used on the pants to give them a comfortable and flexible fit which came in handy when we realised that our test rider, Jono, could only just reach the first clip of the waist buckle on the 32’s! It may be worth paying close attention to the size chart and sizing up if you’re in between sizes.

Fox has employed Dyneema fabric across the front of the pants from the knees down. This ultra-strong polyurethane fibre is extremely abrasion resistant and lightweight—the manufacturer says it floats on water. Boynance aside, it’s extremely hard wearing without the bulk in an area that will be one of the first to hit the ground when you go for a slide.

The post First Look | Fox Racing Launches 2024 Mountain Bike Helmet, Apparel & Shoe Range appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/fox-racing-2024-mountain-bike-helmet-jersey-shoe-range/feed/ 0 195437
On Test | Propain’s Tyee enduro bike has a wild floating shock suspension design https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/on-test-propain-tyee-enduro-bike/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/on-test-propain-tyee-enduro-bike/#respond Wed, 08 May 2024 07:41:34 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=199029 Propain has been around for longer than many people probably realize, the German company was founded in 2006 by Robert Krauss and Markus Zander. Krauss, an engineer who was racing downhill at the time, came up with the unique suspension design, dubbed PRO10. The first bike from Propain was the Rage downhill bike, and DH […]

The post On Test | Propain’s Tyee enduro bike has a wild floating shock suspension design appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Propain has been around for longer than many people probably realize, the German company was founded in 2006 by Robert Krauss and Markus Zander.

Krauss, an engineer who was racing downhill at the time, came up with the unique suspension design, dubbed PRO10. The first bike from Propain was the Rage downhill bike, and DH was the focus of the brand for several years. However, the lineup has since grown, and there are now 12 models across the four categories, DH, freeride, enduro, and trail.

Propain Tyee
Propain offers the Tyee in a dizzying number of configurations. On test, we have the carbon, full 29er with a 170mm fork.

Related:

The German company has recently launched a new e-bike and also has a lineup of hard-charging kids bikes too.  Those who follow the bike industry closely would be familiar with Propain bikes through the likes of Remy Metailler, the former Red Bull Rampage rider who now blows minds with wild POV footage on the technical trails around the Sea to Sky corridor in Canada.

Of course, Propain was also the springboard on which the Meier-Smith brothers hit the World Cup riding for Propain Factory Racing before both signing with the Giant Factory Off-Road team in 2023. The brand also has its own DH race team, the Propain Positive Crew.

Propain Tyee Propain Tyee Propain Tyee

Tyee Overview

Ride by Instinct sent us Propain’s recently updated Tyee Enduro Bike. Released in 2023, this is the eighth iteration of the bike, and it is designed to take on rowdy enduro tracks while still providing riders with loads of fun carrying speed down flowy trails.

With integrated cable routing, adjustable geometry, a unique rear brake calliper mount, and double-sealed frame bearings, there is plenty to talk about on the Tyee.

The PRO10 linkage is quite a sight with the way it squishes the shock.

There is extensive chain stay protection and some beefy downtube protection; the Tyee has a threaded bottom bracket and tool mount under the top tube. A flip chip is located at the front of the rear triangle, enabling riders to swap between a 27.5-inch or 29er rear wheel.

However, the most eye-catching part about this frame is the upside-down rear shock tucked away behind its dual-link suspension layout. Propain claims that the PRO10 suspension floating shock configuration creates a highly responsive platform with a high progression curve, allowing riders to run either a coil or air shock. The anti-squat and pedal kickback have been revised in this edition to improve efficiency and the bikes’ ability to plough through the rough stuff.

Rear cables are routed through the headset under the stem. Propain says this new design seals out any water and dirt, however, it does make changing cables a more involved operation.

We don’t love the headset cable routing; however, at least Propain has taken steps to seal the elements out.

Propain Tyee geometry and setup

The Tyee platform is versatile and can be configured as either a dedicated 27.5in bike, 29er, or mixed-wheel setup.

The Tyee will come as a 27.5in bike for riders on sizes extra small to small. Size medium can opt for any of the three configurations, and large or extra-large frames can choose either the full 29er or mixed wheel option. The Tyee has a flip chip designed to maintain geometry between the mixed wheel setup and full 29er/ 27.5in modes.

Riders can also choose to run either a 160mm or 170mm fork across all sizes. The sheer number of configurations is a bit daunting at first, however, if you start by selecting your correct frame size you can start to narrow things down from there.

The flip chip in the linkage allows for the bike to be run in a number of wheel size configurations.
Propain Tyee Propain Tyee Propain Tyee

What is distinctive about the Tyee is that you won’t be stuck with the combo you select when purchasing the bike. You can always swap out the wheels or fork at a later time. Granted, this will cost a bit more to do, but it does increase its versatility and could help extend the life of your bike through a refresh of components a couple of years down the track.

It’s not just the wheel size options and forks that you can choose from, there are two frame materials options as well. The Tyee can be purchased with an alloy or blended carbon frame and several frame and decal colour options. This level of customization is rare and only adds to the boutique feel of the bike.

Propain Tyee Propain Tyee

Geometry-wise, the numbers are modern but sensible. With so many configurations available, we’ll focus on a large-sized full 29er with a 170mm fork, as that’s the bike we’re testing. The head angle is 64.1°, with an effective seat tube angle of 77.1°.

Stack on our large clocks in at 633mm and the chainstay is a modest 445mm. With the 170mm fork on, reach comes in at 476mm, and the wheelbase is a decent 1,264mm. None of these numbers stand out as either too long, low, and slack or too conservative. The Tyee sits nicely in the middle with its geometry.

Propain Tyee Geometry
The geometry of the Propain Tyee isn’t pushing the boundaries but sits within a well-established and well-performing zone for a bike in this category.

Propain Tyee first ride impressions

We have a Tyee Shred2 on test at the moment from the local distributor Ride by Instinct, though we should mention it’s a custom build. Weighing in at 15.47kg, this is a big bike, no doubt, and we’re already impressed at the efficiency and comfort on offer from the PRO10 suspension.

It’s quite stable and can carry a surprising amount of speed through rough, chundery terrain. Keep an eye out for our full review, which is coming soon.

Our Tyee tester is the Shred2 build however the tires had been swapped from to a Vee Tyre Co combo.

Propain Tyee pricing and availability

There are a total of eight Tyee models available, four carbon and four alloy. The line-up for both the alloy and carbon models starts with the Price2Ride and then the Shred2. Both of these models come with 170mm forks.

Next up are the Phantom and the Goldrush. These two higher-end models have 160mm premium forks, but remember, all four models can be run with a 160mm or 170mm fork.

An interesting difference between the alloy and carbon frames is that the metal bikes allow the option to run headset cable routing or through standard cable ports on the side of the headtube. The carbon frames, on the other hand, only allow headset cable routing, while the build kits for the carbon and alloy equivalent models stay the same.

Not really a whole lot of room for upgrades on the top-spec Tyee.

Propain Tyee Goldrush

  • Frame | Alloy or Blended Carbon
  • Fork | Fox 36 Factory Kashima 160mm
  • Shock | Fox Float X Factory Kashima
  • Wheels | Crank Brothers Synthesis Enduro Carbon i9
  • Tyres | Schwalbe Magic Mary / Big Betty
  • Drivetrain | SRAM XX Eagle Transmission
  • Brakes | Magura MT7 Performance 203 mm / 203 mm
  • Bar and Stem | SIXPACK Millenium 805, SIXPACK Millenium 35
  • Seatpost | Fox Transfer Factory Kashima
  • RRP | Alloy $12,999 AUD, Carbon $13,999 AUD
The Phantom build swaps Fox for RockShox Suspension.

Propain Tyee Phantom

  • Frame | Alloy or Blended Carbon
  • Fork | RockShox Lyrik Ultimate 160mm
  • Shock |RockShox Super Deluxe Ultimate
  • Wheels |NEWMEN Evolution SL A.30
  • Tyres |Schwalbe Magic Mary / Big Betty
  • Drivetrain |SRAM X0 Eagle Transmission
  • Brakes |SRAM Code RSC 200 mm / 200 mm
  • Bar and Stem |SIXPACK Millenium 805, SIXPACK Millenium 35
  • Seatpost |RockShox Reverb AXS
  • RRP | Alloy $10,900 AUD, Carbon $11,750 AUD
This is the spec level we have, one of the cool things about Propain is that the parts can be parts, paint and decals can be customised.

Propain Tyee Shred2

  • Frame | Alloy or Blended Carbon
  • Fork | RockShox ZEB Ultimate 170mm
  • Shock | RockShox Super Deluxe Coil Ultimate
  • Wheels | NEWMEN Evolution E.G.30
  • Tyres | Schwalbe Magic Mary / Big Betty
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle
  • Brakes | SRAM Code R 200 mm / 200 mm
  • Bar and Stem | SIXPACK Millenium 805, SIXPACK Millenium 35
  • Seatpost | BikeYoke Revive
  • RRP | Alloy $7,999 AUD, Carbon $8,999 AUD
The base level Tyee is still a heck of a lot of bike.

Propain Tyee Price2Ride

  • Frame | Alloy or Blended Carbon
  • Fork | Formula Selva S 170mm
  • Shock | Formula MOD
  • Wheels | NEWMEN Performance 30
  • Tyres | Schwalbe Magic Mary / Big Betty
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle
  • Brakes | Formula Cura 4 203 mm / 203 mm
  • Bar and Stem | SIXPACK Millenium 805, SIXPACK Millenium 35
  • Seatpost | BikeYoke Divine
  • RRP | Alloy $6,890 AUD, Carbon $7,890 AUD

The post On Test | Propain’s Tyee enduro bike has a wild floating shock suspension design appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/on-test-propain-tyee-enduro-bike/feed/ 0 199029
First Look | Cervelo updates the Aspero gravel bike with a focus on outright speed https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-cervelo-aspero-gravel-bike-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-cervelo-aspero-gravel-bike-2024/#respond Tue, 30 Apr 2024 07:00:38 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=198485 Since the Cervelo Aspero was first launched in 2019, gravel bikes have changed quite a bit. People are riding them faster, longer and in more varied terrain, and the thought of running a tyre with a width that starts with anything less than a four seems outrageous. According to Cervelo, with the Aspero it sought […]

The post First Look | Cervelo updates the Aspero gravel bike with a focus on outright speed appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Since the Cervelo Aspero was first launched in 2019, gravel bikes have changed quite a bit. People are riding them faster, longer and in more varied terrain, and the thought of running a tyre with a width that starts with anything less than a four seems outrageous.

According to Cervelo, with the Aspero it sought to make a gravel bike that could “haul ass, not cargo” without the faff or the proprietary bits and pieces — and they pretty well achieved that goal in that first-generation bike. Two years later, the brand launched the Aspero 5, which was essentially the same bike with clearance for slightly wider tyres, headset cable routing and a new carbon layup said to be 10% lighter — it also had some EPIC paint options.

For 2024, the Aspero has evolved again, claiming to be faster, more comfortable, and more versatile. It also sports a UDH and threaded BB.

We have a brand new Cervelo Aspero, which we’ll be keeping as a long-term test bike en route. But in the meantime, here’s a closer look at what’s new on the 2024 Cervelo Aspero.

Related:

Cervelo calls this paint job ‘peaches and cream’ and we’d say that description is pretty darn apt.

An overview of the new 2024 Cervelo Aspero

Cervelo makes it clear it hasn’t strayed from the goal of making the fastest gravel bike possible with the latest generation Aspero.

There’s no flex pivot this or suspension fork corrected that — because that would add weight and complication — and all of the compliance will come from the tyres and flex tuned in the frame. With that said, the brand does note that it dropped the seat stays and slightly reduced the front-end stiffness to introduce some compliance.

There are also claims about marginal watt savings due to shedding a bit of drag, likely because of the headset cable routing and dropped seat stays. These gains will be totally reversed when we strap a handlebar bag full of Party Mix to the front end.

According to Cervelo, there is 57mm between the stays, meaning you can run a 45mm tyre with room for mud. We mounted a Continental Terra Trail to the Shimano RX880 wheels (25mm internal width) and there is HEAPs of room.

Cervelo makes a big deal about how much room there is between the seat stays on the new Aspero. Like the Canyon Grail, the new Aspero has been optimised around a 42mm tyre, which is becoming the de facto standard for bikes in this category, but the Canadian outfit says it will clear a 45mm tyre by ISO standards, which means a minimum 4mm of clearance on all sides.

“The actual clearance of the frame for 700c is 57mm, so the maximum measured tyre (no matter its label, and variable by rim width) is 45mm. For 650b, max measured tire is 47mm,” the Brand tells Flow. “The trail numbers also stay consistent for all sizes.”

Cervelo designed this platform to be unapologetically about speed, and with that, things like rack and fender mounts that are common across gravel bikes have not made the cut on the new Apsero — remember, haul ass, not cargo, as the tagline goes. There are provisions for a top-tube feed bag and a third water bottle, but not much else.

Bottom brackets and derailleur hangars

For over a decade, Cervelo has centred its bikes around the BBRight press-fit bottom bracket standard, which was something of a hybrid between BB90 and PF86, using asymmetric cups with claims of improved stiffness. For the new Aspero, the brand has adopted the asymmetrical T47a threaded BB first seen on the R5 CX.

We’re stoked to see a threaded BB and a round 27.2mm seatpost, and decidedly less stoked about the headset cable routing.

According to Cervelo, it has kept the asymmetric cups, threading them into a T47-sized hole in the frame using standard inboard and outboard cups — clever!

Cervelo has also borrowed the headset bearing dimensions from a number of its existing bikes and allows you to use any bar and stem combo — a feature that is becoming a rarity with gravel bikes. Unfortunately, borrowing from its existing bikes also means the cables and brake lines run through the upper headset bearing and into the frame — so call any liveability gains on the front end a wash.

At the back, the new Aspero has opted for an SRAM UDH hanger, which not only simplifies replacing one should you have a whoopsie, but it also means it can be run with a T-Type Transmission if that floats your boat.

Moving up, the Cervelo has also opted for a standard 27.2mm round seatpost held in place by an external clamp. In a world of proprietary seat posts and hidden seat clamps, the simplicity is refreshing.

At the back the Canadian brand has opted for a UDH, meaning you can run a T-Type Transmission.

Cervelo Aspero geometry

The geometry of the Aspero is nearly identical to the previous version bar a few minor adjustments.

Everything has stayed the same except for the chainstay length, which has grown to 425mm, and the standover height, which is now 733mm.

2024 Cervelo Aspero Geometry
The geometry hasn’t changed a whole lot from the previous Aspero.

Interestingly, the press documents don’t mention the flip chip in the fork. Dubbed the Trail Mixer, this flip chip changed the rake of the fork by 5mm. When the Aspero was first launched, swapping in 650B wheels and tyres was still a feature that folks wanted. While a 650B wheel with a fat tyre and a 700c wheel and skinnier tyres have a similar width and circumference, they are not exactly the same, the Trail Mixer was designed to maintain the handling characteristics by keeping the trail figure consistent. Given that even swapping from a 40-45mm tyre can affect the trail and handling of a bike, it was a novel approach that we’ve since seen across a few other gravel bikes.

While 650B wheels and tyres have largely gone out of fashion on gravel bikes, the Trail Mixer is back and allows you to customise how the Aspero handles depending on the terrain. However, it’s not exactly a trailside switch, as you also have to change the brake calliper mount.

As with the previous model, three distinct forks are used across the six available sizes again to maintain similar handling characteristics across the range.

The flip chip in the fork is back and Cervelo has also employed size specific forks to maintain a consistent trail figure and handling across the range.
We have just taken delivery of an Aspero frameset and will be hanging onto it as a long term tester. Built up with a Shimano GRX 820 12-speed mechanical groupset it tipped the scales at 8.2kg. Stay tuned for more with this peachy Cervelo.

Cervelo Aspero pricing and availability

Cervelo AU is bringing in half a dozen builds of the Aspero with both electric and mechanical drivetrains, starting at $4,100 AUD and there will also be a frame kit available for $3,600 AUD. The new Aspero is available at launch, here is a break down of the models available.

The top-spec Aspero comes with some fancy Reserve carbon wheels and a SRAM Rival AXS drivetrain

Cervelo Aspero Rival XPRL AXS 1

  • Frame | Cervelo Aspero All-Carbon Frame, T47 BBRight bottom bracket, SRAM UDH
  • Fork | Cervélo All-Carbon, Tapered Áspero Fork
  • Wheels | Reserve 44 Rear, Reserve 40 Front
  • Tyres | WTB Vulpine TCS Light Fast Rolling Dual DNA 60tpi 700x40c
  • Drivetrain | SRAM Rival XPLR AXS, 12 speed 10-44 cassette, 40T chainring
  • Brakes | SRAM Rival w/ SRAM Centerline Centerlock
  • Bar | Cervélo AB09 Carbon, 31.8mm clamp, 16-degree flare
  • Stem | Cervélo ST36 Alloy, w Cable Management
  • Seatpost | Cervélo SP19 Carbon 27.2mm
  • Saddle | Prologo Dimension STN
  • Price | $8,000 AUD
There is only one frame, so the only difference between the models is the spec. Subbing in a 2x Shimano GRX drivetrain and Fulcrum alloy wheels cuts a significant amount off the overall price.

Aspero GRX 820

  • Frame | Cervelo Aspero All-Carbon Frame, T47 BBRight bottom bracket, SRAM UDH
  • Fork | Cervélo All-Carbon, Tapered Áspero Fork
  • Wheels | Fulcrum Rapid Red 300
  • Tyres | WTB Vulpine TCS Light Fast Rolling Dual DNA 60tpi 700x40c
  • Drivetrain | Shimano GRX 820, 12-speed, 11-36T Cassette, 48/31T chainrings
  • Brakes | Shimano GRX 820
  • Bar | Cervélo AB09 Carbon, 31.8mm clamp, 16-degree flare
  • Stem | Cervélo ST36 Alloy, w Cable Management
  • Seatpost | Cervélo SP19 Carbon 27.2mm
  • Saddle | Prologo Dimension NDR T4.0
  • Price | $5,300 AUD
Cervelo is offering a 1x SRAM AXS build in the same second-tier price range.

Aspero XPLR AXS 1

  • Frame | Cervelo Aspero All-Carbon Frame, T47 BBRight bottom bracket, SRAM UDH
  • Fork | Cervélo All-Carbon, Tapered Áspero Fork
  • Wheels | Fulcrum Rapid Red 300
  • Tyres | WTB Vulpine TCS Light Fast Rolling Dual DNA 60tpi 700x40c
  • Drivetrain | SRAM Apex XPLR AXS, 11-44T Cassette, 40T chainring
  • Brakes | SRAM Apex
  • Bar | Cervélo AB09 Carbon, 31.8mm clamp, 16-degree flare
  • Stem | Cervélo ST36 Alloy, w Cable Management
  • Seatpost | Cervélo SP19 Carbon 27.2mm
  • Saddle | Prologo Dimension STN
  • Price | $5,500 AUD
Taking another step down in price, the Aspero XPLR sees SRAM’s mechanical Apex groupset and a slightly cheaper set of Alex rims.

Aspero XPLR 1

  • Frame | Cervelo Aspero All-Carbon Frame, T47 BBRight bottom bracket, SRAM UDH
  • Fork | Cervélo All-Carbon, Tapered Áspero Fork
  • Wheels | Alexrims Boondocks 7D
  • Tyres | WTB Vulpine TCS Light Fast Rolling Dual DNA 60tpi 700x40c
  • Drivetrain | SRAM Apex XPLR, 11-44T Cassette, 40T chainring
  • Brakes | SRAM Apex
  • Bar | Zipp Service Course 70 XPLR Alloy, 31.8mm clamp, 5-degree flare, 11-degree outsweep
  • Stem | Cervélo ST36 Alloy, w Cable Management
  • Seatpost | Cervélo Alloy 27.2 15mm Offset
  • Saddle | Cervélo Saddle
  • Price | $4,400 AUD
The Shimano GRX 620 build is the only complete bike in this lovely Peaches and Cream colourway.

Aspero GRX RX610

  • Frame | Cervelo Aspero All-Carbon Frame, T47 BBRight bottom bracket, SRAM UDH
  • Fork | Cervélo All-Carbon, Tapered Áspero Fork
  • Wheels | Alexrims Boondocks 7D
  • Tyres | WTB Vulpine TCS Light Fast Rolling Dual DNA 60tpi 700x40c
  • Drivetrain |Shimano GRX 610, 12-speed, 11-36T Cassette, 46/30T chainrings
  • Brakes | Shimano GRX 610
  • Bar | Zipp Service Course 70 XPLR Alloy, 31.8mm clamp, 5-degree flare, 11-degree outsweep
  • Stem | Cervélo ST36 Alloy, w Cable Management
  • Seatpost | Cervélo Alloy 27.2 15mm Offset
  • Saddle | Cervélo Saddle
  • Price | $4,500 AUD
The most budget friendly build of the new Aspero comes with a 1x Shimano GRX 12-speed group.

Aspero GRX RX610 1

  • Frame | Cervelo Aspero All-Carbon Frame, T47 BBRight bottom bracket, SRAM UDH
  • Fork | Cervélo All-Carbon, Tapered Áspero Fork
  • Wheels | Alexrims Boondocks 7D
  • Tyres | WTB Vulpine TCS Light Fast Rolling Dual DNA 60tpi 700x40c
  • Drivetrain |Shimano GRX 610 w/ RX822 1x derailleur, 12-speed, 10-45TT Cassette, 40T chainring
  • Brakes | Shimano GRX 610
  • Bar | Zipp Service Course 70 XPLR Alloy, 31.8mm clamp, 5-degree flare, 11-degree outsweep
  • Stem | Cervélo ST36 Alloy, w Cable Management
  • Seatpost | Cervélo Alloy 27.2 15mm Offset
  • Saddle | Cervélo Saddle
  • Price | $4,100 AUD

Aspero Frameset

  • Frame | Cervelo Aspero All-Carbon Frame, T47 BBRight bottom bracket, SRAM UDH
  • Fork | Cervélo All-Carbon, Tapered Áspero Fork
  • Price | $3,600AUD

The post First Look | Cervelo updates the Aspero gravel bike with a focus on outright speed appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/first-look-cervelo-aspero-gravel-bike-2024/feed/ 0 198485
Human Frogger, Party Pace and Cinnamon Doughnuts | Jono rides the Beechworth Granite Classic https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/beechworth-granite-classic-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/beechworth-granite-classic-2024/#respond Mon, 29 Apr 2024 06:01:52 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=198631 Now in its fourth running, the Beechworth Granite Classic is a party on gravel bikes. With courses from 15 to 115km available, it’s run by the legends at Bridge Road Brewing. At registration, they host a mini sneak peak of the Spoken Handmade Bikeshow, put on fully stocked aid stations complete with entertainment, and have […]

The post Human Frogger, Party Pace and Cinnamon Doughnuts | Jono rides the Beechworth Granite Classic appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Now in its fourth running, the Beechworth Granite Classic is a party on gravel bikes. With courses from 15 to 115km available, it’s run by the legends at Bridge Road Brewing. At registration, they host a mini sneak peak of the Spoken Handmade Bikeshow, put on fully stocked aid stations complete with entertainment, and have a pumping event village with food, drinks, and games.

This is the second year I’ve packed up and headed for Beechworth, and before I even pulled on bibs for the day, it was already going better than last year.

Once again I had put my name down for the full 115km course and rolling into the starting corral with over 500 riders signed up to take on the same challenge as me.

Related:

Bridge Road puts on a bit of a do for registration.

The Granite Classic is not a race by any means. It attracts everyone from elite roadies and mountain bikers to people who just commute on their bikes every day and want to try something different. I’m not exactly sure where I fit into that hierarchy, but I set myself the goal of finishing in under five hours for the 115km, and that was it.

I recognised quite a few faces from last year, and just about everyone I spoke to mentioned it was their second or third year riding — maybe there is something to this whole gravel riding experience, hey?

The gram strikes back

Rolling out of Main Street, it was a balmy 5ºC, amplified by the speed of the initial tarmac descent out of town.

That infamous Beechworth gravel came in no time, and I unclipped my phone from the QuadLock on my bars to film some clips for the ‘Gram. When trying to re-attach it, I fumbled it.

It doesn’t take long to get out of town and the views open up to classic Beechworth and surrounds.

In slow motion, my phone hit the ground and began to cartwheel down the road, narrowly missing many a death blow from an unsuspecting rider’s tyres.

Worse, trying to retrieve it was like a real-life game of Frogger. Trying to find a gap with riders whizzing by

I finally got to it, and it was thankfully undamaged but dusty, so I was able to continue—and keep my Strava file. Phew!

A mighty crack and light at the end of the tunnel

The gravel was noticeably drier than last year, with many loose spots causing some drifty moments. Thankfully the event team was onto this and had all of them well sign-posted to approach with caution.

For the most part, the course is buttery smooth and fast-rolling gravel, but a rough section that also featured on last year’s course was back. It earned a bit of notoriety for claiming a number of the lead riders. I remembered this section, and was on the brakes hard.

There are quite a few surprises along the route, like drummers on both sides of the road. Here they’re cheering Jono on.

I saw the rain ruts running perpendicular to the road and heard a mighty crack after hitting the first one.

Is that the bright light they always talk about? Funny, only part of my life flashed before my eyes. I didn’t feel the impact, it must have happened quick. Wait a minute, that bright light is the sun, I’M ALIVE!

That mighty crack was not my head impacting the inside of my helmet but my bars slipping in the clamp. With my hoods now pointing straight down, I spent a few moments on the business end of a multi-tool putting them back into place. Recommended torque be dammed. There was definitely an extra quarter turn on all of the bolts for fear of having a repeat.

The team at Bridge Road change up the route a little every to make sure the course hits the best bits of gravel around.
From wide open spaces to thick gum forests the landscapes are varied and the stoke was high all day.

Finding Friends in the Gravel Pit

The group I had started with continued up the road, and I tapped out the next 30km solo, but the thing about events like the Granite Classic is that everyone comes out of the woodwork to ride them, and low and behold I bumped into friend of Flow, Paul van der Ploeg. We chatted at a comfortable pace and made our way to the Gravel Pit rest stop that hosted a DJ, peanut butter quesadillas, drink refills and fresh fruit.

Here, we also found another friend of Flow, Lewis Ciddor.

We formed a quartet with Paul and another rider. Lewis, who took third place in the 1,300km Tour Te Waipounamu bikepacking race back in February, looked over his shoulder and asked if I was ready for “Party Pace” before he began to turn the screws. It wasn’t long before our group of four became two as Lewis and I pushed on ahead up one of the largest climbs for the day.

“Hey Jono, are you ready for party pace?”

Ninety kilometres in, we were greeted by another rest stop, this time featuring DJ Andras and the hallowed cinnamon doughnuts from Beechworth Bakery.

As delicious as the Cinnamon doughnuts were, they didn’t quite give me what I needed to sustain Lewis’ sadistic pace. No amount of deep-fried delicacies was going to save me so I waved goodbye to Lewis as he rode off into the sunset on one of the final hills coming back into Beechworth.

The final rest stop on the hill is a beautiful one. Big boulders perch on the hilltop, where you can fill up your bottle and begin the final few kilometres to town.

The descent through this cow paddock was rough and required a bit of brain power to negotiate.

The rough descent rattled our teeth, particularly the final section to the farmhouse. This well-trodden cow paddock would have garnered at least a three-star rating if it featured in one of Cobbled Spring Classics. Thankfully, this bucking bronco ride was only 300m, but it was quite the rush on 38mm tyres.

The home stretch had a few entertaining obstacles to keep you on your toes.

Rolling into town, you’re greeted with an ice-cold beer as you cross the line, and the event village is pumping with activity. After a lie-down and a stretch on the grass, our crew watched the track-stand comp and skid comp hosted by Vandy for those riders still with energy to burn.

The dates for 2025 haven’t been announced just yet, but you can bet I’ll be back!

Sunshine, curly potatoes on a stick and beers — not a bad way to relax after a big morning out on the bike.
Of course, there were games and events for the folks who still had some energy left.

Photos: Andy Rogers – @fameandspear / Beechworth Granite Classic

The post Human Frogger, Party Pace and Cinnamon Doughnuts | Jono rides the Beechworth Granite Classic appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/beechworth-granite-classic-2024/feed/ 0 198631
Slopestyle will go ahead at Crankworx Cairns | Here’s what you need to know about the festival this May https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/crankworx-cairns-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/crankworx-cairns-2024/#respond Wed, 24 Apr 2024 02:00:57 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=194376 *This story was last updated on April 24 Grab some sunscreen and your best party shirt because Crankworx is returning to Cairns May 22-26, 2024. Yes, that means it’s only a few days after the UCI Masters World Championships, which also descends on Cairns from May 16-19. Oh, and did we mention that Crankworx is […]

The post Slopestyle will go ahead at Crankworx Cairns | Here’s what you need to know about the festival this May appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
*This story was last updated on April 24

Grab some sunscreen and your best party shirt because Crankworx is returning to Cairns May 22-26, 2024. Yes, that means it’s only a few days after the UCI Masters World Championships, which also descends on Cairns from May 16-19.

Oh, and did we mention that Crankworx is also hosting the Oceania Champs Downhill? Talk about an action-packed couple of weeks in Cairns.

With so much bubbling away, we caught up with Crankworx Cairns Event Director Nathan Bassett to see what they have been cooking up in Tropical North Queensland.

Jam-packed schedule for Crankworx Cairns

For 2024, Crankworx Cairns will have the whole gamut of headline events you’ve come to expect from the festival; however, the event team has tweaked the order to maximise viewing potential.

“This year, the event will culminate with Slopestyle on Sunday, which means super Saturday is now a doubleheader with Speed and Style and then Pump Track under lights which won’t disappoint in bringing the party vibes,” Bassett Says.

Before the festival even gets started, Crankworx is hosting a Jam Session at the Cairns Skate Park under the lights. There will be a DJ and some of the best riders in the world throwing down to set the bar for what’s to come.

With the deck shuffled, the Specialized Dual Slalom will be the first official event off the rank with Pro finals on Thursday evening.

Then it’s into the RockShox Downhill on Friday, which will double as the Oceania Champs this year. Illinbah near the Gold Coast was pegged to host the Continental Champs, however with the constant wet weather SEQ has had since before Christmas has caused quite a lot of damage and the course won’t be ready in time.

The festivities in Cairns will kick off with the Downhill.

Then, on Saturday, when we have the Speed and Style, Australian Whip-Off Championships and Pump Track tripleheader, which will be a massive day for folks on the ground. With the strong showing from local shredders like Caroline Buchanan, Ryan Gilchrist, Mike Ross, and Haz Burbidge-Smith in these events in 2023, it’s a safe bet there will be some fireworks from the home team on display.

Finally, the crescendo will hit its maximum intensity with the Slopestyle finishing out the weekend on Sunday.

Tropical Cyclone Jasper put quite a whalloping on the beautifully shaped orange dirt features. However, with some areas needing a rebuild, it gives World Trail, Elevate Trail Building, Flux Trail Building more creative license to reimagine the course.

The slopestyle course will look a bit different his year, and there is plenty of dirt to be moved.

“The dirt halfpipe on the Slopestyle course has been heavily impacted, so this is a real opportunity to rethink this section and innovate on a new exciting feature,” says Bassett.

With the build to kick off soon, Bassett wasn’t able to provide any hints as to what things will look like, as the designs are still in the mind of the trail builders, but he did tell Flow there will be some cool new innovations and an evolution of the features.

Slopestyle WILL go ahead

The question that has been looming over Crankworx Cairns in the leadup has been what’s happening with slopestyle.

The Men’s Slopestyle riders pulled out of the Crankworx FMBA Slopestyle World Championship Rotorua after negotiations around remuneration and support infrastructure broke down.

The competitors released a statement the day before the Slopestyle at Crankworx Rotorua was scheduled to go ahead.

Crankworx Cairns Slopestyle
The male slopestyle athletes brought Crankworx Rotorua to a standstill with their announcement the would not compete.

“Unfortunately, after years of negotiations, countless meetings, and many letters today we have finally decided to take a stand for the benefits of all Slopestyle riders and the sport. This timeline is not what we hoped for. At this stage we won’t be discussing the specifics of the conditions we requested from Crankworx as an organisation, as we don’t believe this is the right place or time to do so,” the initial rider statement said.

However, since Rotorua, both parties have come back to the table and, on April 12, announced in no uncertain terms that both male and female riders WILL be participating in Crankworx Cairns.

“These discussions facilitated the identification of underlying issues and concerns on both sides which have been addressed in a collaborative and productive manner. As a result, a consensus was reached that not only addresses the immediate needs of the athletes but also places a strong emphasis on the long-term viability and sustainability of Slopestyle as a sport,”  the FMBA and Crankworx joint statement said.

Crankworx Cairns Slopestyle
Everyone came back to the table and came to an agreement. Both the Male and Female Slopestyle riders will compete in Cairns.

The Male Slopestyle Athletes also released a joint statement saying, “It’s a step in the right direction, and now with (sic) having amplified representation in the FMBA, we are looking forward to the rest of the 2024 season. The issues the riders had, have been solved or are being looked at to find a solution. We look forward to seeing everyone in Cairns and we can’t wait to have (a) full season of events approaching. Together we plan to create a better sport now & for the future.”

This is great news for everyone as the flagship event will run for spectators to enjoy, and the riders will not only compete, but their voices have been heard, and progress is being made.

Crankworx is not just for the pros

While the pro competition and the race for King and Queen of Crankworx dominate the coverage of the festival, there are amateur categories in the Dual Slalom, Downhill and Pumptrack.

The Downhill course is going to get a workout with hosting a pair of events over about a week.

The Master’s World Champs are only a few days prior to Crankworx, so there is the opportunity to squeeze in a boatload of racing in not a lot of time, with Smithfield hosting both the XC and DH events. A new XC course is currently being constructed, and portions of the Worlds DH course are being reimagined for the event.

Related:

Inside the event itself, Bassett tells us there will also be side events specifically for spectators like the Brapp-Off which will kick off on Sunday morning at the bottom of the Dual Slalom Course.

Kidsworx is back, and the event team won’t be changing much as last year was a winning formula.

There’s also ways for groms to get involved with Kidsworx.

“We’ll be doing the Cairns Esplanade activation on the weekend prior to Crankworx in central Cairns with the balance bike course and jump lines, and at the event there will be free come-and-try activities and participatory events that kids can enter,” says Bassett.

He also tells Flow Crankworx Cairns will continue its push to provide events for adaptive riders. Last year the Push Mobility and Bowhead team were on the ground, and they are working on plans to get those riders on course again.

“Our goal is to continue building further opportunities to get adaptive riders on course at Crankworx. Last year we had Grant (Allen) and Renee (Junga) at the event and had them sample a lot of the local trails,” he says. “Both did exhibition laps on the Dual Slalom course, and Grant actually completed the first-ever Adaptive top-to-bottom run of the Worlds downhill track prior to the Pro Finals. We are excited to keep working with the athletes to build on this in May.”

Crankworx is doing everything it can to create opportunities for adaptive riders to get involved.

Bassett also says they’re pushing to include more adaptive riders and aiming to have the Push Mobility team there with a couple of Bowhead bikes and adaptive demos down the line.

Bring your bike and try some new gear

A big part of Crankworx is, of course, the gear expo. Exhibitor entries are currently open, but based on the last two years, it is set to be a star-studded affair.

“The first two years of Crankworx Cairns has seen the best in the MTB industry descend on Cairns with nearly 50 brands represented onsite. We will release the exhibitor list closer to the event, but you can expect another world-class bike expo,” he says.

There are always demo bikes available from all the big brands, but these do tend to book out fast — so the protip is to plan ahead and if you’d like to try the latest newly released bike, book ahead.

Party time in TNQ

Beyond the racing, Crankworx is one big party, so don’t forget your dancing shoes. With the event now in its third year, and the foundation solid, now the event team are working on a number of exciting concepts to maximise the party vibes.

“Cairns is world-renowned for its nightlife and our first few events has seen some cracking parties. We are working with our partners to build on this and ensure we deliver the best MTB party in the country,” says Bassett.

There will be live music on site every day from Thursday to Sunday with local DJ’s, and Brisbane acts the Worm Girlz and Beddy Rays will take the stage. Headlining the festival, Spiderbait will be giving the riders a run for the money on who can shred harder, with a set that starts directly after Slopestyle.

Thursday night will also see Sunset Cinema: a Movie Night in Paradise. This mini-film festival will showcase a selection of mountain bike movies produced by Red Bull and other top MTB filmmakers.

Bassett also tells Flow there will be a heap of poster signings and meet-and-greets where folks will have the opportunity to interact with the athletes.

While most of the coverage on Crankworx is of the elite riders, there’s plenty of opportunities for the rest of us to get involved.

Explore new trails and hit the Reef

Cairns is already an established holiday destination attracting droves of tourists from around the world to the reef and the rainforest — there is some pretty good riding to boot. Since you’re already coming all that way, you’d be silly not to stay for a bit and check out everything that Far North Queensland has to offer on and off the bike.

Related:

Bassett tells us that Smithfield will be open to ride around the Crankworx event, but there is also a metric tonne of great riding nearby. Take an afternoon and hit the legendary Kuranda Downhill, or take a day trip up to Davies Creek or Atherton.

Right next door to the Crankworx venue is AJ Hacket’s Skypark, where you can go bungee jumping, and let’s not forget that Cairns is the gateway to the Great Barrier Reef and the Daintree Rainforest. There is diving, hiking, waterfalls, swimming — you name the adventure, and Cairns has a spectacular landscape to show you.

Festival passes are on sale now

Crankworx Festival passes are on sale now and selling fast. For more info and to get your spot, head over to the Crankworx website.


Photos: Clint Trahan / Crankworx, Con Chronis/ Crankworx

The post Slopestyle will go ahead at Crankworx Cairns | Here’s what you need to know about the festival this May appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/crankworx-cairns-2024/feed/ 0 194376
Flee Winter’s Chill | Get prepared for the 2024 Reef to Reef 4-day Stage Race https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/reef-to-reef-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/reef-to-reef-2024/#respond Tue, 23 Apr 2024 22:54:44 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=198395 Visualise this; In the heart of winter, when the outside world is chilly and rain has saturated the trails, there exists a tropical oasis up north in Cairns. Here, the thermometer reads a delightful 26 degrees, the sun reigns supreme, and the trails await, dry and ready for adventure. Picture yourself with a cold beer […]

The post Flee Winter’s Chill | Get prepared for the 2024 Reef to Reef 4-day Stage Race appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Visualise this; In the heart of winter, when the outside world is chilly and rain has saturated the trails, there exists a tropical oasis up north in Cairns.

Here, the thermometer reads a delightful 26 degrees, the sun reigns supreme, and the trails await, dry and ready for adventure. Picture yourself with a cold beer in hand, soaking up the warmth after a hard day’s riding.

Looking for an excuse to escape winter? Look no further than the iconic Reef to Reef stage race, now in its fifth year of glory. From July 25th to 28th, 2024, the lush hills of Cairns in Northern Queensland will play host to an unforgettable four-day racing spectacle. Clear your schedules and prepare for an experience like no other!

Updates for Reef to Reef 2024

Following the 2023 Reef to Reef some large news dropped. Ironman — the previous owner of the Reef to Reef, Port to Port and Cape to Cape, had sold the first two events to Event Management Solutions Australia.

The team at EMS, which organised the 2019 UCI World Championship and Enduro World Series events in Tasmania, are the experts when it comes to large-scale mountain bike events and delivering an event like no other.

With the Reef to Reef and Port to Port going seperate ways from their sister race, the Cape to Cape, the Triple-Crown trifecta series is no longer in an official sense.

According to Ian Harwood from EMS, this also means the races will no longer be qualifiers for the Cape Epic, at least for this year anyway, so riders looking to qualify will have to head abroad. Another great excuse for a holiday? We think so!

Reef to Reef Reef to Reef Reef to Reef

Harwood tells Flow the Reef to Reef for 2024 will feature a number changes, including a brand new eMTB category, a returning venue, new food and beverage options at the finish line, and a new Day 1 prologue/hot-seat racing format.

Fear not, the event will maintain the classic features of the Reef to Reef we know and love such as the flowing singletrack at Smithfield MTB park and the final stage finishing on the beach in Port Douglas. The full four day stage race can be completed either solo or in pairs, requiring pairs to remain within 2 minutes of each other through the entire race, a format which is becoming increasingly popular in stage racing. 

The eMTB community have been asking and the team at EMS have been listening, which is why they are introducing an eMTB specific category for 2024. Racers will compete alongside the rest of the field and will likely lead out the race, but it certainly won’t be a cruise in the park even with a motor assisting on the climbs. 

Teamwork from the race carries through to the post-race refreshments

Their other acquisition, the Port to Port, based in Newcastle, NSW, has unfortunately suffered from a rough few years, with the pandemic and consecutive years of flooding forcing cancellation after cancellation. With this in mind, the team at EMS is planning a huge return for the event but needs a little extra time to get things together. Hence, it will not be running for 2024 but will return for 2025 — stay tuned folks!

Big smiles and epic scenery

Reef to Reef Prologue| Smithfield MTB Park | 6km, 150m vert

To kick things off for 2024, there will be a prologue-style race based in Smithfield MTB Park. The course will be short and punchy, 6km long with approximately 150m of climbing, and is largely based on the UCI Master World Championships course set to take place on the 19th of May 2024 — including the infamous Jacobs Ladder. 

The race will be run in a hot-seat style format, with racers tackling the course in ascending order, with EMS seeding riders within their category based on past race results and order of expected pace. This format is most similar to what we typically see in DH racing or time trials, albeit with a few tweaks for the format, and will be sure to provide some exciting racing! Harwood says the prologue is set to run in the afternoon, giving riders the opportunity to travel up to Cairns in the morning to make the journey a little easier logistically. 

Rumble through the jungle – Smithfield trails are like nothing else in Australia

Reef to Reef Stage One | Smithfield MTB Park | 30km, 700m vert

Day two of the 2024 edition of the Reef to Reef will see racers tackle the remainder of the Smithfield MTB Park, with 30kms of singletrack and around 700m of climbing.

Having hosted UCI World Cups, UCI World Champs, and the home to Crankworx Cairns, the pedigree of the terrain and trails at Smithfield Mountain Bike Park is undeniable. Racers can expect a healthy mix of tech and flow and will keep everyone on their toes. The dirt is primarily hard-pack with a sprinkling of rock, with locals suggesting the redder the dirt the slipperier it gets, especially after a touch of rain. 

It’s not all flowing single track and smooth berms, a bit of tech here and there will keep racers on their toes

Reef to Reef Stage Two Atherton MTB Park | 60km, 1000m vert

A returning classic of the Reef to Reef, for 2024, the race will head back out to the Atherton MTB Park situated 1.5hrs southwest of Cairns, with over 55kms of primary hand-cut singletrack.

The stage is a big one, covering 60km and ~1000m of climbing, with a mixture of singletrack and fire roads zig-zagging in and out of the bike park.

The hills bordering the Silvia Valley rise approximately 300 meters, offering extended descents that traverse through three or four distinct topographic zones. We checked out Atherton MTB Park and caught up with the club President back in 2022, a worthy read if you’re chasing a sneak preview of what is to come. 

Reef to Reef Reef to Reef Reef to Reef

Reef to Reef Stage Three, Triple-R | Mount Molloy to Port Douglas | 51km, 600m

The finale of the Reef to Reef is a true classic and a highlight for all racers. After an early start in Mount Molloy riders descend down to Four Mile Beach in Port Douglas via the infamous Bump Track where the party awaits. The day will consist of around 51kms of riding and despite starting up in the range and finishing on the beach, will still consist of around 600m of climbing. 

The final day of the Reef to Reef also doubles as the Triple-R single-day race (formerly known as RRR, or Rural Rainforest Reef), which has become a staple event in Australia’s mountain bike calendar. 2024 marks the 32nd edition. Racers can choose from the classic 36km course or the longer 51km course, both of which include the Bump Track and spectacular beach finish in Port Douglas. 

Reef to Reef Reef to Reef Reef to Reef

Reef to Reef Race Logistics & FAQ’s

Logistically, there is a bit to consider when tackling the Reef to Reef as the locations are a short drive apart.

The team at EMS recommend staying in Cairns for the first two days of racing, and relocating to Port Douglas for the remainder of the race. There are a huge range of accommodation options available from budget motels to fancy apartments, rest assured there will be something to suit any preference. Alternatively, camping or renting a motorhome has proven very popular in previous years, and there are plenty of caravan parks with a full suite of facilities in both locations. 

While this is technically an XC marathon race, you can totally ride it on your trail bike or enduro bike — we’ve even seen one fellow ride it on rigid fat bike. Most however typically most people bring XC (100-120mm) hardtails or dual-suspension mountain bikes.

The race village will have all of the typical inclusions such as registration, information, first-aid, along with bike mechanics and some tasty food and beverage options to choose from.

There will be aid stations at around the halfway mark on each day, but we do not recommend relying on these. Each rider should carry around 2-3L of water in a hydration pack. 

Race hydration? We think so!

Things to do that don’t involve riding?

One of the best things about stage racing is that once the day’s racing is all said and done, there is still plenty of daylight left to explore the area, even if your legs have turned to jelly. Tropical Northern Queensland is packed full of things to see and do, whether it’s relaxing on the beach after a hard day’s riding or snorkelling in the Great Barrier Reef; you’ll have zero issues filling in the downtime between races. 

Afternoon naps are optional for those with the appetite to explore the area after the days racing is done

Acting as the gateway to the Great Barrier Reef, Cairns offers activities ranging from snorkelling and scuba diving tours to white water rafting and stand-up paddle boarding.

North Queensland might not be on everyone’s wine radar, but it’s a hidden gem among Australia’s many wine regions. Instead of the usual suspects on the wine rack, winemakers in this tropical paradise are turning to exotic fruits to craft their wines, ports, and liqueurs. Picture lush orchards brimming with mangoes, bananas, lychees, pineapples and passionfruit.

It’s a departure from traditional vineyards, yet rest assured, sipping these creations won’t feel like you’re diving into a fruit bowl.

Cairns also boasts a dynamic brewery scene that’s as diverse as it is exciting, with prime locations peppered throughout this tropical paradise. From waterfront spots to hidden gems nestled in laneways, you’ll be sure to find a spot for a cold drink following a hard days racing. 

Reef to Reef Reef to Reef

With the race wrapping up in tropical Port Douglas, you’ll be surrounded by a range of activities and some of the sleepiest beaches in the country. Take a refreshing dip in the crystal-clear waters of Mossman Gorge, surrounded by ancient rainforest, and embark on guided walks to learn about indigenous culture and history, or explore one of the world’s most incredible natural wonders with snorkelling or diving tours to the Great Barrier Reef, departing from Port Douglas.

Related:

Entering the 2024 Reef to Reef

With the race just a few months away, the team at EMS are busy finalising all the details for what is set to be an epic fifth edition of the Reef to Reef. Event entries are open, so get planing your winter escape and head over to the Reef to Reef event website for event details and pricing. 

The post Flee Winter’s Chill | Get prepared for the 2024 Reef to Reef 4-day Stage Race appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/reef-to-reef-2024/feed/ 0 198395
Don’t forget your sunscreen | The Quad Crown is headed back to the QLD for The Sunny 80 in June https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/quad-crown-the-sunny-80-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/quad-crown-the-sunny-80-2024/#respond Fri, 19 Apr 2024 07:02:52 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=198299 The Quad Crown will once again roll into The Sunshine Coast June 7-9. Exploring Sugarbag, Parklands and Dularcha National Park, Ewen Maddock Dam and Ferny Forest over a Prelude and 2.5 stages, it’s the second time the series has landed in Queensland. We caught up with Race Director Jason Dover and Course Designer Liam McGuire […]

The post Don’t forget your sunscreen | The Quad Crown is headed back to the QLD for The Sunny 80 in June appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The Quad Crown will once again roll into The Sunshine Coast June 7-9. Exploring Sugarbag, Parklands and Dularcha National Park, Ewen Maddock Dam and Ferny Forest over a Prelude and 2.5 stages, it’s the second time the series has landed in Queensland.

We caught up with Race Director Jason Dover and Course Designer Liam McGuire to get the lowdown on what’s new for 2024 and a sneak peek of this year’s race courses.

Related:

What’s new for The Sunny 80 in 2024?

Having already run an event on the Sunshine Coast, the Quad Crown team have better footing going into this year’s race, and also won’t have to make mass changes to a stage because of a last-minute traffic management approval issue.

With that experience under their belts, Dover explains they can fully focus on improving the rider experience. The Quad Crown is designed to be a mini-stage race, giving folks who aren’t at the pointy end of the elite field an achievable entry into stage racing.

Grab your baggies and your trail bike, the Quad Crown isn’t just for the XC whippets.

And with that in mind, Dover says they are ratcheting back the overall difficulty of the course, and cutting down on the total metres climbed.

“It’s designed to be a sample — a snackable format — to get into stage racing without committing four days or a whole week away. Based on some of the feedback we got last year, we’re also making the stages a little bit easier,” he says.

Beyond removing some of the nasty fire road climbs, at The Wild Penguin they implemented a shortcut for folks towards the back of the field who were struggling in the twilight of each stage.

“We had a really good response in Tassie to that idea,” he says. “It gave people the confidence that they couldn’t bite off more than they could chew. We’re conscious that this might be your first stage race or multi-day event, and we want everyone to have an enjoyable ride. The stages are a challenge, but it’s going to be doable. And we’ll even help to make sure it’s doable.”

Queensland’s wet autumn

If you’re not aware, it’s been pretty darn wet here in Queensland since before Christmas, and things are as lush as they’ve ever been. However, that also means that the trails in the region have been closed, some for an extended period. One reason for that is to protect them, in part for this event.

“We have been talking to the locals and stakeholders, and they’re all confident they always get rain at this time of year. It’s been more than normal, but they’re confident things will dry out,” says McGuire.

Dover did have a request to locals, as there have been reports of people at Sugarbag pulling down bunting and riding trails that are closed because they are wet.

It’s been raining quite a bit in Queensland however by June things will have well and truly have had a chance to dry out.

“The reason that councils and trail authorities close parks is to protect the trails so that when they dry out, they’re not all cut up. That short-term mentality of some people who are going in and taking down bunting even though it’s been really wet, the long-term damage that does to the trails is a greater risk to our event than bad weather on the day,” he says.

Quad Crown The Sunny 80 course preview

Prelude | Sugarbag | 8km, 100m Vert

The Prelude takes place on Friday afternoon and serves two purposes: seeding the start waves for the following day and setting your baseline handicap, which is used to award the Warrior Crown.

This handicap is based on your average speed through the course, and the Warrior Crown is awarded to the rider who matches or exceeds their handicap by the most over the two stages. So, even if you’re not at the pointy end of the field, you still have something to compete for.

The Prelude course will be similar to last year’s, hitting trails like Party Mix, Syrup, and Honeycomb.

“Last year, when we got to the bottom of the main flow line and then climbed back up to just under the pump track and went down the dual slalom. We cleaned up an existing climbing trail that wasn’t often used and people kept riding it — it’s become pretty popular. Since then, the council has said they’ve come in and rejigged some of it and added in some new rock armouring,” says McGuire.

One difference in this year’s course will be that what was the dual slalom course is now a new jump line. This will be included in the course provided it’s ready in time.

The Prelude will be pretty similar to last year’s alignment.

Mcquire believes the crux of the course will be the final climb back up to the finish.

“You’ve just had a heap of fun and go through all those tracks, and it’s about a 300m climb back up on asphalt to get back to the pump track area and then into the finish,” says McGuire.

Dover did note, Sugarbag is arguably best known for the wooden features on a trail called Bees Knees which look a bit intimidating. For folks who may be nervous about that, he wanted to make clear that this trail is not a part of the course.

Once the racing has wrapped up, it’s over to Moffat Brewing for the presentation and social function. Dover notes that Moffat was named the Grand Champion of the RNA Royal Queensland Beer Awards.

Designed to be a quick hit, the Prelude seeds the start waves and sets your handicap for the Warrior Crown competition.

Stage One | Parklands | 30km, 700m vert

Stage one of Parklands last year was a doozy at 32km with about 1,300m of climbing, but Dover says folks came up to him afterwards and said, despite the difficulty, it was one of the best stages they had ever ridden.

With that, for 2024, McGuire has cut the fat and maximised the fun of lopping 500m of climbing off the course. Last year, there was a bit of a start loop, and they were trying to filter riders through a trail called Lush as quickly as possible.

As a result, we ended up on fire trails that went around the whole perimeter of the area to make it work. That included a couple of creek crossings and some really steep fire trails that most people walked,” he says.

All that is gone for this year.

McGuire says the start/finish will be at the same spot, and instead of going on a tour of the fire roads, the course heads straight into the singletrack on a trail called Blue Tongue.

From above the map looks complicated, but it will hit the best trails from last year, including Hoe Chi Ho, Upper and Lower New Zealand, Cancer Tree and Road Rage. According to McGuire that last one is going to be the crux of the day.

“It’s right in the middle of the course, and towards the end, it’s just constant technical riding — on and off the power all the time. There are some really rooty sections to get over some switchback climbs — it’s a real XC challenge.

McGuire has cut a fair bit of climbing out of this stage, but retained the best trails.

McGuire also notes they’ve built in a shortcut that will cut a few kilometres off the end of the course for those who are really struggling.

After the racing is done, the show will head for Your Mates Brewing for the evening’s festivities.

The Special Stage | Ferny Forest | 10km, with 90m vert

The Ferny Forest special came about because a last-minute approval didn’t come through last year, and so to run stage two, it had to be split into mini-stages. This last-minute curve ball made for the Ferny Forest Special Stage which people loved, so it’s back for 2024.

There will no doubt be a drag race in each start wave into and out of the trails down this road.

Starting at the Mooloolah Country Club, there will be a rollout to the trailhead, where there is about a 300m drag into and back out of the trail. Dover and McGuire say there will be a drag race for the hole shot and then at the other end to the finish.

“Ferny Forest is pretty much just all singletrack out and around — constant turning, tons of corners. I’ll probably be won and lost in the sprint back to the finish. It’s a really wide open forest road,” says McGuire

This twisty and turny stage is only 10km with 90m of climbing, so it’ll be a fast one too.

State two is split, with a 10km loop in the morning and a second 24km course starting just before midday.

Stage Two | Ewen Maddock Dam | 24km, 320m vert

Part two of stage two also rolls out from the Mooloolah Country Club and heads for Dularcha National Park.

“There is a climb up to go through the old railway tunnel to start with, and then its back over the tunnel to get up to Tunnel Ridge Road. From there, you go down to all the trails that are on the southwestern side of Ewen Maddock Dam,” says McGuire.

With 24km of riding on the agenda and 320m of vert, Dover and McGuire say the stage is bookended by climbs that will make or break the racing.

“I think that first climb after you’ve gone through the tunnels will be a key part of the course. It’s very technical. It’s at about 9km and comes after the tunnel, which is obviously pretty flat; you’ll climb up to Tunnel Ridge Road,” says Dover

McGuires pick for the crux of the day comes one kilometre from the finish.

“Right towards the finish, at about the 23km mark, there is a little pinchy climb that’s really steep and really loose. It’s the final climb after you come across the Dam wall,” he says.

Then, it’s back to the Country Club for presentations and farewells.

How do you enter The Sunny 80

Entries for The Sunny 80 are open now!

Dover wanted to reiterate that although the Quad Crown is a series, each of the events stands on its own, and you don’t have to commit to racing all four events when you sign up.

In fact, you don’t even have to do the whole two and half days if you’re not quite ready for it, and you can choose to sign up just for one stage if that’s the challenge you’re looking for.

For more info or to book your spot, head over to the Quad Crown website.

Entries for The Sunny 80 are open now. Giddy up and book your spot.

The post Don’t forget your sunscreen | The Quad Crown is headed back to the QLD for The Sunny 80 in June appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/quad-crown-the-sunny-80-2024/feed/ 0 198299
A great day in Glen Innes | Can you carb your way through goodnessgravel? https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/goodnessgravel-glen-innes-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/goodnessgravel-glen-innes-2024/#respond Tue, 16 Apr 2024 23:50:43 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=198018 Number 1283. It’s not really all that exciting or memorable. Apparently, it’s a Virgin Australia Flight Number from Sydney to Hamilton Island, and a form you’ll need to submit to the Department of Home Affairs if you’re applying for a Training Visa, or a Temporary Activity Visa. And as Will Levy from goodnessgravel informed me, […]

The post A great day in Glen Innes | Can you carb your way through goodnessgravel? appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Number 1283. It’s not really all that exciting or memorable. Apparently, it’s a Virgin Australia Flight Number from Sydney to Hamilton Island, and a form you’ll need to submit to the Department of Home Affairs if you’re applying for a Training Visa, or a Temporary Activity Visa.

And as Will Levy from goodnessgravel informed me, it’s also the year, “Mongol forces invade(d) the Khmer Empire (modern Cambodia). King Jayavarman VIII decides to pay tribute rather than fight the invasion, buying peace and preserving the empire.”

Why are we talking about this seemingly random number? goodnessgravel assigns a number for life to every person who signs up. For me, 1283 is my number.

Headed to its northernmost stop in Glen Innes, I packed up the Flowmobile to see what goodnessgravel was all about.

Related:

Undercooked and totally unprepared

Sitting a smidge over 1,000m above sea level, Glen Innes is about 4.5 hours from Flow’s Gold Coast HQ and about eight hours on the road from Sydney. It’s a lovely little country town, this time of year the trees that line the streets are vibrant with colour as they change for autumn.

The event started and finished at the Glen Innes Showground which was lined with trees showing their autumn colours.

While it’s not a race and there’s no running clock, the long 125km course sees 1700m of climbing (there’s also a 75km and 35km version that runs on the same day). It’s not the longest, hardest event out there, but it’s not exactly a walk in the park, either. Since my son was born two years ago, I can count on two hands the number of times I’ve ridden more than 100km—because #dadlife.

With that in mind, I was expecting a challenge, but so long as I didn’t chase on with the fast group and kept my intake of sugar-packed sweets up the whole day, I thought I could carb my way through. I mean, who doesn’t love an excuse to eat candy and doughnuts all morning?

This was the third edition of goodnessgravel Glen Innes, and over 230 riders registered for the gravel fondo. Levy tells us that about a third of that were women, and there were 100 riders from Queensland, one from Victoria, two from Western Australia, and the rest from NSW.

The beauty of the event starting at the showground was that you could could camp mere metres from the start line as, I did.

Only a few minutes after rolling out of the Showground — including the obligatory lap around the pony arena — we hit the first section of gravel. The world around us was shrouded in a thick fog. It was spooky cruising through unknown countryside with the road ahead shrouded under an impenetrable fog.

Cows and a farm truck seemingly materialised out of thin air on either side of the road as we pedalled on, and stronger riders would vanish into the great white abyss as they pushed more watts than I was willing to at this early stage in the day.

The beauty of goodnessgravel is that you find your people. With undulating terrain, the groups sort of self-seed, and you end up among the folks who are riding at your pace, whether you’re in the first hour or the fifth.

The fog was really eerie and made for quite an atmosphere early in the day.
This fellow scared the bejesus out of me as we rode past. From a distance, I thought the figure I could make out through the mist was a scarecrow someone had built near their mailbox. As we got closer, the figure became more lifelike—and he waved. He’d just come out to watch everyone go by.

While the majority of riders — 200 in total — tackled the event on gravel bikes, there were 25 mountain bikes entered across the three distances and nine e-Gravel bikes, which Levy says is more than they’ve ever had.

“There were a few that did the 75km, but quite a few of the e-Gravel bikes did the 35km loop. Generally, their partner was off doing the bigger loop, and they came along to ride it on their e-Bike. It just becomes so much more inclusive when you have that option,” he says.

The scenery was really something else and the route Levy had built was fantastic.

Party mix and the climb up Mount Mitchell

There are about 7g of carbs in one piece of Party Mix — obviously varying slightly based whether you choose a milk bottle or a snake. Most people can process between 60-90g of carbs per hour without getting any gut distress, so I knew this was the fuel target needed to keep my little underpowered lawnmower engine running. The drink mix I had in my bottles provided about 30g of carbohydrates. But with the temperature hovering in the low 20s, taking on too much drink mix would mean a lot of time spent looking for trees to water.

So I was going to need 6-8 lollies an hour, plus drink mix and anything else I could get down — we had a plan. This wasn’t an exacting nutrition plan, but it’s also not a race either. This was about making sure I didn’t bonk — a fate worse than death.

Mount Mitchell Road was the biggest climb of the day with extended sections over 12%. Fortunately, it came in the first 30km and was backed by an aid station with water, bananas, and drink mix. By the time we got here, I’d already put down a set of teeth, three frogs, a snake what I think was supposed to be a gummy strawberry and a third of a bottle.

The route for the day would traverse Ngarabal country, and their name for the area around Glen Innes is Gindaaydjin, meaning “plenty of big round stones on clear plains.” Rolling through open farmland, trees were sparse, but massive slabs of granite were plentiful. It’s not hard to see why the Traditional Owners named it such.

About 30% percent of the in Glen Innes were Women, and there is growing contingent of lady-shredders riding these events.

Meet goodnessDave

After the aid station you’re on a section of gravel that was officially named Mt. Slow Road, but it was anything but. The surface was sandy over hardpack, and it was fast, twisty, bendy, and grippy. I felt like a f**** hero and was flying along, ripping through corners. Gravel magic in the truest sense of the word.

This is where I linked up with Dave.

I caught Dave on the way down to the lowest point of the course. He lives in Freshwater on Sydney’s Northern Beaches and works in commercial real estate. Over the next few hours we tapped out the kilometres, and became fast friends along the outer reaches of the course — even though I didn’t actually learn his name until the aid station at 79km. We chatted kids, bikes, the Reserve Bank and everything in between.

After fog burned off, the sun came out and the temperature hovered around 20ºC. You could not have asked for better riding conditions.

The sun was shining, the scenery was beautiful, this was quite an adventure.

Rolling into the final aid station at 79km, I’d stuck to my plan to keep the carbs coming — mixing it up with a Clifbar, worth 40g of carbs and a banana, worth~25g of carbs. There was some fatigue, but all in all, I was feeling pretty good.

This aid station was fully stocked with water, drink mix, fruit, race nutrition, and a load of happy volunteers from the Westpac Rescue Helicopter crew. There was supposed to be live music, but unfortunately, a blown amp stymied the tunes. But not to fear, for there were cinnamon doughnuts.

If you have not already worked out, I am a child inside and love a good, sweet treat. So, of course, I was going to have a doughnut.

The final aid station at 79km, had everything you could need to get you through the final stretch of the course.

There was now a breath of wind on the course — or perhaps we’d been riding thus far with a tailwind, who can say — and it appeared we’d be pushing into it head-on for the remainder of the day.

Leaving the sugary oasis at the Red Range Community Hall, there was a pair of riders with about a 30-40-second gap up the road. Feeling the breeze coming straight towards Dave and I, we pushed on to catch the pair. The plan was to sit in for a bit and then carry on as a quartet so that if the wind picks up more, as the saying goes, more hands make light work.

While it was delicious, the doughnut was not sitting so well when we caught them. When the next gravel sector got a bit rough, our foursome became just a twosome, and Dave and I pushed onward.

These events aren’t designed to be a race — though you can ride it that way if you want to. Instead, you sort of find your people and end up in a group with folks going at a similar pace.

Implosion imminent

As the kilometers wore on, I struggled to keep pace with Dave. The rubber band broke on a tarmac climb somewhere around the 100km mark. I kept churning and played leapfrog with a fellow who I’d chatted briefly with at the pub the night prior — I would later learn he was the publisher of Cyclingnews.com in its early days, a publication that I contributed to for years, and played a significant role in where I am today.

Over the last 30 km or so, the course dipped and weaved through sections of gravel, traversing its way back to the Showground.

I eventually caught up to Dave. I saw him walking up a hill, gingerly attempting to jump back on his bike at the top.

One of the underappreciated features of the course that Levy built is that there are multiple bailout points along the way, and if you have enough, you’re never too far from the start/finish.

“Cramps,” he winced as I pedalled up.

I offered him a gel and waited for him, but he sent me on my way. A few minutes later, the gel clearly kicked in as he came rumbling past. A new man, albeit short-lived, as those rogue fibres in Dave’s hamstring weren’t quite finished with him yet.

I waited for Dave this time; we were in this together. We crested the final climb side by side and it was all downhill from there — literally.

Finish with a beer, a chocolate and a sausage

Bell ringing, live music playing, another lap around the area at the Glen Innes Showground and that was it. Challenge complete, Heaps Normal, Lindt ball and a Sausage with extra onion in hand, finisher pin in my number plate — pull me off the BBQ because I am well cooked.

I knew goodnessgravel was going to be a challenge based on my preparation, but I’ll absolutely be back next year. It was an adventure of the best kind — the scenery was spectacular, and so was the route. It was a test, but squarely in the arena of type 2 fun—never dipping into the, these-corrugations-are-so-big-I’m-going-to-nose-dive-over-the-handlebars, type 3 fun.

The volunteers at ever rest stop and cooking the sausage sizzle at the end were so friendly and stoked to see the riders.

The event has also built a fantastic community of riders who keep coming back. Levy tells us 15 folks have done all three editions of the Glen Innes, and rider number nine — remember, you get your number for life — was among the crowd.

My last-minute decision to sign up for goodnessgravel Glen Innes also meant that I was flying solo, but I never felt alone. From other riders who also camped at the Showground stopping by for a chat and a beer to everyone out on course joking around, and the super friendly volunteers, Levy and his crew are onto something special with goodnessgravel.

The next goodnessgravel event heads for Mogo on 20 July 2024.

Onto Mogo! The next goodnessgravel event is in July, start putting in the kms now so and get your entry in.

Photos: Outer Image Collective, Joshua Waugh, Flow MTB

The post A great day in Glen Innes | Can you carb your way through goodnessgravel? appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/goodnessgravel-glen-innes-2024/feed/ 0 198018
First look | RockShox entry-level forks get new dampers, air springs and a simplified range for 2025 https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/rockshox-2025-psylo-domain-rudy/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/rockshox-2025-psylo-domain-rudy/#respond Tue, 16 Apr 2024 14:00:57 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=198042 For 2025, RockShox has rebuilt it’s lineup of entry -evel mountain bike forks with a simplified model range, a new damper called Isolator, and an updated Debonair air spring. The gravel crowd hasn’t been forgotten, with and updated Rudy gravel fork and Charger Race Day 2 damper.  Rockshox has previously offered multiple entry-level, trail-focused MTB […]

The post First look | RockShox entry-level forks get new dampers, air springs and a simplified range for 2025 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
For 2025, RockShox has rebuilt it’s lineup of entry -evel mountain bike forks with a simplified model range, a new damper called Isolator, and an updated Debonair air spring. The gravel crowd hasn’t been forgotten, with and updated Rudy gravel fork and Charger Race Day 2 damper. 

Rockshox has previously offered multiple entry-level, trail-focused MTB forks. Riders could choose from the Revelation, 35, Yari, and the bigger hitting Domain. There will now just be two different forks; an updated Domain, and the brand has resurrected the Psylo, covering 130mm travel up to 180mm. But before we dive into the boingers, let’s take a look at the internals they are built around. 

RockShoxPsylo
Emerging from the foliage RockShox has brought back the Psylo among a raft of updates to it’s entry level models.

The all-new Isolator Damper

So, what makes the Isolator different from the previous entry-level damper available from Rockshox? The all-new damper utilises a shim-based, spring-backed Internal Floating Piston (IFP) damper and claims to give riders a consistent and predictable feel throughout its entire range of travel.

The Isolater’s three-position Compression adjustment (Open, Pedal, and Firm) is designed so that when the Isolater damper is Open, oil flows freely through it to absorb big hits. The Pedal setting is supportive without harshness on successive impacts, and Firm offers the maximum damping force to calm bobbing for the most efficient ride. 

RockShox Isolation Damper
The Isolation Damper brings a shim-based IFP to the brand’s entry-level forks and RockShox say it’s also extremely quiet.

The good news for home mechanics is that a service kit will be available for the new damper, and no new proprietary tools will be needed. The isolator damper will also be available as an upgrade for the Domain Gold R fork, which will be available as an OEM product only. 

Rockshox has not just been busy developing these new forks and dampers, they have also revised the service kits available to consumers. The service kit range has been overhauled and the number of options drastically reduced, there will now be around 35 service kits available down from over 100. The goal of the overhaul is to simplify the ordering and supply process for customers and suppliers. 

Debonair gets an update

Rockshox has also updated its popular Debonair air spring to complement the new damper. The updated Debonair spring claims to offer a buttery-smooth, off-the-top feel, tuned to complement the all-new Isolator damper.

RockShox Debonair
The new entry level forks see a DebonAir air spring.

With a design philosophy based on the Signature Series’ DebonAir+ air springs, they claim to have found the ideal blend of positive and negative volumes for a taller ride height and increased mid-stroke support to keep confidence high.

Like all Rockshox’s other air forks, the air spring can be tuned by installing or removing tokens. Both new forks will use the existing grey tokens available from Rockshox. 

RockShox Psylo
The new Psylo takes the place of the Revelation, Yari, and 35.

Level Up with the all-new Psylo

The Psylo first appeared in the RockShox lineup in the early 2000s and was discontinued in 2005. Two decades later, it’s back, and the new Psylo replaces the Revelation, Yari, and 35. It’s based on the Pike and Lyric forks and features a 35mm chassis, the new Isolator damper, and an updated DebonAir air spring.

To go with the new chassis, Rockshox has also added premium bushings, claiming to offer lower breakaway force to improve the ride characteristics. It will come in four different travel options from 130mm-160mm and be available for both 27.5in and 29in wheels.

RockShox Psylo RockShox Psylo

The Psylo is not only designed for your standard trail bikes, it is also E-MTB ready. Just like the current Pike and Lyric, the Psylo utilises Maxima Plush Dynamic Suspension Lube and damping fluid. 

Priced at $995 AUD ,the new Psylo Gold RC is about $300-450 AUD cheaper than the Pike and Lyrik, and is expected to be available around late June/ early July in Australia. There will be two lower-spec models of the Psylo — the Psylo Silver RC and Psylo Silver R — that miss out on the new damper and air spring; however these models won’t be available aftermarket and will only come on select OEM builds. 

RockShox Psylo price and spec
Priced at $995, the Psylo offers significant savings over the Pike and Lyrik and benefits from quite a bit of trickle-down tech.

2025 RockShox Psylo Gold RC pricing and Spec

  • Damper | Isolator RC
  • Spring | DebonAir
  • Wheel Size | 27.5in, 29in
  • Travel | 130mm, 140mm, 150mm, 160mm
  • Offset | 37mm† (27.5”), 44mm (27.5”, 29”)
  • Claimed weight | 2,320g (160mm travel, 44mm offset)
  • Price | $995

The hard-charging Domain gets an update

Based on the Zeb, the big-hitting Domain fork remains in the lineup as the long travel, hard-hitting enduro offering at a smaller price.

For 2025 it still has a 38mm chassis and a travel range from 150mm up to 180mm but has been updated to accommodate the new damper and air spring. The new Isolator damper found in both the Psylo and the new Domain has 16 clicks of rebound and a three-position compression adjustment.

RockShox Domain
The big-hitting Domain is back, but with some new tricks.

The Domain will be available for 27.5in and 29in wheels, and like the Psylo is E-MTB ready.

Set to cost $925 AUD, you’ll save about $600 AUD compared to the Zeb, and the new Domain will be available around late June/ early July in Australia. A lower-spec Domain R will be available on some OEM builds. This version will miss out on the new damper and air spring; however if it comes on the front of a complete bike, it can be upgraded to the new damper if purchased separately. The new damper is not compatible with older Domain forks, as the chassis has been updated to accommodate the new internals. 

RockShox Domain Price and Spec
The Domain is a budget-friendly enduro fork with beefy 38mm stanchions.

Domain Gold RC Price and Spec

  • Damper | Isolator RC
  • Spring | DebonAir
  • Wheel Size | 27.5in, 29in
  • Travel | 150mm, 160mm, 170mm, 180mm
  • Offset | 44mm (27.5”, 29”)
  • Claimed weight | 2,501g (180mm travel, 44mm offset)
  • Price | $925

Rudy gets an overhaul

The ever-growing gravel crowd gets a new fork too! Rockshox has updated the Rudy fork and released an all-new Charger Race Day 2 damper.

RockShox Rudy
All that changes in the new Rudy is the upgrade to the Charger Race Day 2 Damper, which RockShox say is backwards compatible.

The Rudy Ultimate XPLR will be available in 30mm or 40mm travel options. It retains the SoloAir spring, but the Charger Race Day 2 damper is said to be the lightest it has ever built. The complete fork is claimed to weigh only 1,344g with an uncut steerer.

With a two-position compression adjustment, the new damper will also be available as an upgrade for previous Rudy models. 

The new Rudy is fully fender compatible and features Maxima Plush damping fluid. It will only be available in limited quantities and will be priced at $1,440 AUD. 

RockShox Rudy RockShox Rudy

Rudy Ultimate XPLR Price and spec

  • Damper | Isolator RC
  • Spring | DebonAir
  • Wheel Size | 27.5in, 29in
  • Travel | 150mm, 160mm, 170mm, 180mm
  • Offset | 44mm (27.5”, 29”)
  • Claimed weight | 2,501g (180mm travel, 44mm offset)
  • Price | $925
RockShox Psylo
RockShox has vastly simplified its range of lower-end forks while also trickling down technology from its premium offerings.

 

The post First look | RockShox entry-level forks get new dampers, air springs and a simplified range for 2025 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/rockshox-2025-psylo-domain-rudy/feed/ 0 198042
FlowBack | Retro MTB SA, Show’n Shine 2024 https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/flowback-retro-mtb-sa-shown-shine-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/flowback-retro-mtb-sa-shown-shine-2024/#respond Sat, 13 Apr 2024 22:45:37 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=197649 Krischan from the Aus MTB Museum brings us the highlights of this year’s Show’n Shine. Retro MTB SA, in partnership with the Australian Museum of Mountain Bike, organised their annual Show’n Shine in March. This event marked the third Show’n Shine in South Australia, held at O’Halloran Hill Recreation Park, and did not disappoint! The […]

The post FlowBack | Retro MTB SA, Show’n Shine 2024 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Krischan from the Aus MTB Museum brings us the highlights of this year’s Show’n Shine.

Retro MTB SA, in partnership with the Australian Museum of Mountain Bike, organised their annual Show’n Shine in March. This event marked the third Show’n Shine in South Australia, held at O’Halloran Hill Recreation Park, and did not disappoint!

The day was a full immersion into the 1990s mountain biking scene, featuring a barbecue, social gathering, bike trading, discussions, bike games, displays, and riding—exclusively celebrating bikes from the ’90s. Bonus points were awarded to those dressed accordingly, too.


Video #1 – Watch Nigel Hill’s video here.

 

The video from the event, featuring an interview with Nathan Rennie discussing his World Cup racing beginnings, was filmed by Nigel Hill. Hill, a mountain bike collector, entered his collection in the show and is known for ranking highly with his bike builds. He’s a significant contributor to the local scene, and his retro builds and restorations can be followed on his YouTube channel.


Video #2 – Run through of all the bikes with Cam Munro

https://www.facebook.com/reel/738246238403148


This event keeps on getting better and bigger every year. Last year’s count of 49 bike entries paled compared to this year’s staggering 99, despite the unfortunate last-minute withdrawal of two prominent collectors. Remarkably, the number of bikes nearly doubled, and the quality significantly increased from the previous year.

We have several collectors here in South Australia. Their passion for retro MTBs and drive to collect and restore mountain bikes from the 90s and keep the era alive is phenomenal.

1992 GT Karakoram
1995 GT RTS
1998 DMR Trailstar

The Show’n Shine offered a variety of categories for bike enthusiasts to enter their cherished rides:

  • ATB *
  • Rigid MTB *
  • Hardtail *
  • Dual Suspension *
  • DownHill **
  • Retro-mod *
  • Frankenbike *
  • Non Retro mtb *

With an asterisk denoting bikes manufactured before 2000 and a double asterisk for those made before 2010.

Beyond the bike-centric awards, the event also recognised contributions in broader categories, including:

  • Peoples Choice
  • Retro MTB of the Year
  • Grand Master of Retro
  • Big Red Award
  • Retro Attire
  • Bridge Road Challenge

These categories celebrated the community’s engagement, from the most beloved bikes to the best retro outfits and the most arduous restorations.

As the event evolves from year to year, the categories are adapted based on feedback and the bikes brought along. Previously, to qualify, all bikes entered had to be pre-2000. For this year, however, the Downhill category’s manufacturing year was extended to pre-2010 to include some of the iconic DH bikes from the early 2000s but entered bikes still have to have 26″ wheels.

2002 Santacruz Super8 and 1998 GT LTS 2000
2000 Craftworx DHR and 1999 Santa Cruz Bullit
1998 Diamondback V10
2006 GT Dhi

Let’s take a closer look at the Downhill category. The crown was taken by the 2002 Santacruz Super 8. It’s just such a classic bike, and paired with the upsidedown Shivers, profile cranks and Nokian Gazzaloddi tyres (2.6″ x24″ Rear and 3.0″ x26″ front), and in that baby blue, it was just perfect. It is rumoured that it changed hands on the day, so another super stoked collector will own it now.

We look forward to seeing if it will reappear next year. The blue 1998 GT LTS 2000 was paired with White Brothers DC110 forks and, like the Super 8, also owned by Jason.

Rex Williamson beautifully restored the Craftworks DHR 208, which has fresh paint and an exceptionally tidy presentation and components overall.

The 1999 Santacruz Bullit with first-generation Marzocchi Monsters was a bike from interstate. It was its first appearance at the Show and Shine and got some good attention as it screams HUCK!

The Diamondback V10, which we have seen before, is always a favourite at the show. It features Manitou X-Vert Ti’s and IRC Kujo tyres and is presented just as it was raced in the 90s without any restoration performed.

The 2006 GT DHi used to be Garry Patterson from CTR and these days’s Trailscapes’ DH race bike, but it is now owned and still ridden regularly by Nigel Hill, who says it rides so incredibly well and smooth, even a modern-day bike is barely faster on the local DH tracks.

SE and Skyway BMX
Pole Taival and Marino
Pole Taival and Marino

Just for a bit of fun, a ‘non-retro-mtb’ category was added this year, just because we enjoy inclusiveness and if someone has a special bike they or a family member want to bring along and show but doesn’t fulfil the show’s cut-off year or fit into any other category, why not bring it along and show it in this category! And it did not disappoint with four stunning BMXs entered by Sam Styles. The SE and Skyway are shown in Image 8 above. The modern bikes in this category included Sam Davey’s custom-built Pole Taival and Marino. The Marino has a fully custom geo with custom paint and matching custom decals. Cam Munro brought along his Giant Team Trials Team, which has quite the following in the Retro Trials scene, but it was the only trial bike at the show this year.

1992 GT Tequesta
1998 Iron Horse MT400

The category “Retro-Mod” was also added this year, and some interesting bikes were included. The category’s only stipulation is a pre-2000 frame, but it can be built with as many or as few modern parts as desired. Above shown is Nigel’s 1992 Tequesta (Image 11.) with a stunning original Zebra crackle paint job and matching quill stem. We don’t see paint like that anymore, and we absolutely love that about the early 1990s bikes! Will Freeland entered his 1998 Iron Horse MT400  (Image 12) featuring a fascinating “Patina” paint job, a rare sight in the MTB world, a modern SLX drivetrain, Marzocchi Bomber Z2’s and cruiser-style braced high-rise bars. It’s a fantastic combination of retro style with some modern shifting functionality!

1990 GT Timberline
1990 GT Timberline

Jason Launer entered a 1990 GT Timberline in the Frankenbike category and nailed this category perfectly. The more you look at the bike, the more quirky features you find, such as the 5-spoke wheel, chopper-style sprung fork, lights and dynamo, and reverse mullet wheels with fenders! This bike really showed how creative you can be when building a bike from a frame. The bike was and possibly still is up for sale. Sadly, it did not find a new home on the day.

1981 Kuwahara
1985 Mountain Bike The event organiser Brad Harrison entered this 1981 Kuwahara and a 1985 “Mountain Bike” in the ATB category

For the scoring, a total of 100 points from 5 criteria of 20 points each are awarded as follows:

1) Condition

2) Overall Composition

3) Era score

4) Rare parts

5) Radness factor

Typically, the panel consists of three judges: Joe Mullan, myself representing the Australian Museum of Mountain Bike and a guest judge. This year, we welcomed Nathan Rennie, accompanied by Sarah McMillan, as our guest judge. Each judge evaluates every bike according to five criteria, assigning a score for each. These scores from all three judges are then averaged to arrive at a final score out of 100 points for each bike, ensuring a fair and balanced assessment of all entries.

The Hardtail category boasted the largest turnout this year, with 18 entries. Dual Suspension followed closely with 17, and Rigid wasn’t far behind at 16. The Downhill category had a respectable showing with 12 bikes. The ATB and Retro-Mod categories were smaller yet significant, with 7 and 6 bikes, respectively. The combined Frankenbike and Non-retro MTB categories also had a substantial showing, with 15 entries. With the recent expansion of the Downhill category to include bikes made before 2010, it’s anticipated that this category will experience significant growth, attracting a range of early 2000s models in future events.

Who, and why?

The motivations among collectors are as diverse as their collections. Some are recreating the bikes they rode or coveted in the ’90s, while others chase the dream of owning a model or brand that was once beyond their grasp. Some seek bikes ridden by their childhood heroes, finding joy and challenge in pursuing these specific models and their associated parts. The digital age, with its wealth of online retro cycling communities, has vastly simplified the search for rare components, moving us away from the days of scouring classifieds or niche forum posts for that elusive piece.

For some, the Show n Shine is a year-long focal point, with countless hours dedicated to refining and enhancing their bikes until the event’s eve. The quest for the ideal components to finalise their projects is relentless, driven by the hope that these parts will surface in just the proper condition, specifications, and colour for the showcase.

Jason Launer is a prime example, having clinched the “Grandmaster of Retro” title for two consecutive years. His commitment to excellence is evident in the meticulous planning and strategic foresight applied to his entries, ensuring they stand out and maintain his esteemed status within the community.

The Gand Master

For the prestigious “Grandmaster of Retro” accolade, an entrant’s top scores from three categories are cumulated. This necessitates participants to present three high-scoring bikes across varied categories to be in contention for the award. Jason Launer’s strategy exemplifies this approach, with his 1993 GT RTS in the “Full Suspension” category, 1996 GT Zaskar Le in “Hardtail,” and 1990 Repco Crackenback in “Rigid” achieving top positions. These bikes, particularly the Zaskar and RTS, which were also entered previously, have been further refined for enhanced presentation.

However, Jason’s dedication is mirrored by others like Nigel Hill, whose focus also leans towards GT models, showcasing meticulously restored bikes such as a rare blue 1995 Zaskar Le, a 1997 GT RTS, and a 1998 GT LTS. Rex, another notable collector, presented a variety of high-scoring bikes, including a pristine Craftworks 208 and a V10 with rare Triple Monster forks, emphasising that a bike’s ridden history and character can be as valued as its showroom condition. Will Freeland’s Spooky Bandwagon DJ bike is a testament to this ethos, with its distinct character making it a standout. This approach celebrates the history and journey of these bikes, not just their aesthetic perfection. We love to see it!

Judges Rennie and Krischan are working through the bikes.
The blue anodised Rock Ring on the Mantis Pro Floater.
Details matter! The correct bar ends, grips and bars on the GT RTS
The overall winning bike, the 1996 GT Zaskar LE, owned and restored by Jason Launer

The bikes Jason presented last year were at a high level, but he managed to step it up yet again this year. Last year’s overall winner was Jason’s RTS (Title pic), which took the best dual suspension this year. Jason had improved the bike’s overall presentation from last year, and it looked even cleaner and tidier, presented with a matching GT seatpost and bars and an immaculate Syncros Cattleprod stem, which was a better match than the Azonic stem fitted last year. The Zaskar Jason presented this year was near perfect. The majority of the components are either NOS or present as such. The entire bike was spotless, and the frame was polished to a very high level. Try finding a Judy SL and full XTR m950 groupset in near-new condition without any fading of the classic grey XTR colour! The matching Tioga bottle cage and bottle, GT grips and the CTR chainstay protector are the type of finishing touches that helped this bike get those last points required for the win. It ended up with the highest score of  97.5 and was well deserved.

1995 GT Zaskar LE

Nigel Hill’s 1995 GT Zaskar LE, meticulously restored for the show, emerged as a strong podium contender. Featuring a classic Shimano M739 groupset and pioneering V-brakes from 1996, along with indestructible GT-branded Hadley hubs, a Kore stem and seatpost, Answer Hyperlight handlebars, and the era’s iconic Panaracer Smoke and Dart tyres, it was a homage to mid-’90s mountain biking. The ensemble was completed with a blue Flite Ti saddle, matching it with the anodised frame, making the bike stand out for its authentic parts selection and overall aesthetic. Having acquired the bike only months prior, Nigel reconstructed it from the frame up, using components he had been collecting for such a project. A significant find was the Kore seatpost, sourced from the United States just in time to complete this remarkable build. While the glow-in-the-dark Oury grips may not be period-specific, they add a unique touch that perfectly fits the bike’s daytime aesthetic.

2002 Orange 222

Jack Wellington dedicated considerable effort to restoring an Orange 222, a revered early 2000s downhill bike, reputedly raced by Matti Lehikoinen for the Team Global World Cup factory team during the 2002/2003 season. Acquired from the United States in 2008 as a frame, fork, and shock package, the bike has been meticulously returned to its pristine condition. As a former team bike, it boasts unique characteristics such as a 150mm rear end—an optional feature on the subsequent 223 model—and a longer Blackbox shock that was never available to the public; it runs a lighter gauge tubing than the production bikes and a different geometry. While the bike sports the original Gen 1 graphics instead of the Gen 2 version used by Lehikoinen—due to sourcing challenges during restoration—the build’s authenticity and craftsmanship resonated with attendees, earning it the People’s Choice award at the show.

1998 BOY Bike Co Daredevil
2000 Spooky Bandwagon
1996 GT Avalanche and 1997 Rocky Mountain Vertex Team
1997 GT Backwoods

It was nice to see a Boy Bike Co Daredevil in the Hardtail category, owned by Brad Harrison. Boy Bike Co was a South Australian brand owned and operated by Garry Patterson, who was also the man behind the legendary CTR (Crash Test Research) protection gear, so it is appropriate to see the CTR stickers on the Daredevil, which is built as a strong do everything jump, dirt and slalom hardtail. The Spooky Darkside, as already mentioned, is owned by Will Freeland and stems from the Frank Wadelton akka “Frank the Welder” era of Spooky.

Frank is one of the all-time greatest in bicycle frame welding and fabrication. He moved to Spooky after he left Yeti Cycles in 1993 to weld their frames, and as such, any late 90s Spooky has some great history in its roots. Rex’s green 1996 Avalanche with fresh paint and matching forks has already been mentioned. Still, Rex also brought along the 1997 Rocky Mountain Vertex Team in this category, which features the classic Rocky Mountain Maple paint job and full M950 XTR paired with Marzocchi Bomber forks. The 1997 GT Backwoods that Jason showed were dripping in goodies like Magura HS33 brakes, red anodised Mavic rims and Bomber Z2s that match the original paint perfectly.  

1996 Giant ATX 990 Team
2000 Rocky Mountain Instinct and 1998 Trek Y22
1993 GT RTS 2
1997 GT RTS

The dual suspension category is highly contested, with 17 bikes being entered. The GT RTS is a true classic and a collector’s favourite; all four displayed were fine examples. The grey RTS-2 that Cam brought along is an early 1993 example with mag21’s. Control Tech kit and every collector’s favourite saddle, the Flite Ti. Nigel’s 1997 RTS contrasts nicely with Marzocchi Z2’s, a Syncros stem and a period correct Xt groupset complete with V-brakes. Then, Rex’s Team RTS and Jason’s award-winning polished 1993 RTS were shown further up.

Podium ATB, Bikeshed Blackwood with 1984 Europa, Jason Launer with Wooly’s Wheels and Shane Graham with an unnamed ATB
Overall winner bikes, 1st Jason Launer’s 1996 GT Zaskar Le, 2nd Cam Munro’s 1996 Giant 990 Team and 3rd again Jason with his 1993 GT RTS
Rigid category winners were Rex Williamson with the NOS 1991 Kirk Precision Revolution, 2nd was Jason’s 1993 GT Tequesta, and 3rd was Jason’s 1990 Repco Crackenback.
Grandmaster of Retro winner was Jason Launer, 2nd Rex Williamson, and 3rd was Nigel Hill
Evan Hawkes won the “Big Red” awarded by Brad Harrison for his enthusiasm in building retro MTBs with his father and showing up at all the events, as well as regularly competing with his retro bikes in cyclocross events
Nathan Rennie handing over to Shane Graham his award for 3rd place in ATB
Conner Fearon handing over the “Peoples Choice” award for the Orange 222
Nathan Rennie is sporting the fresh Retro MTB SA cap and tee merch and rounding off the day by telling us a little about what he is doing with his newest venture, Nathan Rennie’s Victory Lab sports management and coaching.
Brad Harrison, organiser and all-around retro guru, the man behind Retro MTB SA
Day schedule and sponsors
Sarah MacMillan in appropriate attire for the dress-up competition and representing Nathan
People choice voting box
The awards were lovingly handmade by Brad Harrison from Retro MTB SA
There is plenty of merch from Volatile Visions and Knarly MTB for purchase and prizes
Retro MTB SA has all the merch; contact Brad Harrison for yours’s all proceeds go to the Retro MTB SA events
The prestigious “Grand Master of Retro” award went to Jason Launer again this year.
A sausage sizzle is a part of any social event.
The Team from left to right: Krischan Spranz and Joe Mullan (missing in this photo) from AMOM, Sarah McMillan and Nathan Rennie  from The Victory Lab and Big Red akka Brad Harrison from Retro MTB SA
Cam Munro and a lineup of rad bikes

This wraps up the summary of the event. Heartfelt appreciation goes out to Nathan Rennie and Sarah McMillan for their journey from QLD to serve as judges, to Nigel Hill for his contributions to the video and interview segments, Cam Munro for providing the images, and Brad Harrison for his pivotal role in organising the day.

Those intrigued by the prospect of participating in next year’s Show’n Shine are warmly encouraged to mark it in your calendars. We’re keen to welcome more attendees from beyond South Australia. For further details on upcoming events, feel free to contact the Australian Museum of Mountainbike or engage with Retro MTB SA via their Facebook and Instagram platforms.


Website – https://www.australianmuseumofmtb.com.au/

Facebook – https://www.facebook.com/AustralianMTB/

Instagram – https://www.instagram.com/ausmusmtb/


Words – Krischan Spranz

Photos – Cam Munro

Videos – Nigel Hill & Cam Munro

The post FlowBack | Retro MTB SA, Show’n Shine 2024 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/flowback-retro-mtb-sa-shown-shine-2024/feed/ 0 197649
First Look | The 2025 Marzocchi Super Z is a big-hitting fork with up to 190mm of travel https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-marzocchi-super-z-fork/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-marzocchi-super-z-fork/#respond Thu, 11 Apr 2024 15:59:04 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=197398 Having been acquired by Fox Racing Shox back in 2015, Marzocchi made a successful relaunch into the suspension market with its popular and well-priced Z1 fork. That’s since been joined by the shorter travel Z2, a coil-sprung Z1 and the Bomber Air Shock, all of which have benefitted from Fox’s technologies and manufacturing expertise. The […]

The post First Look | The 2025 Marzocchi Super Z is a big-hitting fork with up to 190mm of travel appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Having been acquired by Fox Racing Shox back in 2015, Marzocchi made a successful relaunch into the suspension market with its popular and well-priced Z1 fork. That’s since been joined by the shorter travel Z2, a coil-sprung Z1 and the Bomber Air Shock, all of which have benefitted from Fox’s technologies and manufacturing expertise.

The latest product to come from Marzocchi is the Super Z; a brand new long-travel single crown fork that’s designed for the rowdiest riders out there.

2025 marzocchi super v fork
Presumably you can ride like this if you put a Marzocchi Super Z on your bike.

An overview of the 2025 Marzocchi Super Z fork

The new Marzocchi Super Z is largely based upon the latest Fox 38. As with its sibling, the Super Z features huge 38mm diameter stanchions to deliver sufficient steering precision in a single-crown package.

Unlike its sibling however, the Super Z goes longer with up to 190mm of travel. It’s available all the way down to 150mm of travel in 10mm increments that are achieved by changing out the air shaft.

While the chassis itself is unique to Marzocchi, you’ll spot plenty of Fox tech throughout including the lower leg oil bypass channels and pressure bleeders.

It also incorporates the GRIP X damper, which is brand new for 2025. This damper features a single rebound dial as well as independently adjustable high and low-speed compression damping. It also offers a firm climbing mode by cranking the high speed dial all the way to its stop. There’s a lot more going on inside the GRIP X damper, which features a coil-backed IFP and a clever self-healing design. Get the lowdown on the new tech in our 2025 Fox fork overview.

2025 marzocchi super v fork 2025 marzocchi super v fork 2025 marzocchi super v fork

2025 Marzocchi Super Z price & specs

  • Use | Enduro, Bikepark & Downhill
  • Travel | 150, 160, 170, 180 & 190mm
  • Stanchions | 38mm Anodised Alloy
  • Spring | Air
  • Damper | GRIP X
  • Adjustments | Air Pressure, Air Volume, Rebound, High & Low-Speed Compression
  • Lowers | Magnesium lowers w/Bypass Channels & Bleeder Valves
  • Axle | 110x15mm QR
  • Rotor size | 200-230mm
  • Max tyre clearance | 2.6in
  • Claimed Weight | 2,180g
  • Price | $1,849 AUD
2025 marzocchi super v fork
With up to 190mm of travel, the new Marzocchi Super Z clearly has the RockShox Zeb in its sights.

The post First Look | The 2025 Marzocchi Super Z is a big-hitting fork with up to 190mm of travel appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2025-marzocchi-super-z-fork/feed/ 0 197398
First Look | The all-new 2024 Giant Trance X gets adjustable headset & mullet compatibility https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-giant-trance-x/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-giant-trance-x/#respond Thu, 11 Apr 2024 15:58:31 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=196951 The last version of the Giant Trance X was rolled out in 2020 as a longer travel riff on the regular Trance. We tested both the alloy and carbon versions and came away impressed with the floaty suspension performance and well-balanced geometry, which made for a fantastically capable trail bike. Four years on and Giant […]

The post First Look | The all-new 2024 Giant Trance X gets adjustable headset & mullet compatibility appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The last version of the Giant Trance X was rolled out in 2020 as a longer travel riff on the regular Trance. We tested both the alloy and carbon versions and came away impressed with the floaty suspension performance and well-balanced geometry, which made for a fantastically capable trail bike.

Four years on and Giant is ready to launch the next generation Trance X. With a whole raft of updates including in-frame storage and dual wheelsize compatibility, we expect this is going to be a very popular option for 2024 and beyond.

2025 giant trance x advanced
The Giant Trance X gets a big overhaul for 2024.
2025 giant trance x advanced 2025 giant trance x advanced 2025 giant trance x advanced
2025 giant trance x advanced
Built around an entirely new frame, the Giant Trance X features 150/140mm of travel.

An overview of the 2024 Giant Trance X

The Giant Trance X is a full suspension trail bike that straddles the gap between the regular Trance and the Reign. It’s neither an XC bike or an enduro racer, but instead is designed to be a versatile all-round trail ripper that competes with the likes of the Trek Fuel EX, Canyon Spectral and Merida One-Forty.

For 2024 the Trance X has been completely redesigned with an all-new frame that’s built around the iconic Maestro suspension platform. The kinematics have been updated and rear travel has increased slightly to 140mm. Up front remains a 150mm travel fork.

Complete bikes are equipped with 29in wheels front and rear, though you can set up the Trance X as a mullet with a 27.5in rear wheel thanks to the 3-position flip chip built into the rocker link.

2025 giant trance x advanced
The latest 3-position flip chip provides you with Low, Mid & High geometry settings.

Adjustable headset & in-frame storage

In addition to the rocker link flip chip, the Giant Trance X incorporates a new headset flip chip for adjusting the reach. First seen on the Glory downhill bike, the modular headset cups can be swapped around to provide three different options; Short (-5mm), Mid (0mm) and Long (+5mm).

Complete bikes will come from the factory set up in the Mid position with neutral top and bottom headset cups. A secondary set of offset headset cups will be included with the bike, which when fitted can be oriented into the Short or Long positions.

Also new for the Trance X is the arrival of in-frame storage. This is the same system that you’ll find on the current Trance and Reign, with a tool-free removable hatch that sits underneath the bottle cage on the downtube. Inside is a soft neoprene pouch for carrying a spare tube and spares. Further capacity is provided by an external accessory mount underneath the top tube.

2025 giant trance x advanced
The Giant Trance X also adopts the modular reach-adjusting headset cups first seen on the Glory downhill bike.
2025 giant trance x advanced
Both the carbon and alloy frames feature internal storage using a tool-free removable hatch on the downtube.

New Giant wheels & dropper post

Along with the updated frame, the 2024 Giant Trance X will come fitted with a variety of new components that are also worthy of mention.

This includes the latest TRX carbon wheels that will come standard on all of the Trance X Advanced models. These have been completely redesigned for this year, featuring a much lower profile carbon rim that incorporates enormously thick 5mm wide sidewalls. Referred to as ‘Wide Guard Technology’, this design is claimed to drastically improve impact strength and resistance to pinch-flats.

2025 giant trance x advanced
Complete bikes come fitted with Giant’s recently updated TRX and TRA wheelsets.

Giant has also taken this new design to the alloy TRA wheels that will come on the cheaper Trance X models. The alloy rims get the same 5mm wide sidewalls, which form a unique hollow box-section structure that helps to keep the weight in check despite the enlarged proportions. Both the carbon TRX and alloy TRA wheelsets feature new hubs with a 72pt freehub system.

Lastly, all of the new Trance X models will be fitted with a brand new Contact AT dropper post. This features adjustable travel by way of plastic clip-in spacers that allow you to change the dropper post travel by up to 30mm. There’s also a new handlebar remote that can be mounted directly to the latest SRAM and Shimano brake levers.

2025 giant trance x advanced
There’s also a new Giant Contact AT dropper post that features adjustable travel.

2024 Giant Trance X geometry & size chart

Given the previous Giant Trance X was already quite progressive in terms of its geometry, thankfully there aren’t a whole lot of updates for this new version. Indeed reach measurements are much the same, the chainstay length is very similar and so too is the bottom bracket drop.

Of course the new frame is far more adjustable thanks to its modular headset cups and the 3-position flip chip. And compared to the previous version the head angle has been slackened out close to a full degree. It now sits at 64.8º in the Mid geometry setting, while the seat angle clocks in at 77.2º. You can then tweak both of those angles and the BB height by changing the flip chip into the Low or High settings.

2024 giant trance x geometry size chart
2024 Giant Trance X Geometry & Size Chart
2025 giant trance x advanced
There’ll be a variety of Giant Trance X models available for 2024, including cheaper models built around an alloy frame.

2024 Giant Trance X price & specs

There will be five Giant Trance X models coming into Australia for 2024. The top three feature a full carbon Advanced frame, while the two cheapest bikes utilise an all-alloy ALLUX-SL frame.

Prices will kick off at $4,699 AUD for the Trance X 2, and will top out at $10,999 AUD for the Trance X Advanced 0.

Regardless of price all Trance X models incorporate in-frame storage, the 3-position geometry flip chip and reach-adjustable headset. They all come standard with Fox suspension, Shimano 4-piston brakes, Giant TRX or TRA wheels, and the same Contact AT dropper post.

2025 giant trance x advanced
It’s possible to increase rear travel to 145mm by changing the shock stroke from 52.5mm to 55mm. The frame will also handle a 160mm travel fork.

What about the 2024 Giant Trance SX?

In some parts of the world Giant will be also be offering a new Trance SX for 2024.

This bike features exactly the same frame and suspension design as the regular Trance X, but it comes with a 160mm travel fork and 145mm of rear travel. The change in rear travel is achieved by increasing the shock stroke from 52.5mm to 55mm. However, the additional travel can lead to potential clearance issues with the saddle at full bottom-out, which means Giant only recommends this configuration with a 27.5in rear wheel. As such, the Trance SX models come standard from the factory with a mullet wheel setup.

It’s a moot point for us Aussies, because the Trance SX unfortunately won’t be coming to our shores. Still, it’s worth highlighting since those modifications could be made to the regular Trance X if you wanted. Owners could fit a 160mm air shaft into the Fox 36, and you could easily up-stroke the shock to increase travel to 145mm, as long as you also fitted a 27.5in rear wheel.

That’s something we’re eager to explore ourselves, and luckily for us we’ll have a 2024 Giant Trance X Advanced 1 arriving very soon for testing. Stay tuned for our in-depth review, and in the meantime read on for the specs and prices of the new lineup.

2025 giant trance x advanced 0
The top-end Giant Trance X Advanced 0 features a SRAM X0 Transmission and a one-piece carbon cockpit.

2024 Giant Trance X Advanced 0

  • Frame | Advanced Grade Composite, Maestro Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | Fox 36 Factory Series, GRIP2 Damper, 44mm Offset, 150mm Travel
  • Shock | Fox Float X, Factory Series, 185×52.5mm
  • Wheels | Giant TRX Carbon, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF EXO 3C MaxxTerra 2.5in Front & Dissector EXO 3C MaxxTerra 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM X0 Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/30T Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano XT 4-Piston w/203mm Front & 180mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Giant Contact SLR Trail Integrated, Carbon, 20mm Rise, 800mm Width
  • Stem | Giant Contact SLR Trail Integrated, Carbon, Length: 40mm (S-M), 50mm (L-XL)
  • Seatpost | Giant Contact Switch AT, 30.9mm Diameter, Travel: 110-140mm (S), 140-170mm (M), 1700-200mm (L-XL)
  • Saddle | Giant Romero SL
  • RRP | $10,999 AUD
2025 giant trance x advanced 1
You’ll find high-end Fox Performance Elite suspension and a SRAM GX Transmission on the Trance X Advanced 1.

2024 Giant Trance X Advanced 1

  • Frame | Advanced Grade Composite, Maestro Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | Fox 36 Performance Elite, GRIP2 Damper, 44mm Offset, 150mm Travel
  • Shock | Fox Float X, Performance Elite, 185×52.5mm
  • Wheels | Giant TRX Carbon, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF EXO 3C MaxxTerra 2.5in Front & Dissector EXO 3C MaxxTerra 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/30T Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano XT 4-Piston w/203mm Front & 180mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Giant Contact SL TR35, Alloy, 20mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | Giant Contact SL, Length: 40mm (S-M), 50mm (L-XL)
  • Seatpost | Giant Contact Switch AT, 30.9mm Diameter, Travel: 110-140mm (S), 140-170mm (M), 1700-200mm (L-XL)
  • Saddle | Giant Romero SL
  • Price | $9,499 AUD
2025 giant trance x advanced 2
The Trance X Advanced 2 is the cheapest carbon model in the range.

2024 Giant Trance X Advanced 2

  • Frame | Advanced Grade Composite, Maestro Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | Fox 36 Rhythm, GRIP Damper, 44mm Offset, 150mm Travel
  • Shock | Fox Float, Performance Series, 185×52.5mm
  • Wheels | Giant TRX Carbon, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF EXO 3C MaxxTerra 2.5in Front & Dissector EXO 3C MaxxTerra 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano SLX 1×12 w/30T Alloy Crankset & 10-51T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano Deore 4-Piston w/203mm Front & 180mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Giant Contact TR35, Alloy, 20mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | Giant Contact SL, Length: 40mm (S-M), 50mm (L-XL)
  • Seatpost | Giant Contact Switch AT, 30.9mm Diameter, Travel: 110-140mm (S), 140-170mm (M), 1700-200mm (L-XL)
  • Saddle | Giant Romero SL
  • Price | $7,499 AUD
2025 giant trance x 1
Built around an alloy frame, the Trance X 1 is equipped with Shimano SLX running gear and the new Giant TRA wheelset.

2024 Giant Trance X 1

  • Frame | ALUXX SL-Grade Alloy, Maestro Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | Fox 36 Rhythm, GRIP Damper, 44mm Offset, 150mm Travel
  • Shock | Fox Float, Performance Series, 185×52.5mm
  • Wheels | Giant TRA Alloy, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF EXO 2.5in Front & Dissector EXO 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano SLX 1×12 w/30T Alloy Crankset & 10-51T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano MT520 4-Piston w/203mm Front & 180mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Giant Contact TR35, Alloy, 20mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | Giant Contact SL, Length: 40mm (S-M), 50mm (L-XL)
  • Seatpost | Giant Contact Switch AT, 30.9mm Diameter, Travel: 110-140mm (S), 140-170mm (M), 1700-200mm (L-XL)
  • Saddle | Giant Romero SL
  • Price | $5,499 AUD
2025 giant trance x 2
Despite being the cheapest model, the Trance X 2 still gets Fox suspension and 1×12 Shimano Deore shifting.

2024 Giant Trance X 2

  • Frame | ALUXX SL-Grade Alloy, Maestro Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | Fox 36 Rhythm, GRIP Damper, 44mm Offset, 150mm Travel
  • Shock | Fox Float, Performance Series, 185×52.5mm
  • Wheels | Giant TRA 2 Alloy, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF EXO 2.5in Front & Dissector EXO 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore 1×12 w/30T Praxis Cadet HD Alloy Crankset & 10-51T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano MT420 4-Piston w/203mm Front & 180mm Rear Rotors
  • Bar | Giant Contact TR35, Alloy, 20mm Rise, 780mm Width
  • Stem | Giant Contact SL, Length: 40mm (S-M), 50mm (L-XL)
  • Seatpost | Giant Contact Switch AT, 30.9mm Diameter, Travel: 110-140mm (S), 140-170mm (M), 1700-200mm (L-XL)
  • Saddle | Giant Romero SL
  • Price | $4,699 AUD
2025 giant trance x advanced
Giant has implemented some nice updates on the Trance X that are likely to make it a very popular trail bike for 2024.
2025 giant trance x advanced 2025 giant trance x advanced
2025 giant trance x advanced
We’ll have a test bike arriving shortly – stay tuned for our Giant Trance X review coming soon!

The post First Look | The all-new 2024 Giant Trance X gets adjustable headset & mullet compatibility appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-giant-trance-x/feed/ 0 196951
Stan Sport to carry the MTB World Cup | How to watch the UCI Mountain Bike World Series in 2024 https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/how-to-watch-the-uci-mountain-bike-world-series-in-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/how-to-watch-the-uci-mountain-bike-world-series-in-2024/#respond Wed, 10 Apr 2024 23:45:19 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=195987 **This story has been updated on April 11 with a new option for Aussies to watch the racing.  With the first UCI Mountain Bike World Series event kicking off with the XC in Mairipora, Brazil, on April 12, there were plenty of questions about where to watch the World Cup in 2024 following the closure […]

The post Stan Sport to carry the MTB World Cup | How to watch the UCI Mountain Bike World Series in 2024 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
**This story has been updated on April 11 with a new option for Aussies to watch the racing. 

With the first UCI Mountain Bike World Series event kicking off with the XC in Mairipora, Brazil, on April 12, there were plenty of questions about where to watch the World Cup in 2024 following the closure of GCN+ by parent company WB Discovery last year.

While the good ol’ days of the Red Bull TV broadcasts are well and truly behind us, GCN+ proved to be the ultimate subscription for cycling fans with basically all of the racing, from road to CX, MTB and even disciplines you’d never hear of. As someone who happily paid for GCN+ it was a great app.

Flow is happy to report that streaming service Stan has announced it will be carrying the UCI Mountain Bike World Series — seemingly by accident.

Related:

Warner Bros Discovery killed GCN+ under the guise of simplifying access to content. But with the racing now spread across multiple apps requiring different tiered subscriptions it has become vastly more complex to watch mountain bike racing.

Wait what happened to GCN+

In a video released back in December 2023, GCN presenters Simon Richardson and Daniel Lloyd announced the sudden closure of the app.

“This decision comes from our parent company Warner Bros Discovery and is driven by its global strategy to consolidate its streaming services, and to offer content in fewer places, making it easier for customers to access and discover more content,” said Lloyd.

“The reason for its closure is not because it didn’t work or it was underperforming, it’s that the media landscape has changed,” continued Richardson.

Putting our business hat on consolidating everything into one place does make sense provided that service is available across the markets that consume it. There are still different apps and subscriptions you’ll need depending on where you live, and unfortunately, those Warner Brothers Discovery platforms that the World Cup has been siphoned into are not available in Australia.

How to watch the UCI MTB World Series How to watch the UCI MTB World Series How to watch the UCI MTB World Series

How to watch the UCI MTB World Series in Australia?

Australian mountain bike fans have been on an emotional rollercoaster trying to figure out how they can watch the racing in 2024 — as is evidenced by the comments on every single post the UCI Mountain Bike World Series has published in the leadup to the race in Brazil.

However, in an email newsletter from Stan Sport sent out on Thursday, April 11, sandwiched between the Super Rugby Aupiki and Women’s Six Nations was the info we have been waiting for — the UCI Mountain Bike World Series will be available live on Stan Sport from 1:15am AEST on Monday, April 14.

The rumours we had been hearing for months were true, but hooly dooly they left it to the last minute.

When this newsletter when out ther had been no official announcement from the UCI, Warner Brothers or Stan sharing this information — Flow reached out to all three the day prior to this email newsletter. This news comes after Stan had previously poured cold water on a rumour that had been circulating that it had the broadcast rights to the events. The Stan PR and the UCI have since officially confirmed the streaming service will have the World Cup mentioning both XC and DH — no word on Enduro.

At the time of writing, Stan has not been added to the Where to Watch section of the UCI website.

Stan has confirmed you will need the base subscription, which starts at $12 AUD per month AND the Stan Sport add-on, which is $15 AUD per month. This will give you access to the racing live and on-demand without ads and in HD and 4K. That’s a total cost of $27 AUD to watch the racing this year.

Unfortunately for our friends across the Tasman, Stan is not available in New Zealand and there is still no word on how our friends in South Africa and many other places can watch. We’re working on more details about how you can watch the racing. Stay tuned folks.

Warner Bros has yet to offer any information about how Aussie’s can watch the World Cup this year and we only discovered where it would be by chance.
How to watch the UCI MTB World Series How to watch the UCI MTB World Series How to watch the UCI MTB World Series

How to watch the UCI MTB World Series in the US and Canada?

Since we live in a global digital environment and the UCI has been almost as opaque for our overseas friends about how to watch the racing — or you’re looking for another way to watch the racing from Australia — it’s worth laying out what options are available for the folks who know their way around VPNs or Smart DNS.

In the US, all of the racing will be on MAX which starts at $9.99 USD per month. Initially, it was announced that you’d need the Bleacher Report sports add-on, but according to MAX delays with “tech-integration” mean they’re just including it for the time being.

For folks in Canada — or looking to make it seem as though they’re located in Canada — WBD just announced that FloBikes will be carrying the entire World Cup Season. Unfortunately, FloBikes don’t have the best reputation in North America, a “this content is not available in your region” error message is a regular occurrence with content listed in its catalogue. Given the announcement came straight from the UCI MTB World Series press team, it’s probably a safe bet. For folks based in the Great White North a FloBikes subscription is $29.99 USD a month, or $150 USD if you buy an annual subscription.

For our Canadian friends, please note that for whatever reason, FloBikes only lists its pricing in USD, so keep an eye on the conversion rate when you drop your credit card details in.

While the US options are pretty well geo-blocked for Aussie fans, there are workarounds — which of course we do not encourage you to pursue.

We should note that if you are using a VPN or smart DNS to circumvent geo-blocking restrictions  — which, of course, we do not officially condone or advise — often these services will require a local bank card or credit card to sign up. There are of course ways around this and services that offer virtual cards which can be linked to a PayPal account.

We won’t detail those here, but they are easily found with a bit of time spent on Google.

To reiterate, we do not recommend going this route, but for those cavalier enough, it is possible.

How to watch the UCI MTB World Series How to watch the UCI MTB World Series How to watch the UCI MTB World Series

How to watch the UCI MTB World Series in UK and Europe?

In Europe and the UK the races will be streamed via the Discovery+ app and Eurosport. It appears you’ll need the standard tier subscription to access the World Cup racing which costs £6.88 GBP per month.

While you can have a look around the Discovery+ app with a VPN set to the UK or much of Europe, you’ll need a UK or Euro bank card AND a UK or Euro phone number.

For folks aiming to spoof their location and make the robots think they live in the UK or Europe, it’s a bit trickier, but there are workarounds. Again, we won’t detail them here, nor will we encourage folks to go this route, but we also won’t pretend that the solution isn’t easily found on Google.

The UK and Euro options are a bit more locked down than some on the other side of the pond.
How to watch the UCI MTB World Series How to watch the UCI MTB World Series How to watch the UCI MTB World Series

Photos: Bartek Wolinski / Red Bull Content Pool

The post Stan Sport to carry the MTB World Cup | How to watch the UCI Mountain Bike World Series in 2024 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/how-to-watch-the-uci-mountain-bike-world-series-in-2024/feed/ 0 195987
First Look | The 2024 Superior eXF offers Bosch power in a sleek & well-priced package https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-superior-exf-9039-bosch-emtb/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-superior-exf-9039-bosch-emtb/#respond Wed, 10 Apr 2024 21:13:25 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=197144 Hailing from the Czech Republic, Superior Bikes isn’t exactly a well-known name in Australia. Or at least, not yet. Bikes Online has just announced it’s the new local distributor for Superior, and as with Marin and Polygon, these bikes will be sold online direct-to-consumer. Of course that means the pricing is comparatively sharp compared to […]

The post First Look | The 2024 Superior eXF offers Bosch power in a sleek & well-priced package appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Hailing from the Czech Republic, Superior Bikes isn’t exactly a well-known name in Australia. Or at least, not yet.

Bikes Online has just announced it’s the new local distributor for Superior, and as with Marin and Polygon, these bikes will be sold online direct-to-consumer. Of course that means the pricing is comparatively sharp compared to some of the brands that you’ll find in your local bike shop, and it also makes the new Superior range quite accessible to a broad range of riders around the country.

As our first introduction, we’ve just gotten our hands on the Superior eXF 9039 to put to the test in preparation for an upcoming review. So, what’s this long travel e-MTB all about then?

Related:

XC Racing Heritage and Well Priced e-MTBs | Bikes Online welcomes Superior Bikes to Australia

2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750 2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750 2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750
2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750
The newest test bike here at Flow is the intriguing Superior eXF 9039. Catchy name eh?

An overview of the Superior eXF

The Superior eXF is the Czech brand’s big-hitting, full suspension e-MTB. It rolls on 29in wheels and features 160mm of travel front and rear, putting it into similar territory as the Trek Rail, Cube Stereo Hybrid 160 and Merida eOne-Sixty.

The eXF is built around a hydroformed frame with a four-bar suspension platform. It’s powered by the latest Bosch Performance Line CX motor that produces up to 85Nm of torque and 600W peak power. Inside the downtube is a 750Wh PowerTube battery that’s designed to be easily removable with the help of a key.

Superior has integrated the Bosch System Controller into the frame’s top tube, while the Wireless Mini Remote next to the left-hand grip allows you to switch assist modes on-the-fly. It results in quite a tidy setup that eschews any big screens or unsightly electric wires.

2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750
With the Bosch System Controller and Wireless Mini Remote, the cockpit is pleasingly clean on this bike.

Superior eXF geometry & size chart

Our Superior eXF 9039 test bike is only available in three sizes; Medium, Large and X-Large.

Most of the geometry looks to be appropriate for the application, including the 64° head angle and 77° seat angle. The 446mm rear centre is also noteworthy, being impressively short for a long travel e-MTB that features dual 29in wheels and a Bosch motor.

While most of the dimensions are on the money, the use of the same 625mm stack height for all three sizes is unusual. We’d expect to see that kind of stack on a Medium size frame, which would suggest that taller riders on the X-Large may find the front end to be too low. Our Large-sized test bike does come with quite a few spacers underneath the stem however, so we’ll come back to you with some feedback on fit after we’ve gotten a few rides in.

2024 superior exf geometry size chart
Superior eXF 9039 Size Chart
2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750
The four-bar suspension platform incorporates a compact linkage that drives the shock to deliver 160mm of travel.

Superior eXF price & specs

The Superior eXF is offered in a huge array of spec options over in Europe, but for the meantime there’s just a single model coming into Australia; the eXF 9039. If it proves popular, we’d expect Bikes Online would be looking at expanding on the lineup in the future.

To be honest though, our test bike is the one we’d pick out of the range anyway. It comes with a RockShox Lyrik fork and Super Deluxe shock, robust DT Swiss wheels, Shimano 4-piston brakes and a 1×12 drivetrain.

The Superior eXF 9039 will retail for $9,399 AUD, which is impressive value given the spec and full-powered Bosch setup. How does it compare to the likes of the Trek Rail 7 ($9,499 AUD), the Cube Stereo Hybrid 160 HPC SL ($9,499 AUD) and the Focus JAM² 6.9 ($9,999 AUD)? Stay tuned for our in-depth review and video coming soon!

2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750
The Superior eXF 9039 is the only model coming into Australia. With a retail price of $9,399 AUD, it’s certainly a good-looking package.

2024 Superior eXF 9039

  • Frame | Alloy, Four-Bar Suspension Design, 160mm Travel
  • Fork | RockShox Lyrik Select, Charger RC Damper, 44mm Offset, 160mm Travel
  • Shock | RockShox Super Deluxe Select R, 230×65mm
  • Motor | Bosch Performance Line CX, 85Nm
  • Battery | Bosch Powertube 750Wh
  • Wheels | DT Swiss H 1900, 30mm Inner Rim Width
  • Tyres | Schwalbe Nobby Nic, SuperTrail, Addix SpeedGrip, 29×2.6in Front & Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore 1×12 w/ONE Race 34T Crankset & 10-51T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano M6120 4-Piston w/180mm Rotors
  • Handlebar | ONE Alloy, 12mm Rise, 760mm Width
  • Stem | ONE ICR, 50mm Length
  • Seatpost | ONE Sport Dropper, 150mm Travel
  • Saddle | Fizik Aidon X5
  • Confirmed Weight | 25.52kg
  • RRP | $9,399 AUD
2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750 bikes online box
The Superior eXF 9039 will be sold in Australia via Bikes Online, which means it’s delivered straight to your door with some basic assembly required to get it ready to roll.
2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750 2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750 2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750
2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750
RockShox Select suspension comes as standard, with a 160mm travel Lyrik up front.
2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750 2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750 2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750
2024 superior exf 9039 e-mtb bosch 750
European brands like Superior have been doing e-MTBs for a long time, and that experience shows with a bike like the eXF 9039. We’re looking forward to seeing what this bike can do – stay tuned for our review coming soon!

The post First Look | The 2024 Superior eXF offers Bosch power in a sleek & well-priced package appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-superior-exf-9039-bosch-emtb/feed/ 0 197144
The Shimano Gravel Muster | Gravel stage racing in the Red Centre https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-gravel-muster-central-australias-gravel-stage-race/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-gravel-muster-central-australias-gravel-stage-race/#respond Wed, 10 Apr 2024 02:11:00 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=196979 Feast your eyes on new racing territory for 2024. Australia’s first-ever gravel stage race, The Shimano Gravel Muster, with the red dirt from August 22-25.  Taking the place of The Redback mountain bike stage race, Rapid Ascent’s Shimano Gravel Muster is keeping all of the best features of its predecessor. Competitive spirit, camaraderie between racers, […]

The post The Shimano Gravel Muster | Gravel stage racing in the Red Centre appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Feast your eyes on new racing territory for 2024. Australia’s first-ever gravel stage race, The Shimano Gravel Muster, with the red dirt from August 22-25. 

Taking the place of The Redback mountain bike stage race, Rapid Ascent’s Shimano Gravel Muster is keeping all of the best features of its predecessor. Competitive spirit, camaraderie between racers, and incredible scenery (and probable leg cramps) will see riders through four-days of pure outback riding.  

With stops at secluded cattle stations along the way, the course will make use of 380km of gravel roads around Alice Springs, covering the more isolated areas of the Northern Territory and East MacDonnell Ranges.  

With the new event in sight, Flow got in touch with Event Manager, Sam Maffet, to find out exactly how bikes will meet Central Australian gravel in August.

Related:

Just look at that scenery! Gravel Muster will be quite an adventure, hitting areas around Alice Springs, we’d bet you haven’t been to before.

Mapping out the new course

The Shimano Gravel Muster came to replace the historic mountain bike stage race, The Redback, after Sam Maffet and his colleagues realised the network of gravel roads around Central Australia. Spreading from Alice Springs to the East MacDonnell Ranges, this complex presented quite the canvas to host a brand-new event.

The decision to make the switch from mountain to gravel was a no-brainer. In the face of such an extensive spread of unpaved roads just waiting to be explored, the team behind the Gravel Muster were excited to merge into something new. 

“More and more bike parks are turning to more flow-style bike trails (and the style of The Redback) is a bit old-school these days,” Maffet says, “… this is an opportunity to roll all of that together, do something different and expand into another gravel event (to) showcase this amazing landscape out East.”

Shimano Gravel Muster Shimano Gravel Muster

It is no understatement to say this area of Australia is very secluded. Lacking signposts and reception to direct a lost traveler, it is an impressive feat to have mapped such a vast course in the area. 

But Maffet brushed it off as a slight obstacle to contend with in the making of the race. He says they were familiar with the landscape around Central Australia, but had just never explored all the gravel roads it had to offer. 

“We spoke to some locals…who said that they’d be smooth enough to ride on,” Maffet says. “We explored it ourselves and plotted the route.”

And just like that, the course was set for a brand new event.

Gravel Muster is an evolution of The Redback, and the same team that ran that event for many years is driving this new gravel exploration around Alice Springs.

What sets the Shimano Gravel Muster apart?

The Gravel Muster wears the title of the first gravel stage race in Australia, but its list of wild and wonderful qualities doesn’t stop there. 

Maffet says one of the best things about the race is the strong relationships people will make with others along the way.

“Being in a unique landscape that brings people together, it just becomes a massive shared experience,” Maffet says. “People make a whole bunch of new friends, they compare notes from one day to the next and it just builds a whole other level of camaraderie between competitors.”

While the roads are well graded, you can still expect a bit of chunkiness along the course.

The Muster is not just a race, but also a reflection of the amazing environment which thrives in this part of the world. Staying at cattle stations along the way, riders will get an all round idea of both the riding and lifestyle of the outback.

On top of this, The Gravel Muster is an all-inclusive event, where a combination of meals, food, race support and accommodation throughout the week are included in the entry fee (see full accommodation and inclusion plan here). Camping equipment and all other baggage will be transported to the final destination of each day, saving riders from lugging both bags and bikes across the desert. 

All in all, the Gravel Muster is an event for adventurers, by adventurers, and the most you will need to remember to bring is yourself, your bike, and a sturdy pair of legs.

One of the best things about The Redback was that you didn’t need to worry about race logistics. While Gravel Muster is a entirely different animal, that aspect has continued.

Format of each day

So, how will each day pan out in Aussie Central? Pardon the pun, but racers will be in for a ride.

Each stage will be a progression on the last, incorporating racing and non-racing segments with up to two timed sections included in each day

Maffet says the riding is very flat. There are some long, straight sections, riding into a shimmering horizon, and other stages winding around the base of some of the ridgelines, gorges and peaks of the MacDonnell Ranges.”

Rest assured that the ride will not be affected by weather at all. It’s blue-bell skies all week long in the Northern Territory! In August, when the event is held, temperatures will maintain a steady 23º Celsius with the promise of little to no rain.

After each stage of immaculate weather and views, riders will have the chance to set up camp for the night. Presentations will be held, and dinner next to a bonfire will mark the end of a good day in the saddle.

Day 1 | 45km, Simpsons Gap Loop

Day one will include the shortest riding stage, easing competitors into the flow of the race.  

Gravel Muster will be a bit like an enduro in that each day, only certain sections of the course will be timed.

Riders will tackle a loop of 45 km in total, including a racing segment of 17 km, before returning to Alice Springs for the night.

A treat of free beer and snacks will be provided at a pop-up bar to celebrate completing the first hurdle of the event.

Day 2 | 150km, The Gardens Road

Leaving Alice Springs for good this time, The Hale River Cattle Station at Old Ambalindum will be the final destination of day two. The station is by no means a small one and, located at the the centre of the East MacDonnell Ranges, the scenery throughout the ride will be a stunning show of Red Centre’s landscape. 

The second day will be a big one, but the scenery will be nothing short of EPIC! Plus you get to camp at a remote homestead, how cool!

The course to the station covers a total of 150 km. To break up the stage, there will be two race segments, making up 94 km. 

After dinner at the homestead, it will be time to rest up the legs for the next morning.

Day 3 | 90km, Artlunga Stage

Saying goodbye to the Hale River Homestead, riders will set their sights 90 km away to the Ross River Cattle Station. The station grew out of the original 1890s Loves Creek Homestead and is located at the base of the Ross River Gorge. 

Day three will include another two racing segments, making up 47 km of the 90 km stage.

The final two stages are thankfully quite a bit shorter than the day two mega, but we expect the racing will still be fierce.

Day 4 | 95km, The Ringwood Stage

Day 4 is the last hurrah of the 380km-long course. With 285km already completed, only 95km remain. The day will include one racing segment of a whopping 55 km before riders arrive back at Alice Springs. 

After completing a spectacular course, presentations will be held, followed by some much-needed R&R and bed.

What type of rider is The Shimano Gravel Muster for?

The Shimano Gravel Muster is an event for any rider who sets their mind to it. Presenting terrain, which is mostly fast and flat, with some hills around the base of the MacDonnell Ranges, the riding of each stage is achievable for all. 

While the stages are long, they haven’t built a climbing fest, and with a bit of prep, it should be very achievable. Plus e-Bikes are welcome, but you’ll most definitely need to practice your battery management.

“It certainly should be approachable for recreational riders who just want a really amazing experience riding and spending time out in Central Australia”, Maffet says. 

E-Bikes are also very welcome and will have their own category in the event. So, if you are nervous about the distance, but still want the experience, there will definitely be room for you.

If fitness is the only thing holding you back, the Rapid Ascent team has even provided training plans to help you prepare for such long days on the bike. Find the training plan here to be ready come August!

Big names at the Shimano Gravel Muster! 

If you have ever wanted to test yourself against the best of the best, this is your chance. Former World Tour pro roadie and all-around legend Richie Porte will be continuing his exploration off-road and is a confirmed rider for the Gravel Muster in August. From racing the World Tour to getting a podium at the Tour de France, Porte will be a great person to ride and chat with over the four-day course.

How to enter the Shimano Gravel Muster

Entries are now open! Head over to the Shimano Gravel Muster website for more info and to put your name down for a gravel race like no other.

The post The Shimano Gravel Muster | Gravel stage racing in the Red Centre appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/shimano-gravel-muster-central-australias-gravel-stage-race/feed/ 0 196979
XC Racing Heritage and Well Priced e-MTBs | BikesOnline welcomes Superior Bikes to Australia https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/superior-bikes-australia-bikes-online/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/superior-bikes-australia-bikes-online/#respond Wed, 10 Apr 2024 00:01:18 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=197362 Born in the foothills of the Beskydy mountains in the Czech Republic, Superior have been building bicycles since 1993. With options ranging from high-performance roadies and XC bikes to e-MTBs and commuters, the brand hasn’t been seen much outside Europe until now, with BikesOnline bringing them into Australia for the first time.  The brand’s heritage […]

The post XC Racing Heritage and Well Priced e-MTBs | BikesOnline welcomes Superior Bikes to Australia appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Born in the foothills of the Beskydy mountains in the Czech Republic, Superior have been building bicycles since 1993. With options ranging from high-performance roadies and XC bikes to e-MTBs and commuters, the brand hasn’t been seen much outside Europe until now, with BikesOnline bringing them into Australia for the first time. 

The brand’s heritage is in XC racing, making its first appearance at the Olympics in 2004. Bart Bretjens — the very same who won the first Olympic XC MTB race and has commentated the World Cup since the Red Bull TV days — and his Milka-Superior team started racing the Superior XFs in 2013. More recently, the brand has sponsored the Swiss JB Brunex Superior Factory Racing team, which has three-time world champ Ramona Forchini on the roster.

A Superior Team XF on its way through the gruelling 2024 Cape Epic in front of some absolutely epic scenery!

With that, XC heritage bleeds through in the analogue mountain bikes it sells; the brand also makes long travel e-MTBs powered by Bosch’s Smart Systems units. Superior also makes gravel bikes too and is a major sponsor of the UCI Gravel World Championships in Belgium this year.

Welcome to the BFI Factory in the Czech Republic, where Superior bicycles are born. It’s always epic to see the scale of these factories and the people behind them.

Sitting alongside Polygon and Marin in BikesOnline’s range, Devan van Vliet from BikesOnline explains they were attracted to the brand for its XC heritage.

“When it comes to the brand itself, it’s quite well received within the EU market — from a brand credibility standpoint, product quality, R&D, and racing heritage,” he says.

BikesOnline had been looking to expand its offering of mid-level and higher-end XC offerings, and bolstering its range of affordable e-MTBs, and van Vliet tells Flow this is precisely what Superior brings to the table.

Packaged up safely and ready for its new home, BikesOnline offer bikes under a direct-to-consumer model which means some minor assembly is required with the help of tailored tutorials for each style of bike.

Superior frames are backed by a 5-year warranty program valid from the date of purchase to the original owner, and will be managed by BikesOnline in Australia. 

Below we take a quick look at some of the highlights in the Superior range which will be available in Australia. For a complete list of available models, colours, and pricing, head to the BikesOnline website. 

Superior Team XF | $8,999 AUD

Fowaaaah look at that paint job! The Superior XF is the top-end offering shod in some parts we don’t often see here in Australia at quite an attractive price.

The Crème de la crème from Superior, the Team XF has been designed for the rigours of World Cup XC racing. With a claimed frame weight of 1717g, which is only a smidge more than the impressively light Specialized Epic World Cup. Shod with an XTR groupset, DT Swiss Carbon wheels and a Crank Bros dropper, this build is claimed to weigh 9.9kg, which is IMPRESSIVELY light — we’re very interested to pit the Team XF against the Flow Scales of Truth™ and see how realistic that figure is.

With a DT Swiss suspension package offering 105mm of rear travel and a 110mm fork, the Team XF utilises a single-pivot suspension design and flex stays.

The frame has a 68º head angle, size-specific seat tube angles, and a 449mm reach in size Medium. As is becoming more common on modern XC bikes, there is room for two bottles inside the front triangle, and we’re stoked to see the cables entering the frame on the sides of the head tube rather than through the top headset bearing — despite the use of an Acros headset.

Superior Team XF Spec

  • Frame | Carbon MTB Race Pro SU-01, Advanced Race Geometry, Travel 105 mm, Tapered Head Tube, BB92, 3D alloy one piece link, Carbon swingarm, SR dropout, Boost Thru Axle 12×148 mm, Internal cable routing, Dropped seat post ready
  • Fork | DT Swiss F232 ONE Fork, 110mm Travel
  • Shock | DT Swiss R232 ONE Shock
  • Wheels | DT Swiss XRC 1501 SPLINE, Carbon
  • Tyres |  Front: Schwalbe Racing Ray Evo, TL-Easy, SuperRace, 29×2.25″, ADDIX Speed, Rear: Schwalbe Racing Ralph Evo, TL-Easy, SuperRace, 29×2.25″, ADDIX Speed
  • Drivetrain | Shimano XTR 12-speed Drivetrain w/10-51T cassette and RaceFace NEXT SL carbon cranks and 34T chainring
  • Brakes | Shimano XTR M9100 w/ 160mm rotors front and rear
  • Bar | ONE Race, Carbon, 760mm, 31.8mm
  • Stem | ONE Race, Alloy, 31,8mm, -7°
  • Seatpost | Crankbrothers Highline 11 dropper post, 30.9mm
  • Saddle | Fizi:k Terra Argo X3, Kium
  • Claimed Weight | 9.9kg
  • RRP | $8,999 AUD

Superior eXF 9039 B | $9,399

160mm of travel front and rear and a suspension package to suit, the Superior eXF 9039 B looks like a whole load of fun!

When it comes to e-bikes, Superior have upped the travel and tweaked the geometry numbers for those looking for a ride more oriented to the descents. The eXF 9039 B features 160mm travel front and rear, along with the trusty Bosch Performance Line CX 85Nm motor paired with a 750Wh battery delivering a claimed range of 150km. 

The 160mm of rear travel is delivered via a linkage driven single pivot design, with all of the upper bearings being housed within the linkage to simplify bearing replacements. A Rockshox Super Deluxe Select R in a 230x65mm size is fitted from stock, although a 230×57.5mm can be fitted to reduce the travel down to 140mm if desired.

The eXF 9039 B boasts a 64º head angle,  77º seat tube angle and 446mm rear centre length across all sizes, with the reach growing in 20mm increments from 465mm to 505mm in the 3 available sizes. The frame features a UDH hanger for future compatibility and spares availability, but those with a keen eye may spot the headset cable-routing which we have mixed feelings about.

Flow will be receiving a eXF 9039 B e-bike for review in the near future, so stay tuned for an in-depth look into the nitty-gritty features and ride review. 

  • Frame | Alu X6 Ultralite MTB Trail SUE03.1, Advanced e-MTB Geometry, Travel 160/140 mm, BOSCH CX Performance 5G ready, Integrated 750Wh battery , 3D alloy one piece link, Alloy swingarm, Boost 12×148 mm, Internal cable routing, Dropped seat post ready. Available in 3 sizes, 17in (M), 19in (L), 21in (XL)
  • Fork | Rockshox Lyrik Select RC, 160mm Travel
  • Shock | Rockshox Super Deluxe Select R
  • Wheels | DT Swiss H 1900 Spline
  • Tyres | Schwalbe Nobby Nic Evo, SuperTrail, TL-Easy, 29×2.60″, ADDIX SpeedGrip
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore M6100 12-speed drivetrain w/10-51T cassette, Shimano SLX M7100 derailleur & ONE Race alloy cranks w/ 34tT chainring
  • Brakes | Shimano M6120 4 piston brakes w/ Shimano SM-RT56 180mm rotors front and rear
  • Bar | ONE Alloy, 760mm wide, 35mm clamp, 12mm rise
  • Stem | ONE ICR, Alloy, 35mm, 0°
  • Seatpost | ONE Sport Dropper Post, 30.9mm
  • Saddle |Fizi:k Aidon X5, Alloy
  • Claimed Weight | 25.5kg
  • RRP | $9,399 AUD

X-ROAD Team Comp GR | $3,499 AUD

A classy olive green with a splash of yellow and outfitted with some sensible parts, the X-Road blends right into its off-road setting.

With a lightweight carbon fibre frame and room for 40mm gravel tyres, the X-Road Team Comp GR stands out as a fantastic value gravel adventure companion ready for weekend off-road adventures.

The X-Road sports a 71.5º head tube angle and a 73.5º seat tube angle in a size Medium, with all sizes across the range having a 406mm rear centre length. These numbers suggest a bias towards snappier agile handling compared to something like the Santa Cruz Stigmata we reviewed back in January, which is heavily orientated towards big adventure rides on rough terrain with slacker geometry and the addition of a suspension fork.

We’re a bit surprised to see the same frame is shared with the more road-orientated models, albeit with small stick-on protectors on the downtube and chainstay, it’s also offered in aluminium. Even still the pricing is sharp starting at $2,399 for the X-Road Issue aluminium model and topping out at $3,999 for the X-Road Team Elite Di2. 

  • Frame | Carbon X-Road Race Mid Modulus, Road Advanced Geometry, Disc Brake Flat Mount, BB86.5, SH dropout, Thru Axle 142×12 mm, Internal cable routing, Di2 compatible, mudguards ready. Available in 4 sizes, 520mm (S), 540mm (M), 560mm (L), 580mm (XL)
  • Fork | X-Road Carbon Fork
  • Wheels | DT Swiss G 1800 Spline, Tubeless ready
  • Tyres | Schwalbe G-One Allround, RaceGuard, TL-Easy, 40mm, ADDIX
  • Drivetrain | Shimano GRX 11-speed, SunRace CS-MS7 11-42t cassette, Shimano GRX cranks w/ 40T Chainring
  • Brakes | Shimano GRX BL-RX600 / BR-RX400, Shimano SM-RT70 rotors, 160mm front, 140mm rear
  • Bar | ONE Alloy, X-Race Aero, 31.8mm, Reach 70mm, Drop 126mm, Flare 16°
  • Stem | ONE Race ICR, Alloy, 31,8mm, -7°
  • Seatpost |ONE Aero Carbon
  • Saddle | Selle Royal Gravel
  • Claimed Weight | TBC
  • RRP | $2,999 AUD

Flow’s Take

Superior is very much an unknown quantity here in Australia, and their brand website is a bit light on details. The bikes present quite well with quality build kits, sharp pricing and a surprising amount of racing heritage. With carbon offerings and e-MTBs they do seem to fill a gap in BikesOnline range, and thanks to the direct-to-consumer model, the pricing attached to these bikes is worthy of a double take.

Bike Online has been selling bikes directly to your doorstep for a long while now and has the infrastructure already built to help you figure out sizing and everything else. we are quite intrigued by these bikes out of the Czech Republic. Fortunately eXF 9039 B e-MTB has just landed in Wil’s workshop and we’ll have a first look up as soon as he gets it out of the box and built. Stay tuned folks.

The post XC Racing Heritage and Well Priced e-MTBs | BikesOnline welcomes Superior Bikes to Australia appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/superior-bikes-australia-bikes-online/feed/ 0 197362
First Look | The 2024 Norco Range VLT & Sight VLT get Bosch motors & high-pivot suspension https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-norco-range-vlt-sight-vlt-bosch-high-pivot/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-norco-range-vlt-sight-vlt-bosch-high-pivot/#respond Tue, 09 Apr 2024 13:00:55 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=197072 Norco started 2024 with a bang, with the release of its new high pivot Sight and Optic and first-ever lightweight e-MTB the Fluid VLT. Just as the dust settles on these releases, Norco has more news for us. This time, it is the full-fat e-MTB line-up that gets the high pivot treatment. For 2024 Norco’s […]

The post First Look | The 2024 Norco Range VLT & Sight VLT get Bosch motors & high-pivot suspension appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Norco started 2024 with a bang, with the release of its new high pivot Sight and Optic and first-ever lightweight e-MTB the Fluid VLT. Just as the dust settles on these releases, Norco has more news for us. This time, it is the full-fat e-MTB line-up that gets the high pivot treatment.

For 2024 Norco’s Sight VLT and Range VLT are updated with a new suspension design, an 85nm Bosch Performance Line CX motor, and a 750Wh battery.

Related:

2024 Norco Range VLT 2024 Norco Sight VLT
Following along from the Fluid VLT, Norco has changed over to Bosch for the 2024 VLT e-MTBs.

The most striking update to the bikes is the new high pivot suspension system, dubbed Virtual Pivot Suspension – High Pivot or VPSHP. Utilizing an i-Track configured idler location, the bike’s anti-squat has been tuned for efficiency and responsive feel under power. Norco say the chainstay-mounted idler manages chain growth and pedal kickback.

Falling in line with the Fluid VLT, Norco has switched these bikes from Shimano e-MTB systems to Bosch. Among the changes to the equipment itself, this also brings a custom Norco version of the Bosch e-Bike Flow app.

Here, riders will be able to tune torque, speed, dynamic output, and the assist level. Along with the new motor and suspension design, both bikes feature longer-stroke rear shocks. Norco says this allowed it to tune the suspension design to suit a wider range of rider weights and match the leverage ratio for their new High Pivot linkages.

Given every other bike the Canadian outfit has launched this year has adopted its VPSHP suspension, it’s not a huge surprise to see it here. Either way, the design is striking.

Ride Aligned 2.0

As mentioned in our high pivot Sight and Optic news article, Norco has released Ride Aligned 2.0. The updated bike setup guide is not just for its 2024 bikes, it includes most of the previously released models too.

What is new in version 2.0 is the broader range of modifiers. This means users can input more information about their riding style and preferences to see what impact these can have on their bike setup. You can now create an account and save your bikes and set-ups into a garage, meaning you can keep track of your settings and changes over time.

Ride Aligned 2.0 has been fully rolled out including the older gen models that were a part of the 1.0 — though at the time of writing the team from Vancouver hadn’t made the new VLT e-MTBs searchable.

This is a handy update for riders as it provides a simple way to track your changes over time or save settings for certain locations.

On the topic of updates from Norco, the brand has also just announced that all its bikes going back to those released in 2014 will now have a limited lifetime warranty. The warranty only applies to the first owner; however, this is big news, especially considering they have backdated it to 2014. For all the details check out the website.

Related:

2024 Norco Sight VLT 2024 Norco Sight VLT 2024 Norco Sight VLT

An overview of the 2024 Sight VLT

Sticking with the same travel as its pedal-powered sibling the Sight VLT has a 160mm fork and 150mm travel out back, like the previous VLT the new models retain its mixed wheel size setup.

For 2024 it is powered by a Bosch Performance Line CX motor that delivers 85nm of torque. This is paired with a Bosch Powertube 750Wh battery that should deliver enough power for a solid day of shredding trails. Norco has kept the slide-out design of the battery, and 500Wh or 625Wh aftermarket options are available. However, the MASSIVE 900Wh option offered with the previous Shimano system is no longer available. That said, there will be a 250Wh range extender, however it will only fit in the S3-S5 frames.

Norco has moved away from the 900Wh battery, likely realising that most folks simply don’t need to ride around with that much juice regularly. For those who are planning on big adventures, there is a 250Wh range extender available, but it will only fit in the size S3 and up.

2024 Sight VLT Geometry & Sizing

The Sight VLT has had its geometry updated, as well as adopting the number-based sizing as seen with the trio of bikes already launched in 2024. For the new Sight e-MTB, the reach has grown by 17.5mm for a size 3 compared to the older medium equivalent. Stack has increased by 11mm, while the head tube angle stays the same at 64°, the effective seat tube angle which has only increased by .2°, now 77.5°.

Norco has kept its size-specific rear centre lengths. However, this is also home to quite a significant change on the geometry chat, with the rear end now 30mm shorter at 432mm; this has also reduced the wheelbase, which now comes in at 1252mm, 6mm shorter than the older model.

2024 Norco Sight VLT geometry and sizing
The new Sight VLT has adopted the new numbered sizing.

2024 Sight VLT Pricing & Specs

The Sight will be available in a single C1 carbon build in Australia, and will feature a full carbon front triangle, while chain and seat stays will be alloy.

This singular build has an impressive spec list, with Norco not skimping on just about anything; it does come at a price though, coming in at $15,999 AUD. The local Norco distributor Advance Traders says it is expecting to see the Sight VLT hit our shores in late July or early August.

2024 Norco Sight VLT C1
Priced at $15,999 AUD, the top-end C1 build offers little room for upgrades, but you’ll need deep pockets to own one.

2024 Norco Sight VLT C1

  • Frame | Sight VLT Carbon, VPSHP, 150mm Travel, UDH Compatible
  • Fork | RockShox Lyrik Ultimate RC2,160mm Travel, 44mm Offset, E-MTB Rated, Fender Included
  • Shock | RockShox Super Deluxe Ultimate, 230x60mm
  • Wheels | WTB CZR i30 Carbon, 27.5”/32H R, 29”/28H F paired to WTB CZR boost hubs
  • Tyres | Front: Continental Kryptotal-F Trail Endurance 29” x 2.4”, Foldable. Rear: Continental Xynotal Enduro 27.5” x 2.4”, Foldable
  • Drivetrain | SRAM X0 Eagle AXS T-Type
  • Brakes | SRAM Code RSC 4 Piston, Sintered Pads
  • Bar | One Up Carbon, 800mm, 20mm Rise and 40mm Norco branded stem 35mm
  • Seatpost | TranzX YSI08FL RAD+ Travel Adjust Dropper, 34.9mm, 125mm (S1), 150mm (S2),170mm (S3), 200mm (S4, S5)
  • RRP | $15,999 AUD
Norco has made some pretty drastic changes to the Range VLT with a new motor, new suspension layout and mixed wheels.

An overview of the 2024 Norco Range VLT

Just like the Sight VLT the new Range carries over the same 180mm/170mm travel as the previous version. What has been changed is the wheel sizes,  and it’s now offered as a mixed-wheel bike compared to the previously dedicated 29er.

The Range VLT gets the same 85nm Bosch Performance Line CX motor and 750Wh Powertube battery as the new Sight VLT, and riders in sizes S3 to S5 can opt for the additional 250Wh range extender. In Australia, we will get two carbon models and one alloy; the latter will see a carbon front triangle and an aluminium read end.

The updated Range VLT is a BIG and burley e-MTB, and for 2024, Norco has made it high pivot and Mullet only.

2024 Norco Range VLT Geometry & Sizing

Geometry for the new carbon and alloy models has been revised too. Both versions of the bike share mostly the same geometry updates and only vary in their seat post-insertion limits and stand-over heights. The Carbon models on average get an extra 25mm of seatpost insertion and a higher stand-over height that varies between 2-7mm across the five sizes.

2024 Norco Range VLT Geometry & Sizing
Also, swapping to the numbered sizing, the Range has had some adjustments for 2024.

The reach on the new VLT models has increased, with the size 3 model (previously a medium) adding 22.5mm of reach and 7mm of stack height.

The head angle stays the same at 63°, and the effective seat tube angle has steepened by .5°. The rear centre lengths are also size-specific, and in size 3, they are now 26mm shorter due in part to the smaller rear wheel. Despite the shorter rear centre, the wheelbase has actually grown by 2mm to 1269mm.

2024 Norco Range VLT 2024 Norco Range VLT 2024 Norco Range VLT

2024 Range VLT Pricing & Specs

With three models coming into Australia, the all-singing all all-dancing C1 version is equipped with the RockShox Ultimate level suspension, GX AXS T-Type Transmission, Code RSC stoppers and is priced at $13,999 AUD. At the other end of the spectrum, the alloy build steps down to Select/Base level Rockshox suspension, an SRAM NX drivetrain and SRAM DB8 brakes and comes in at $10,999 AUD. Advance Traders expects these bikes will land in Australia in late July or early August.

2024 Norco Range VLT C1
How good does that deep purple paint look? The new Range VLT is trustworthy.

2024 Norco Range VLT C1

  • Frame | Range VLT Carbon, VPSHP, 170mm Travel, UDH Compatible
  • Fork | RockShox Zeb Ultimate, 180mm Travel, 44mm Offset, E-MTB Rated
  • Shock | Rock Shox Vivid Ultimate, 230x65mm
  • Wheels | Crank Brothers Synthesis E-Bike, 32H, 27.5”/29”
  • Tyres | Front: Continental Kryptotal-F Enduro 29” x 2.4”, Foldable. Rear: Continental Kryptotal Enduro 27.5” x 2.4”, Foldable
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle AXS T-Type
  • Brakes | SRAM Code RSC 4 Piston, Sintered Pads
  • Bar |Butted 6061 Alloy, 800mm, 25mm Rise with a 6061 Alloy, 40mm Length Stem, 35mm
  • Seatpost | TranzX YSI08FL RAD+ Travel Adjust Dropper, 34.9mm, 125mm (S1), 150mm (S2),170mm (S3), 200mm (S4, S5)
  • RRP | $13,999 AUD
2024 Norco Range VLT C2
Taking a step down in price, Norco has opted for a lower-tier suspension package and mechanical shifting.

2024 Norco Range VLT C2

  • Frame | Range VLT Carbon, VPSHP, 170mm Travel, UDH Compatible
  • Fork | RockShox Zeb Select+, 180mm Travel, E-MTB Rated
  • Shock | RockShox Vivid Select+, 230x65mm
  • Wheels | WTB HTZ Trail 32H, 27.5”/29”
  • Tyres | Front: Continental Kryptotal-F Enduro 29” x 2.4”, Foldable. Rear: Continental Kryptotal Enduro 27.5” x 2.4”, Foldable
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle
  • Brakes | SRAM DB8 4 Piston, Sintered Pads
  • Bar | Butted 6061 Alloy, 800mm, 25mm Rise, 6061 Alloy, 40mm Length stem, 35mm
  • Seatpost |TranzX YSI08FL RAD+ Travel Adjust Dropper, 34.9mm, 125mm (S1), 150mm (S2),170mm (S3), 200mm (S4, S5)
  • RRP | $11,999 AUD
2024 Norco Range VLT A1
The only alloy model of the Range VLT being brought into Australia into Australia is the A1 and sees an entry spec from nose to tail.

2024 Norco Range VLT A1

  • Frame | Range VLT butted Aluminum, VPSHP, 170mm Travel, UDH Compatible
  • Fork | RockShox Zeb Select, 180mm Travel, E-MTB Rated
  • Shock | RockShox Vivid Base, 230x65mm
  • Wheels | WTB HTZ Trail 32H, 27.5”/29”
  • Tyres |Front: Continental Kryptotal-F Enduro 29” x 2.4”, Foldable. Rear: Continental Kryptotal Enduro 27.5” x 2.4”, Foldable
  • Drivetrain |SRAM NX Eagle
  • Brakes |SRAM DB8 4 Piston, Sintered Pads
  • Bar | Butted 6061 Alloy, 800mm, 25mm Rise, 6061 Alloy, 40mm Length stem, 35mm
  • Seatpost |TranzX YS134 Dropper, 34.9mm 150mm (S1), 170mm (S2, S3), 200mm (S4, S5)
  • RRP | $10,999 AUD

 

The post First Look | The 2024 Norco Range VLT & Sight VLT get Bosch motors & high-pivot suspension appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-norco-range-vlt-sight-vlt-bosch-high-pivot/feed/ 0 197072
Racing, Kiwi-Style | The NZ MTB Rally was an enduro like nothing else https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/nz-mtb-rally-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/nz-mtb-rally-2024/#respond Tue, 02 Apr 2024 01:18:11 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=196297 Events in New Zealand are always going to be full of crazy new experiences. Being one of the greatest riding destinations in the world, how could they not be? The NZ MTB Rally is one of those kiwi events which keeps New Zealand’s reputation for holding legendary mountain biking events alive. With not just one, […]

The post Racing, Kiwi-Style | The NZ MTB Rally was an enduro like nothing else appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Events in New Zealand are always going to be full of crazy new experiences. Being one of the greatest riding destinations in the world, how could they not be? The NZ MTB Rally is one of those kiwi events which keeps New Zealand’s reputation for holding legendary mountain biking events alive. With not just one, but two helicopter rides, a boat cruise and 4×4 shuttle vehicles at the Rally, the riders had an insane mountain biking journey across the 6 days of racing.

Located at the top of NZ, the race wrapped in and around Nelson’s mountain bike haven. Despite Nelson’s mountain biking scene being slightly under the radar, the area presents long, raw, natural tracks with elevation drops from which brake-pad dealers earn their revenue.

Day 1: Wairoa Gorge

Day 1 shone bright and early as 120 riders grabbed their bikes and directed their wheels toward the steep and rugged Wairoa Gorge. 

The gorge was purchased by a billionaire back in the 90s who used the acreage to produce his own personal mountain biking playground. These professionally built trails were inaccessible until the land switched hands, opening the trails up to the public. Now that Nelson MTB Club has the green light to make use of the vast 72 km of steep, techy, hand-cut descents, the club booked the area out to kickstart the 2024 NZ MTB Rally. 

The hype was high for the beginning of the event, and they had all the reason to be excited, with the promise of steep chutes and dusty corners at Wairoa Gorge to come.
The first shuttle involved a 30 minute bus ride from camp down to the Wairoa Gorge. If people were looking a tad serious, it was because they were about to throw themselves into some very steep terrain. With riders tackling 2,800m of descending to only 800m climbing in one day, I think my hands would have probably been sweating in the shuttle too.
4×4 shuttles were the only vehicles that could successfully scale the Gorge.

Once at the top, riders began to drop off into the stages. Racers were on course from about 09:00 to 15:00, tackling rugged, but well built trails all day long.

Steep rocky and raw — this is Nelson.
Nelson was supposed to host an Enduro World Series stop in 2022 before the AUS/NZ leg was called off.
A long suspension bridge marked the end of the last stage, finishing the day off with a grand feature.

Having been involved in EDR events around Europe in the past, the organisers of the event, Trail Addiction, know how to ‘put the heckle on’ for riders coming through to the finish. They even provided vuvuzelas and air horns to get the atmosphere booming. 

The energy of the crowd was helped along by the sizzling BBQ and the stash of ice-cold beverages at the bottom.

Day 2: Golden Bay

After a generous dose of steep, gnarly trails the day before, riders were met with some fast-paced flow on day 2. 

The day only truly began after an essential hit of caffeine at the Woolshed Cafe (which is an actual cafe in an actual wool shed), where riders loaded onto another shuttle headed for Golden Bay and Abel National Park. 

Offloading from the coach, competitors began the trek to the first stage of the day. This special liaison wound its way through one of the few national parks in New Zealand where riding is permitted, as many others are restricted for conservation reasons. The well-established forest of the national park provided an amazing environment to ride through.

Reaching the top of the hill, riders were presented with long, back-country-style stages.

Riders started the day right, coffee in hand from the Woolshed Cafe, before jumping on the first shuttle to Abel National Park.

Load ’em up, those are some seriously backed bike trailers.
The caffeine was still working its way through the bus’s riders, but the vibes were high when it came time to ride.
Riders head off into stunning national park territory.
Matthew Fairbrother making his way through some LUSH scenery on day two of the Rally.
The trails were fast and flowy, with some dusty, blown-out corners here and there, ready to catch out unsuspecting riders.
After stage 3, riders were dropped off at around 1000 m above sea level in the Kaiteriteri Nature Reserve. The views from the top were pretty spectacular!
It was all down hill to the end from there, with rocky slabs and rooty shoots making it important not to give in to the fatigue of a day of racing.
Another successful day of racing called for a few drinks at the bar

Day 3: Cable Bay

No sleep for the weak when in NZ! Riders were up at the crack of dawn to make the 80-minute cruise across to Cable Bay. To cut through the early wake-up blues, breakfast and coffee was a welcome addition to the on-board provisions.

The layout for the day included some of the best trails the Cable Bay Adventure Park has to offer. Not to be underestimated, this park recently held the NZ enduro champs and has bagged a Trailforks ‘trail of the week’ award. 

This is not exactly your typical staging area for an enduro race.
The sun rises as racers make the trip to Cable Bay.

The boat docked very close to the Cable Bay Adventure Park, where riders began the pedal and shuttle liaisons through the park.

Off up the mountain after a refreshing morning cruise!
Some riders took it upon themselves to make the liaisons more enjoyable. Riding on 2 wheels is overrated anyway.
Cable Bay Adventure Park is a bucket list stop for sure, with a mix of trail styles and grades.
Foot out under the ferns, yeeewww!
Liv Racing enduro legend Rae Morrison made the journey across the Cook Strait from Wellington to race the NZ MTB Enduro Rally.
Refuel station was mega on Day 3!
Hi Mitch! Still smiles part way through his first enduro. We caught up with Mr Docker himself about his journey from World Tour Roadie to NZ MTB Rally.
There was no shortage of happy mountain bikers after a good day of riding (I promise they weren’t just smiling for the camera).
Good day, all. Onto the next!

Day 4: Coppermine Saddle

We’ve seen 4×4 shuttles and boat cruises, special stages and suspension bridges… I know what you’re thinking: surely the organisers of the NZ MTB Rally couldn’t dream up anything else to make this event even crazier than it already was at this point.

Well, they could, because day four was the first of two heli-bike days included in the week. 

Riders were faced with a thrilling trip where both bike and rider were transported in a helicopter to the top of Stage 1. If they weren’t fully awake boarding the heli, they definitely were by the end.

Once back on solid ground, despite being a bit ruffled by the journey up, racers were clipped in and ready to tackle Stage 1. Built as a trade corridor to the mines of chromite in the 1890s, this trail is now a shared track between mountain bikers and walkers. Flat corners and multiple pedalling sections made this trail challenging to race, but it was at least closed to walkers for the day, so it was only expected that competitors avoided large rocks and trees, not innocent walkers out for their casual morning hike.

Loading bikes onto the heli, racers were in for an exciting ride well before they had even swung a leg onto the saddle.
The facial expressions say it all.
The off-loading crew were not a damper on the spirits, but were keeping the vibes high for a good day of riding.
Ride trains were on for the first stage of the day down the Coppermine Trail.
The picturesque views over Nelson Bay and the Kahurangi Mountains above Tasman National Park were a welcome distraction on the climbs.

The remaining stages included steep sections of trail with roots and tight corners thrown in here and there. A special stage was also included for riders racing the extended course. It was not a mandatory stage for all competitors, but was a treat of a trail for those who rode it.

Eyes wide and fully gripped, much of the singletrack through here is rocky and narrow.
Bumpy and steep at the top, the special stage merged into some fast-paced flow at the bottom.

Day 5: Wakamari

A new day, a new NZ destination. On day 5, riders were transported to Marlborough, where rustic backcountry-style stages lay waiting at Wakamari. 

Following an hour-long bus ride and 8 km of uphill climbing, it was time for the second heli-uplift of the event. The whirlybird took racers to the remote ‘Foster’s Hut’, near the summit of the Wakamarina trail.

It seems that it takes more than one helicopter ride to get used to the experience of the flight, and some riders found the unique shuttle more of an adrenaline boost than the trails themselves.

Coming in hot, your shuttle vehicle awaits.
Stage 1 set off near the heli drop-off point. It was a fast track to start off the day, presenting a trail of mossy undergrowth in a field of green.
The liaison between stage 1 and 2 was by far the most difficult of the week. Carrying their bikes was the only way in some parts for riders to get to the start line. But the reward was backcountry style trails full of loam?
Celebrating the end of another good day with an ice-cold IPA in hand!

Day 6: Nelson

The sixth and final day of the NZ MTB Rally… a bittersweet thought; legs were tired and rest was needed, but the tirade of incredible mountain biking was soon to end. 

The course for the final hurrah of the rally was organised so that riders started and finished in Nelson’s city centre, keeping them in close proximity to drinks and a soft bed at the end of the course. 

The layout was similar to previous days of riding and was, naturally, jam packed with 4×4 shuttles, amazing scenery, and 5 special stages to wrap up the week.

You made it Mitch! Yeeeewww!
Yet again, the views did not disappoint. The liaison to the top of Fringes Hill provided a perfect scene of the city of Nelson and Tasman Bay.

Stage 1, aptly named Te Ara Koa (Trail to Happiness), was a dust bowl of good times. Being such a long trail, the stage was split in the middle, allowing riders to coax the circulation back to the hands and arms before heading off once more. 

Unfortunately, Morgane Jonnier went down near the end of Stage 1, taking herself out of the race. She was hot on the heels of the current first place, Rae Morrison, all week, and so it was a shame that the race had to end for her so close to the finish. 

Morane Jonnier had an unfortunate crash near the end of Stage 1. All the best to her for a quick recovery!
After stage 1, riders were in for a 10 minute + stage through recently logged territory. The trail had been freshly reconstructed for the race by the Nelson MTB club.
Endless, flowy whoops, what a way to end The Rally.
After nearly three hours of racing over a six-day event, many riders were seen in trains, finishing off the race with a bit of fun.
The finale saw hecklers lining the trails to cheer Ralliers through the end of the six-dayer.
The atmosphere was wild for the last few stages!
A big shout out to the modest trail sweeper who followed the last rider down each stage to make sure everyone was down safe.

An incredible race by Matthew Fairbrother

The man of the week, Matthew Fairbrother, turned up to the NZ MTB Rally ready to do what no one had ever thought of attempting before… racing the whole event unsupported. This meant no shuttles, no heli drops, no accommodation, and no catering. Why? No one knows. But he succeeded, regardless.

Not only did he manage this amazing feat, but also won the whole event, coming out on top in the Open Men’s category!

What Fairbrother achieved is nothing short of madness, not only completing the Rally without outside assistance but still managing to win the dang thing.
Fairbrother rolling in after a long day on the bike to a loud applause
Boat cruise across to Cable Bay? Nope, Fairbrother had other plans on day 3
This guy knows what real calf burn feels like after scaling this mountain by foot!
Fairbrother finishes the race, ready for a long-awaited rest after riding (and paddling) a total of 582km with 17,300m of elevation gain across the whole week

Results from the week

In Male Masters (40+), Mark Skroblin (who owns Just Ride Nerang, just up the road from Flow’s QLD HQ) takes the win (03:04:24), with Michael Kollbek and Harry Oxley taking 2nd and 3rd
In the E-Bike category, Jason Golaboski came out on top (3:13:25), followed by Rob Neeley and Al Killick.

Rae Morrison takes the lead in Open Women with a time which would have placed her 5th overall (02:57:35), celebrating in the true, mountain biking spirit. Cindy Hoffman and Gemma Elford came 2nd and 3rd behind Morrison
Matthew Fairbrother wins the Open Men’s category, followed by Chris Allman and Matt Beer!

Find the full list of results here.

The NZ MTB Rally encompasses Kiwi racing at its finest. Watch this space for more New Zealand-style races to come!

The post Racing, Kiwi-Style | The NZ MTB Rally was an enduro like nothing else appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/nz-mtb-rally-2024/feed/ 0 196297
2024 Merida eOne-Sixty First Ride | Merida splits the eOne-Sixty into two models and revamps the eOne-Forty https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/merida-eone-sixty-eone-forty-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/merida-eone-sixty-eone-forty-2024/#respond Fri, 22 Mar 2024 08:01:20 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=194831 Without a doubt, Merida’s eOne-Sixty is one of the most popular e-MTBs in Australia, and for 2024, it’s getting an update, along with its slightly shorter sibling, the e-OneForty. The latest generation eOne-Sixty is actually two separate bikes. The eOne-Sixty CF is a lighter, sleeker carbon option, while the eOne-Sixty Lite is the heavy-duty alloy […]

The post 2024 Merida eOne-Sixty First Ride | Merida splits the eOne-Sixty into two models and revamps the eOne-Forty appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Without a doubt, Merida’s eOne-Sixty is one of the most popular e-MTBs in Australia, and for 2024, it’s getting an update, along with its slightly shorter sibling, the e-OneForty.

The latest generation eOne-Sixty is actually two separate bikes. The eOne-Sixty CF is a lighter, sleeker carbon option, while the eOne-Sixty Lite is the heavy-duty alloy bike with a big battery. Finally, the new eOne-Forty Lite has been revamped as more of an SUV e-MTB, and together they all create what Merida has deemed the eTrilogy.

I had the privilege to spend a few days riding the new eOne-Sixty at Hidden Vale Adventure Park west of Brisbane alongside a trio from Merida HQ that developed this new bike.

Related:

Enter the eTrilogy

eBikes have changed quite a lot since the last eOne-Sixty was launched in 2021, and when the team at Merida went back to the drawing board there was more to take into account than just tweaks to geometry and the bits bolted onto it. 

“There are different demands from e-MTB riders. We are always a performance brand, so product managers and engineers want to have the best performance out of the bike. If you put in a big removable battery — 750Wh and also with the cover — the bike immediately gets heavier. There we started discussions about what can we achieve if we have a fixed battery,” says Benjamin Diemer, the CEO of Merida’s Research and Development Center in Germany. 

“The rider groups have changed completely — especially with some of the new motor systems like TQ and Bosch SX showing up — and we thought if we went ahead as we did before that, we just want to have one bike for everyone — that’s not possible any more,” he continues.

So the decision was made to split the platform in two — the more performance-oriented carbon version with a smaller fixed battery and the more budget-friendly bulletproof alloy version with a larger, removable battery. 

While Merida has pitched each of these bikes for a different segment of e-MTB rider, in a similar vein to the analogue One-Sixty and One-Forty, there are a few thoroughfares that connect them.

All three utilise an e-MTB specific version of the brand’s FAST kinematic suspension, which employs a size-specific leverage ratio aiming to offer the best possible performance regardless of whether you weigh 50kg or 150kg.

All of the new Merida’s e-MTBs utilise the brand’s flexstay suspension and makes for an impressively sensitive rear end.

The eOne-Sixty is based around a flex stay which Merida says is to shave some weight and make for one less bearing to worry about, while the eOne-Forty retains the rear pivot to simplify fitting a rear rack and mudguards.

Stephan Sietz, Merida’s MTB Product Manager, explained that the kinematic of the flexstay is specific to each platform. Despite being an undamped part of the frame, the aim is to create a supple and sensitive platform. 

Thanks to a flip chip in the linkage, both bikes can be run as mullet or full 29er, and this will be the first time the eOne-Sixty can be run with a wagon wheel in the back. 

This is the first time it’s been possible to run a 29in wheel in the back of an eOne-Sixty.

“People like having the option for it,” says Merida Senior Product Manager 700C + eBikes EQ, Hannes Noller. “To have it as an option, especially for racers, 29er is still much appreciated. We had the same kinematics on the One-Sixty so it was easy for us to implement.”

Merida says it focused on creating low standover heights across the sizing range so that people can size their bikes based on reach and desired handling characteristics.

Merida has rotated the piggyback shocks 90º from what we typically see to create more room for the range extender inside the front triangle.

With the geometry heavily influenced by the latest generation of the One-Sixty, Merida has also employed its adjustable dropper post on some models — with which we’ve had a mixed experience. Merida has also offset the shocks in the frame to allow extra clearance for the range extender — both frames are also coil-compatible.

All three of these bikes also feature Shimano’s EP801 drive system. Unfortunately, none of the builds have the XT Di2 drivetrain, so you won’t be able to take advantage of the coast and auto-shift functionality of the motor.

The Merida eOne-Sixty CF is the carbon version with a smaller, non-removable battery.

Merida eOne-Sixty CF

Still with a full-power motor, as the CF at the end of the name suggests, this is the full carbon variety of the eOne-Sixty lineup.

Merida has bumped up the travel at both ends with 174mm at the back matched to a 170mm fork. Coming stock as a mullet, if you opt for the 29in rear wheel, it drops the travel to 160mm.

The EP801 motor is powered by a 600Wh non-removable internal battery. According to Merida, ditching the giant hole in the downtube allowed the engineers to increase stiffness and shave some grams. This also positions the battery lower in the downtube for a better weight balance, and claims the new CF frame is 800g lighter than the previous one.

Diemer says that part of the reason they felt confident to go ahead with what they call a mid-power (smaller battery, full-power motor) e-MTB was in part looking at some of their competitors — like Orbea with the Wild and Rise and Giant with the Trance X E+ Elite — who had already proved this concept can work. 

Seitz explained that when you talk to dealers when people are looking at their first e-MTB often they want the biggest battery and strongest motor. But as folks gain a bit more experience, they realise they don’t need quite so much juice. 

“If you’re buying your second e-Bike you may notice that on your first e-Bike you rarely used the full 750Wh, so you say, okay I’m going to step down because I don’t need to carry around all of that extra battery (read: weight),” says Seitz. 

Initially when the team at Merida mocked up the eOne-Sixty CF current 21x70mm battery cells used across just about every e-MTB only held 5Ah, which gave them about 500Wh for the battery size they are aiming to spec. Noller explains this gave them some pause about whether that would be enough and if folks would be put off by the potential range anxiety. But that same cell jumped up to 5.8Ah which pushed the capacity up to 600Wh calming their nerves.

Merida is also offering a 360Wh range extender that increases the total capacity by more than 50% over its predecessor. 

The eOne-Sixty Lite is the alloy version of the frame with a removable 750Wh battery.

eOne-Sixty Lite

The eOne-Sixty Lite takes the bones of the CF version — suspension, geometry, mullet and flip chip — and makes it aluminium, with a different battery.

The eOne-Sixty Lite not only opts for the larger 750Wh battery, it makes it removable without tools. Combined with the 360Wh range extender, that’s an 80%increase over the outgoing 630Wh battery!

According to Merida, the eOne-Forty is an SUV bike, which is a slightly different category than the analogue trail ripper of the same name.

eOneForty Lite

According to Merida, eOne-Forty Lite falls into the category of an SUV bike, which are super popular in Europe, but not so much here in Australia — yet. Similar to the Scott Patron, these are designed for versatility — in essence, good at everything, but great at nothing — from a weekend trail ride to commuting, grocery shopping, and bike touring.

In the same vein as the bigger version, the eOne-Forty ups the travel to 143 mm at the back in the stock 29in configuration along with a 150mm fork. This bike does have a flip chip allowing for the smaller 27.5-inch rear wheel, which bumps the travel to 151mm.

Spec’d with the 750Wh battery; it’s removable and compatible with the 360Wh range extender.

Merida also opted to move away from the flex pivot at the back, to simplify the seat stay and the mounting of racks. The eOne-Forty is also spec’d with inline shocks across the board.

What’s more, just like the analogue One-Forty, the eOne-Forty will accept the 230x65mm shock fitted to the eOne-Sixty, meaning the rear travel can be bumped to match the big bike. You’ll need to increase the fork travel by the same margin, but it does allow you to DIY your way into the bigger platform should you choose.

eOneSixty Geometry

Bucking the trend from just about every other mountain bike on the market, in a size Mid, the new eOne-Sixty actually has a shorter reach than its predecessor, measuring 459mm the same frame. 

According to Seitz from Merida, a lot of the stability of an e-MTB comes from the extra weight, so a shorter reach aids in manoeuvring that heavy bike.

The stack has also been brought down a hair over the last model, while the head angle is one-degree slacker at 64.4 degrees, and the seat angle is steeper, now at 78.4 degrees.

Both eOne-Sixtys are just about mirror images of one another with the only difference being standover height.

eOne-Forty Geometry

Sporting a 471mm reach in size medium, the stack is 624mm paired to a 1235mm wheelbase, which is only 10mm shorter than the eOne-Sixty.

With a 66.5-degree head angle being the same, the seat angle has steepened to 79.6 degrees and the reach has grown by 21mm in a size M. The eOne-Fourty Lite definitely cuts a less aggressive silhouette with a clear tilt towards efficiency. While this bike borrows some of its features from the analogue platform, don’t confuse this as a copy-paste across to the e-version, as this bike is designed for a different purpose.

The eOne-Forty is quite a bit less aggressive than its long-legged sibling.
Colin spent a few hours aboard the eOne-Sixty Lite 675 riding at Hidden Vale Adventure Park.

Riding the new Merida eOne-Sixty Lite 675

At Hidden Vale, I had the opportunity to spend a few hours pedalling the alloy Merida eOne-Sixty Lite 675. This is the base model equipped with Marzocchi suspension at both ends and a Shimano Deore Linkglide 1×10-speed drivetrain.

Riding a little over 40km on two rides, all on unfamiliar trails is hardly the arena to tease out the nuance of a bike you’ve never ridden before. However, what I did learn made me all the more excited to spend more time on this e-MTB.

I was on the Mid size eOne-Sixty Lite with a 459mm reach, and straight away, I felt comfortable to push. It’s a very neutral ride both on the climbs and descents, and it doesn’t require much, if any, body english to guide the front wheel over a chunky rock feature or around a tricky corner. Some big, long bikes require a bit of experimentation to find that sweet spot that keeps the front wheel planted — going up and down — this is not the case on the new Merida.

Before we got the bikes set up, I asked Seitz about shortening the reach for the eOne-Sixty compared to the version without pedal assist. He said that e-Bikes gain a great deal of their stability through weight, and copying and pasting the geometry straight across would make the bike feel too long.
Hey, what did you think about the new eOne-Sixty?

Despite the reach being a tad shorter than what I’m used to, the handlebars didn’t feel like a cramped airline seat on the climbs. That 78.4º seat tube angle puts you in an efficient seated position, and you don’t need to rest your chin on the handlebars to keep weight over the front wheel. I was very comfortable on the Mid size bike, and Long size measures 479mm which is at the upper end of where I’m comfortable, and I would be interested to see how it feels.

170mm is a lot of travel and probably a bit of overkill for most of Hidden Vale’s trail network, but even still, the handling is decidedly low-fuss. Even on tighter and flatter singletrack, the eOne-Sixty rarely felt like a boat—all the more impressive considering it’s anything but a lightweight.

And in that same vein, it doesn’t feel to have come at the expense of overall stability, and it’s anything but skittish through looser and rougher sections of trail. I am super keen to get the eOne-Sixty into some steeper terrain to see what this bike is actually capable of.

Even with its weight and stability, the new eOne-Sixty is still pretty darn agile for a 170mm travel e-MTB

When we were at Hidden Vale, the suspension setup guide was not available yet. While I got close, there was still a bit of puzzling needed. Even still, the rear end was exceptionally smooth and active around the sag point, and the rear wheel felt glued to the ground with a near coil-like fluidity.

There was still ample support pushing into berms, and it stayed relatively high in the travel through repeated hits and janky rock features. For an aluminium tube shaped and sculpted so that it bends under force, that flexstay creates an impressive ride feel.

Of note was also the EP801 motor. While it still can’t quite match the grunt of a Bosch Performance CX, the extra watts it packs over the EP8 are immediately apparent. But even more noticeable (or more accurately, unnoticeable) was the way assistance cuts out when you hit the 25kph limit. It doesn’t feel like you’re getting clotheslined when the power cuts out as it does with some of the other full-power motors — especially those like the belt-driven Specialized/Brose units. Rather, the way it tapers off, it just feels as though the bike is heavy again.

There was no shortage of baby-head rocks strewn about Hidden Vale which would attempt to throw you off line and it took quite a lot to get the eOne-Sixty bent out of shape.
I expect to see far fewer “I found a Merida battery cover” posts thanks to this new latch.

Of course, this is the alloy version with the removable battery. Probably one of the most common posts I see in local mountain bike groups on social media is folks who have found a Merida battery cover at the bottom of a rough trail, describing the tree they’ve hidden it behind, so the owner can go back and find it. Now, instead of the rubber pull tab, there’s a twisting latch that seems to be quite a bit more secure — well done Merida.

There is still A LOT to unpack with the new Merida e-One Sixty — we didn’t even get to ride the carbon one! But the short time I spent on the bike left me impressed. I immediately gelled with the geometry, despite some of the key lines on the chart being a little different from what I gravitate towards. The suspension is well balanced, as are the handling characteristics, both when gravity is at your back, and when you and the Shimano motor are pushing against it.

We have an eOne-Sixty headed back to Flow HQ to spend some time riding it on our home trails. Stay tuned for the full review.

We are very excited to get to know the new eOne-Sixty better on home trails.

Merida eOne-Sixty CF models

Merida eOne-Sixty CF 10K

With the integrated battery, the eOne-Sixty CF 10k cuts a much slimmer silhouette than its predecessor and the Lite version. The top end build receives Factory suspension and SRAM’s XX Eagle Transmission AXS.
  • Frame | ​​eONE-SIXTY CF4 III, material: carbon, 174 mm suspension travel, 29×2,6″ max. wheelsize, 148×12 mm axle standard
  • Fork | Fox 38 Factory eMTB+, Air, 170 mm suspension travel, Tapered, 44 mm fork offset
  • Shock | Fox Float X2 Factory, 2 Pos Leve
  • Motor| Shimano EP801, 85Nm
  • Battery | Trendpower Internal Battery 600 Wh
  • Wheels | DT Swiss Spline HXC1501 spline 30  Carbon
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai / Maxxis DHR II, 29×2.5″, fold, TR EXO+ 3C MaxxGrip, 27.5×2.4″, fold, 3C DD MaxxTerra
  • Drivetrain | Sram XX Eagle Transmission AXS 1×12-speed w/ 36 teeth chainring and 10-52T cassette
  • Brakes | Sram Code Ultimate Stealth, 4 piston w/ 220/200mm SRAM HS2 rotors
  • Bar | MERIDA TEAM TR II carbon, 800 mm width, 20 mm rise
  • Stem | MERIDA EXPERT eTR II, material: aluminium, 35 mm diameter, 0° stem angle, Supernova mount, 40 mm all sizes
  • Seat Post | MERIDA TEAM TR II, 34.9 mm diameter, 0 mm setback, all sizes 30-230 mm travel Seatpost
  • Saddle | Prologo Proxim W400 T2.0 /w Merida Multitool mount
  • Claimed Weight | 22.2kg Size M
  • RRP | $15,999 AUD

Merida eOne-Sixty CF 7000

Sitting second in the lineup the eOne-Sixty CF 7000 sees a solid Fox Performance/Shimano XT build. We expect this is going to be a popular bike.
  • Frame | ​​eONE-SIXTY CF4 III, material: carbon, 174 mm suspension travel, 29×2,6″ max. wheelsize, 148×12 mm axle standard
  • Fork | Fox 38 Performance eMTB+, Air, 170 mm suspension travel, Tapered, 44 mm fork offset
  • Shock | Fox Float X2 Performance, 2 Pos Lever
  • Motor| Shimano EP801, 85Nm
  • Battery | Trendpower Internal Battery 600 Wh
  • Wheels | MERIDA EXPERT TR II w/ Shimano XT hub
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai / Maxxis DHR II, 29×2.5″, fold, TR EXO+ 3C MaxxGrip, 27.5×2.4″, fold, 3C DD MaxxTerra
  • Drivetrain | Shimano XT M8130 LinkGlide 1×11-speed w/ 36T chainring and 10-50T cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano XT, 4 piston w/ 220/203mm rotors
  • Bar | MERIDA EXPERT eTR, 780 mm width, 20 mm rise
  • Stem | MERIDA EXPERT eTR II, material: aluminium, 35 mm diameter, 0° stem angle, Supernova mount, 40 mm all sizes
  • Seat Post | MERIDA TEAM TR II, 34.9 mm diameter, 0 mm setback, all sizes 30-230 mm travel seatpost
  • Saddle | Prologo Proxim W400 T2.0 /w Merida Multitool mount
  • Claimed Weight | TBC
  • RRP | $11,499 AUD

Merida eOne-Sixty Lite 875

The new eOne-Sixty Lite 875 looks a lot more like the previous version of this bike with beefy tubes and a removable battery.
  • Frame | ​​eONE-SIXTY LITE IV, material: aluminium, 174 mm suspension travel, 29×2.6″ max. wheelsize, 148×12 mm axle standard
  • Fork | Rock Shox ZEB Select, Air, 170 mm suspension travel, Tapered, 44 mm fork offset
  • Shock | Rock Shox Super Deluxe Select
  • Motor| Shimano EP801, 85Nm
  • Battery | Trendpower Internal Battery 750 Wh
  • Wheels | MERIDA EXPERT TR II w/ Shimano XT hub
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai / Maxxis DHR II, 29×2.5″, fold, TR EXO+ 3C MaxxGrip, 27.5×2.4″, fold, 3C DD MaxxTerra
  • Drivetrain | Shimano XT M8130 LinkGlide 1×11-speed w/ 36T chainring and 10-50T cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano XT, 4 piston w/ 220/203mm rotors
  • Bar | MERIDA EXPERT eTR, 780 mm width, 20 mm rise
  • Stem | MERIDA EXPERT eTR II, material: aluminium, 35 mm diameter, 0° stem angle, Supernova mount, 40 mm all sizes
  • Seat Post | MERIDA TEAM TR II, 34.9 mm diameter, 0 mm setback, all sizes 30-230 mm travel seatpost
  • Saddle | Prologo Proxim W400 T2.0 /w Merida Multitool mount
  • Claimed Weight | 26.1 kg Size M
  • RRP | $9,499 AUD

Merida eOne-Sixty Lite 675

Taking another step down in price this forest green eOne-Sixty Lite 675 is one of the first times we’ve seen a Marzocchi Bomber Air rear shock spec’d on a bike in the wild.
  • Frame | ​​eONE-SIXTY LITE IV, material: aluminium, 174 mm suspension travel, 29×2.6″ max. wheelsize, 148×12 mm axle standard
  • Fork | Marzocchi Z1 eMTB, Air, 170 mm suspension travel, Tapered, 44 mm fork offset
  • Shock | Marzocchi Bomber Air
  • Motor| Shimano EP801, 85Nm
  • Battery | Trendpower Internal Battery 750 Wh
  • Wheels | MERIDA EXPERT TR II w/ Shimano TC500-B / Shimano TC600-HM-B hub
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai / Maxxis DHR II, 29×2.5″, fold, TR EXO+ 3C MaxxGrip, 27.5×2.4″, fold, 3C DD MaxxTerra
  • Drivetrain | Shimano DEORE M5130 LinkGlide 1×10-speed w/ 36T chainring and 10-43T cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano Deore M6120, 4 piston w/ 220/203mm rotors
  • Bar | MERIDA EXPERT eTR, 780 mm width, 20 mm rise
  • Stem | MERIDA EXPERT eTR II, material: aluminium, 35 mm diameter, 0° stem angle, Supernova mount, 40 mm all sizes
  • Seat Post | MERIDA EXPERT TR II, 34.9 mm diameter, 0 mm setback, XS: 125 mm travel seatpost – S: 150 mm travel seatpost – M/L/XL: 200 mm travel seatpost
  • Saddle | MERIDA EXPERT CC, V-mount
  • Claimed Weight | 25.6 kg Size M
  • RRP | $8,699 AUD

2024 Merida eOne-Forty models

Merida eOne-Fort Lite 400

Only one model of the eOne-Forty Lite is headed for Australia, the base 400 model.
  • Frame | ​​eONE-FORTY LITE IV, material: aluminium, 143 mm suspension travel, 148×12 mm axle standard
  • Fork | SR Suntour Zeron 36 X
  • Shock | SR Suntour Edge Plus
  • Motor| Shimano EP801, 85Nm
  • Battery | Trendpower Internal Battery 630 Wh
  • Wheels | MERIDA COMP TR II w/ Shimano TC500-B hub
  • Tyres | Maxxis Rekon, 29×2.4″, fold, 3C EXO MaxxTerra
  • Drivetrain | Shimano CUES U6000, GS, 1×10 w/Shimano SL -MT500-IL / Shimano CUES U6000 shifters, 36T chainring, 11-48T Cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano MT420, 4 piston, w/ 203mm rotors
  • Bar | MERIDA EXPERT eTR, 780 mm width, 20 mm rise
  • Stem | MERIDA EXPERT eTR II, material: aluminium, 35 mm diameter, 0° stem angle, Supernova mount, 40 mm all sizes
  • Seat Post | MERIDA EXPERT TR II, 34.9 mm diameter, 0 mm setback, XS: 125 mm travel seatpost – S: 150 mm travel seatpost – M/L/XL: 200 mm travel seatpost
  • Saddle | MERIDA EXPERT SL, V-mount, incl. MERIDA minitool
  • Claimed Weight | 26.3kg Size M
  • RRP | $6,999 AUD

The post 2024 Merida eOne-Sixty First Ride | Merida splits the eOne-Sixty into two models and revamps the eOne-Forty appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/merida-eone-sixty-eone-forty-2024/feed/ 0 194831
First Look | The 2024 Norco Fluid VLT is a lightweight e-MTB with the Bosch SX motor https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-norco-fluid-vlt-bosch-sx/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-norco-fluid-vlt-bosch-sx/#respond Wed, 20 Mar 2024 13:00:48 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=195715 The Norco Fluid VLT is the first lightweight e-MTB to come from the Canadian brand. That’s exciting news given how popular Norco’s existing e-MTB range has been over the last few years, and it’s doubly exciting because it’s also one of the first bikes to be built around the brand new Bosch Performance Line SX […]

The post First Look | The 2024 Norco Fluid VLT is a lightweight e-MTB with the Bosch SX motor appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The Norco Fluid VLT is the first lightweight e-MTB to come from the Canadian brand. That’s exciting news given how popular Norco’s existing e-MTB range has been over the last few years, and it’s doubly exciting because it’s also one of the first bikes to be built around the brand new Bosch Performance Line SX motor. This lightweight system claims to offer plenty of power while allowing for a slimmer and lightweight frame profile. As such, the Fluid VLT is claimed to weigh as little as 18.1kg in its lightest spec.

2024 norco fluid vlt emtb bosch sx 2024 norco fluid vlt emtb bosch sx 2024 norco fluid vlt emtb bosch sx
2024 norco fluid vlt emtb bosch sx
The Norco Fluid VLT is a brand new lightweight e-MTB.

An overview of the 2024 Norco Fluid VLT

Designed for all-round trail riding, the Norco Fluid VLT is a lightweight e-MTB that sits in a similar space to the Trek Fuel EXe, the Scott Voltage and the Specialized Levo SL.

Most Fluid VLT models are equipped with a 150mm travel fork and 140mm of rear travel. The exception is the top-end model that drops the travel down by 10mm at each end. This allows Norco to spec lighter duty suspension in order to achieve that impressive 18.1kg claimed weight.

2024 norco fluid vlt emtb bosch sx
Most models come with a 150mm travel fork and 140mm of rear travel.

Every Fluid VLT features a mullet wheel setup with a 29in front wheel paired to a 27.5in wheel at the rear. The smaller rear wheel helps Norco to keep the chainstays a lot shorter than its existing dual-29in e-MTB range.

Given its focus on weight, it’s no surprise that Norco has built the Fluid VLT around a carbon fibre mainframe. The two cheapest models utilise an alloy rear end, while the top two models upgrade to carbon for further weight savings.

2024 norco fluid vlt emtb bosch sx
The new Bosch Performance SX motor is a lightweight drive unit that still pumps out up to 600W of peak power. Whoa!

The new Bosch SX motor

The heart of the Norco Fluid VLT is its new Bosch Performance Line SX motor.

This compact drive unit is claimed to weigh just 2kg, making it one of the lighter mid-drive motors on the market. It produces 55Nm of peak torque, but manages to pump out an astonishing 600W of peak power, which is considerably more than the TQ HPR50 (300W peak power), the Levo SL 1.2 motor (320W peak power) and the Fazua Ride 60 (450W peak power).

Powering the motor is a slim 400Wh Bosch CompactTube battery that’s bolted inside the fully enclosed downtube. This means the battery isn’t designed to be easily removable, so it really needs to charged in situ via the port on the frame.

Norco has integrated the Bosch System Controller into the top tube of the Fluid VLT frame, and there’s a wireless remote next to the left hand grip for changing the assist level.

2024 norco fluid vlt emtb bosch sx
The Fluid VLT features the Bosch System Controller and wireless Mini Remote.

Geometry & sizing

As with the latest Optic and Sight, the Norco Fluid VLT updates to a new S-sizing concept. Instead of the traditional ‘Small, Medium and Large’ options, you’ve now got S1-S5. This encourages riders to choose the right size based on their preferred reach and stack. However, there is still a recommended height range for each frame size that’ll help you to narrow it down.

Geometry is certainly on the progressive side with a 64.5° head angle and a 76.5-77.5° seat angle. Those angles are for the 150/140mm travel Fluid VLT, so you can expect them to steepen by half a degree on the 140/130mm travel model.

Norco continues to use size-specific rear centre lengths, with the smallest frames featuring a compact 432mm rear centre. The largest S5 size stretches the rear centre up to 444mm.

2024 norco fluid vlt geometry size chart
Norco Fluid VLT Geometry & Size Chart
2024 norco fluid vlt emtb bosch sx
You’ll find size-specific rear centre lengths and seat angles across the Norco Fluid VLT lineup.

Norco Fluid VLT price & specs

There are four models in the 2024 Norco Fluid VLT lineup, with prices starting at $8,999 AUD for the C3.

As mentioned above, the top two models get a full carbon frame, while the two cheaper models pair a carbon mainframe to an alloy rear. Otherwise every model is built around the same Bosch Performance Line CX motor and 400Wh battery.

We’ve got a Fluid VLT on the way for testing soon, so keep your eyes peeled to our website for the incoming review!

2024 norco fluid vlt c1
The top-end Norco Fluid VLT 130 C1 gets a very weight-focussed build kit that sees it tip the scales at a claimed 18.1kg.

2024 Norco Fluid VLT C1 130

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, VPS Four-Bar Suspension Design, 130mm Travel
  • Fork | RockShox Pike Ultimate, Charger 3 Damper, 44mm Offset, 140mm Travel
  • Shock | RockShox Deluxe Ultimate, 185x50mm
  • Motor | Bosch Performance Line SX, 55Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | Bosch CompactTube 400Wh
  • Wheels | Industry Nine 1/1 Hubs & Crank Brothers Synthesis Carbon Enduro  Carbon Rims, Inner Width: 31.5mnm Front & 29.5mm Rear
  • Tyres | Continental Kryptotal Trail 2.4in Front & Xynotal Trail 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM XX Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/Praxis Carbon Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Level Ultimate Stealth 4-Piston w/180mm Rotors
  • Bar | OneUp Carbon, 20mm Rise, 800mm Width
  • Stem | Norco SL 6061 Alloy, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | OneUp, 31.6mm Diameter, Travel: 125mm (S1), 150mm (S2), 170mm (S3), 200mm (S4-S5)
  • Saddle | Fizik Ridon
  • Claimed Weight | 18.1kg
  • RRP | $16,999 AUD
2024 norco fluid vlt c1 140
We’re liking the look of the C2 model with its Fox 36 GRIP2 fork and Float X2 shock.

2024 Norco Fluid VLT C1 140

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, VPS Four-Bar Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | Fox 36, Performance Elite, GRIP2 Damper, 44mm Offset, 150mm Travel
  • Shock | Fox Float X2, Performance Elite, 185x55mm
  • Motor | Bosch Performance Line SX, 55Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | Bosch CompactTube 400Wh
  • Wheels | Crank Brothers Synthesis Alloy Enduro, Inner Width: 31.5mnm Front & 29.5mm Rear
  • Tyres | Continental Kryptotal Trail 2.4in Front & Xynotal Trail 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM X0 Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/Praxis Carbon Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Code Silver Stealth 4-Piston w/200mm Rotors
  • Bar | OneUp Carbon, 20mm Rise, 800mm Width
  • Stem | Norco SL 6061 Alloy, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | OneUp, 31.6mm Diameter, Travel: 125mm (S1), 150mm (S2), 170mm (S3), 200mm (S4-S5)
  • Saddle | Fizik Ridon
  • Claimed Weight | 19.3kg
  • RRP | $13,999 AUD
2024 norco fluid vlt c2 140
Featuring a SRAM GX Transmission and Fox Performance Elite suspension, the Norco Fluid VLT C2 is likely going to be the favourite out of the range.

2024 Norco Fluid VLT C2 140

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, VPS Four-Bar Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | Fox 36 Rhythm, GRIP Damper, 44mm Offset, 150mm Travel
  • Shock | Fox Float X2, Performance Elite, 185x55mm
  • Motor | Bosch Performance Line SX, 55Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | Bosch CompactTube 400Wh
  • Wheels | Bear Pawls Hubs & WTB KOM Trail Alloy Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Continental Kryptotal Trail 2.4in Front & Xynotal Trail 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle AXS Transmission 1×12 w/Praxis Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | TRP Trail EVO 4-Piston w/203mm Rotors
  • Bar | 6061 Alloy, 25mm Rise, 800mm Width
  • Stem | Norco SL 6061 Alloy, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | TranzX RAD+, 31.6mm Diameter, Travel: 125mm (S1), 150mm (S2), 170mm (S3), 200mm (S4-S5)
  • Saddle | Fizik Ridon
  • Claimed Weight | 19.9kg
  • RRP | $11,499 AUD
2024 norco fluid vlt c3 140
The Norco Fluid VLT C3 is the cheapest model in the range.

2024 Norco Fluid VLT C3 140

  • Frame | Carbon Fibre, VPS Four-Bar Suspension Design, 140mm Travel
  • Fork | RockShox TBC, 44mm Offset, 150mm Travel
  • Shock | RockShox Deluxe Select+, 185x55mm
  • Motor | Bosch Performance Line SX, 55Nm Peak Torque
  • Battery | Bosch CompactTube 400Wh
  • Wheels | Bear Pawls Hubs & WTB ST Tough Alloy Rims, 30mm Inner Width
  • Tyres | Continental Kryptotal Trail 2.4in Front & Xynotal Trail 2.4in Rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore 1×12 w/Praxis Alloy Crankset & 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | TRP Slate EVO 4-Piston w/203mm Rotors
  • Bar | 6061 Alloy, 25mm Rise, 800mm Width
  • Stem | Norco SL 6061 Alloy, 40mm Length
  • Seatpost | TranzX, 31.6mm Diameter, Travel: 125mm (S1), 150mm (S2), 170mm (S3), 200mm (S4-S5)
  • Saddle | WTB Volt Med
  • Claimed Weight | 20.3kg
  • RRP | $8,999 AUD
2024 norco fluid vlt emtb bosch sx
We can’t wait to get our dirty paws on the new Norco Fluid VLT — stay tuned for an in-depth review coming soon!

The post First Look | The 2024 Norco Fluid VLT is a lightweight e-MTB with the Bosch SX motor appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-norco-fluid-vlt-bosch-sx/feed/ 0 195715
Canobolas To Cargo And Beyond | goodnessgravel Orange NSW https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/canobolas-to-cargo-and-beyond-goodnessgravel-orange-nsw/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/canobolas-to-cargo-and-beyond-goodnessgravel-orange-nsw/#respond Wed, 20 Mar 2024 08:01:50 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=195788 goodnessgravel rolled into Orange over the weekend, with a pack of 170 riders exploring the backroads of NSW. Winding through some of the big, wide open spaces, little country roads lined with gum trees and a bit of pine plantation, the man behind the event Will Levy tells us the day was punctuated by a […]

The post Canobolas To Cargo And Beyond | goodnessgravel Orange NSW appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
goodnessgravel rolled into Orange over the weekend, with a pack of 170 riders exploring the backroads of NSW. Winding through some of the big, wide open spaces, little country roads lined with gum trees and a bit of pine plantation, the man behind the event Will Levy tells us the day was punctuated by a bit of serendipity and happy chance.

With the long 125km course climbing one side of the 1,397m Mount Canobolas, and the shorter 65km loop culminating in an ascent on the other side — mostly on gravel, of course — 41% of the field were repeat goodnessgravel-ers, with some coming from as far as Tassie to pedal through the scenic Orange360 region.

When you sign up for a goodnessgravel event, you’re assigned a number for life. Levy tells us that bib numbers 001 and 003 were at the event — among the other repeat offenders.

Related:

The vibes were through the roof in Orange over the weekend as folks set out on a goodnessgravel adventure.

Orange is your lucky colour

With a course designed in collaboration with a local rider, Levy tells us they were sweating in the lead-up to the event — literally.

“It was like 30-34°C until Friday and then there was a cool change that came through. It was brisk and definitely cold on the startline — maybe 11-12°C — but then the maximum temperature during the day was maybe 23°C,” he says.

goodnessgravel goodnessgravel goodnessgravel

But that was only the start of the whimsy that would eventuate over the weekend. It was beautiful, dry and dusty all day, with rain forecast for the afternoon. The course closes for the day at about 2:30-3pm, and Levy tells us it started to sprinkle at 3pm — what luck!

But that’s not all. A five-time goodnessgravel rider somehow managed to lose his car keys en route to the course, and after backtracking and scanning 6km of gravel road, he found them! But the whimsy of goodnessgravel Orange still hasn’t been fully exhausted.

The very last rider to register was chosen at random to win the Panaracer Plate —Levy literally uses an app called Random # to draw the winner — which sees the rider’s name go on the plate, and they take home a $500AUD gift certificate with event sponsor SCV Imports.

goodnessgravel goodnessgravel

The gravel berg at the end

goodnessgravel Orange was Karl Michelin-Beard’s third event in the series (he’s number 261 of 1,260).

“It was a hard course, but it was fun — a bit rowdier than some of the other events. There were some fast descents into some pretty wild rocky bits which was really fun. For that style of event where you’re not racing and it’s a bit more of a ride, it makes it that much more fun,” he says.

Starting and finishing at Lake Canobolas, the course was hardly a walk in the park, with the gravel ascent of Mount Canobolas looming large late in the day.

“I think everyone was kind of anticipating the big hill at the end,” he says. “The start of the climb was lovely; it’s a really nice smooth fire road — maybe a 5-6% gradient. As you get towards the top, it gets a bit chunkier and a bit more chunky. By the top you’re kind of riding on almost a mountain bike kind of fire road.”

Mount Canobolas was the crux of the course and provided a formidable but achievable challenge at the end of the day.

“It was certainly challenging after 120km, but still plenty of fun,” he says.

While they gave folks ample warning to be prepared for this climb — especially with the WWW (Will We Walk) section near the top — Levy says that is what people love about these events.

“The challenging parts are what people remember about events. It’s not supposed to be all tailwinds, sunshine, and lollipops. It’s got to be something that makes people go, wow, that’s tough, but it was amazing. It was tough but achievable, and we already have people who did the 65km course saying they’ll be back next year for the 125km,” he says.

The payoff of course was a fast descent back into Lake Canobolas —which has a sandy beach, and is an ideal spot for a post-ride dip — and a sausage sizzle put on by the Lakeside Kiosk & Cafe.

Big scenes and wide open spaces where a big part of the day.

“They did a full gourmet sausage sandwich,” says Levy. “(The guy who runs it,) he’s actually an ex-hatted restaurant chef.”

“He did a full, beautifully manicured sausage on a nice handmade roll — it was definitely a highlight,” he says.

Aid stations to write home about

goodnessgravel isn’t one of those events that is about suffering for the sake of suffering, and the Orange stop saw a few treats sprinkled along the course to keep the vibes up and give folks a few surprises to look forward to along the way.

“At the 37km rest stop, we had the choice of bananas and homemade biscuits. We had a heap of bananas left over,” Levy laughs. “All the leftovers were donated to (a group that helps the) needy in Orange, so nothing goes to waste,” he says.

The 70km rest stop was in a small rural town called Cargo, which has a population of about 200 permanent residents.

As Michelin-Beard put it, the course was a bit rowdier than some of the other goodnessgravel events, but without the pressure of racing it made it all the more fun.

“The RFS in Cargo did a water treatment on the road to keep the dust down through the rest stop area. They were like, ‘Well, we’re going to stand here for three hours, and we don’t want all the food to get all dusty, so we’ll just take the water tanker out and keep the dust down,’” he says.

As far as over yonder, luxury aid stations go, the volunteers from Cargo had put together quite the operation.

“Literally, we had a restaurant in the middle of nowhere. They cut all the grass down, and we had tents and a guy playing blues music out there,” he says.

A few kilometres down the road, when the climb back up to Canobolas started, another volunteer from Cargo had a special ice-block stop, which Levy says riders were very excited about.

Locals from the RFS, the Orange Lions and Rotary Club, and the local Orange Bicycle User Group came out to support the event, and Levy said a massive thank you to all the folks who fed riders and cheered them on through the day, marshalled the course and helped the event to run without a hitch.

Even though none of the goodnessgravel events are races some folks do still twist the throttle a bit.

Next year and beyond

goodnessgravel Orange will be back next year, so don’t be overcome by too much FOMO if you missed out. Levy tells us that they will be looking to traverse more of the State Forest.

“There’s a bit of a spaghetti junction in there, so it would be fun to spend a little more time exploring the area. Our course designer is an Orange local,” he says.

goodnessgravel goodnessgravel goodnessgravel

“It also depends on what part of that forest has been logged — because it’s a working forest. We won’t be able to know the true course until closer to the 2025 date, which makes it exciting,” he says.

In the meantime, if you missed goodnessgravel Orange, the event in Glen Innes is only a few weeks away, scheduled for April 13!

Be sure to check out our full overview of the goodnessgravel series. Entries are open for the Glen Innes event now, head over to the goodnessgravel site for more info.

If you missed out on Orange not to worry, Glen Innes is up next.

Photos: Outer Image Collective / goodnessgravel

The post Canobolas To Cargo And Beyond | goodnessgravel Orange NSW appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/canobolas-to-cargo-and-beyond-goodnessgravel-orange-nsw/feed/ 0 195788
Stage Racing For Everyone | The Quad Crown series is back for 2024 https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/quad-crown-four-stop-stage-racing-series/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/quad-crown-four-stop-stage-racing-series/#respond Mon, 11 Mar 2024 22:00:03 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=157166 Revamped and rejigged, the Quad Crown is set to take off at full speed for 2024. Guiding mountain bikers around destinations they may never have ridden before, this year’s venue line-up will feed the adventurous soul. Designed to be a mini version of large-scale events like Cape to Cape or Port to Port, the Quad […]

The post Stage Racing For Everyone | The Quad Crown series is back for 2024 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Revamped and rejigged, the Quad Crown is set to take off at full speed for 2024. Guiding mountain bikers around destinations they may never have ridden before, this year’s venue line-up will feed the adventurous soul.

Designed to be a mini version of large-scale events like Cape to Cape or Port to Port, the Quad Crown will spread its wings around Australia, touching down for four massive events in Tasmania, Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria.

But with a new year, there are new questions; How will the series remain a stand-out from the average mountain bike competition? What changes have taken place from last year? What new destinations will be in the 2024 schedule?

To answer these, Quad Crown Race Director, Jason Dover, filled Flow in on the layout for a bigger and better series on its way.

One of the best parts about the Quad Crow is that it takes you to new places that may not have been on your radar, and leaves enough time in the day to do some exploring.
Quad Crown Quad Crown

What Sets the Quad Crown Apart?

Still touching on the roots of a timed mountain bike race, the Quad Crown has formatted its events so that the race is not so heavily weighted on competing against other riders. Visiting some amazing destinations in Tassie and mainland Australia, the series puts the most emphasis on the destination and a good social atmosphere.

Dover says the places where the events are held are always a great destination to travel to, maybe even uncovering areas people haven’t traditionally gone to to go riding.

“(People will) “be able to ride and have fun,” Dover says. “But also see a beautiful part of the world…and you (don’t) have to take a week off work to go and take part.”

The weekend is riddled with social events to cool down and relax from the rush of long days on the bike. After each stage, a new venue will be on the agenda for an afternoon function, allowing riders to sit back and soak in mountain bike culture at its finest.

Handicap system, Weekend Warriors and the Overall Crown

Entering a race with friends is always good fun and games, but at the end of the day, they are still the people you are competing against for the top step. The Quad Crown team have taken it upon themselves to provide riders with an event in which they don’t have to race against friends, but purely against themselves.

With the addition of prelude stages, Weekend Warriors and a neat handicap system, The Quad Crown has uniquely designed a whole other genre of mountain bike racing into the series.

Quad Crown Quad Crown

Introduced last year, the handicap system of the Quad Crown series was a huge success. The general structure of the system is reliant on the Prelude stage on the Friday afternoon; riders will receive a handicap score based on their results from the prelude and their performance over the rest of the weekend will be compared to this score. The rider who has improved the most on, or has maintained a time closest to their initial handicap, will be awarded the position of the Weekend Warrior.

“When we say it’s a race, all they’re doing is really racing against themselves,” Dover says. “Off the prelude they are given a handicap and then the riders that can ride to the best of their ability and closest to their handicap over the next two stages — they’re riding to the Weekend Warrior crown.”

This means that even though a rider may not be the fastest in their field, they will still always be in the running for a podium finish at the end of the day.

You don’t have to be leading out Dan McConnell to be in the running for a podium position. The Weekend Warrior creates a race within a race.

“We experimented with (the handicap system) over the first event (of 2024) and refined that system to the point that we’ve got it down-pat now,” says Dover. “It’s a great feature of the event moving forward.”

As the Weekend Warrior is more catered toward the average rider and is up for grabs to anyone in the event, recognition is also given to the riders who have crosed the line in the fastest time, overall.

These hardcore mountain bikers at the pointy end of the field accumulate points from each success, stepping closer to receiving the Overall Crown at the end of the series. A coronation will see successful riders being presented with a physical crown.

Quad Crown Quad Crown Quad Crown

Quad Crown racing format

Here we get into the nitty-gritty of the Quad Crown series and how each weekend will run. The format of the 2023 series was a huge triumph. In keeping what has worked best in the past, each race will see a similar layout to last year, with a few tweaks popping up here and there.

Each event in the Quad Series will involve a shorter Prelude stage on the Friday afternoon, and two larger scale stages spread over the Saturday and the Sunday.

The mini-stage race format proved to be a success, with the Prelude and two stages spread across the weekend.

“The races all have the same format with the Prelude — which is somewhere between 8 and 10 km — on the Friday afternoon as a bit of a warm up ride,” Dover says. “Riders can get into the town, get (their) bike set up, give it a run, test the local trails and conditions and then go and have a welcome drink after it and meet everyone.”

Stage 1 and Stage 2 are held on Saturday and Sunday morning. Each stage will include a 30-50 km pedal with around 900m worth of climbing. The stages will present riders with a mixture of singletrack and fireroad terrain, but this year, the course designers have made singletrack a much larger part of each circuit.

Quad Crown Quad Crown Quad Crown

“We have taken a lot of the long gravel-grind-type-chewing-the-handlebars riding out of it, and put more fun stuff,” says Dover. “I think most of our stages would have over 75% of singletrack in there, (with) a real focus on the fun, flowy, enjoyable side of riding your bike.”

After the stage is finished then it’s onto the social functions, which take riders to a new venue each day for some beers, burgers, and good times.

The Four Quad Crown Destinations for 2024

Now we know the format, let’s talk about the destinations. Venues for the Quad Crown will take riders far and wide, stopping off at some of the most scenic and well-designed mountain biking hubs around mainland Australia and Tasmania.

Let’s get into it, so you can plan the trip while there is still time:

Wild Penguin | Devonport, Tasmania | 8-10 March

When people head to Tassie for riding, usually they will straight line to the likes of Blue Derby, Maydena or St. Helens. But little do many people know, just off Devonport are a pair of mountain bike trail networks like no other, located in Penguin and flowing along the Mersey River.

To kick off the weekend, the Friday afternoon prelude will see riders around a 10km loop of the Penguin Mountain Bike park. After some good old-school singletrack, the stage will finish at the Penguin Brewery for the very necessary welcome function of the event.

Quad Crown Quad Crown Quad Crown

Stage 1 on Saturday — a 53 km long wind around the northern end of The Wild Mersey trail network. This stage will include 1060m of elevation, the renowned 10km Raptor Ridge Descent dropped in the middle to provide professionally-built flow to the course.

Sunday’s Stage 2 will then hit the remainder of the Wild Mersey trail network, starting and finishing at the Seven Sheds Brewery in the town of Railton.

Presentations will be held at the brewery, celebrations will ensue, and riders will be looking ahead to the next event on the way.

Related:

Wild Mersey is one of the most underrated trail networks in Tassie, and the Wild Penguin takes you on a guided tour through it’s greatest hits.

The Sunny 80 | Sunshine coast, Queensland | 7-9 June

The Sunshine Coast is an amazing tourist attraction for avid beach-goers, but it is made all the better when you can head to the coast with bikes in tow.

The Sunny 80 will be an event to behold, as the Sunshine Coast is set to co-host the Olympic and Paralympic games in 2032. While the construction of the venue for the races is still a little ways off, with the amount trail building and maintenance going on in the area, racers will be in for some Olympic-standard riding over the course of the weekend.

Quad Crown Quad Crown Quad Crown

Related:

The event will kick off like the rest — with the Prelude. An 8 km loop is set for the afternoon, featuring trails from the Sugarbag Trail Network on the coast of Caloundra. Closing off the first day with stunning sea views just around the corner, the Prelude will end at the Moffat Beach Brewing Co. for the welcome function.

Stage 1 will see a 35 km loop of the Parklands Trail Complex. Starting and finishing in the Hidden Valley at Nambour, the course cuts between singletrack and fireroad for an exciting mixture of both.

The Sunshine Coast has some epic riding and the Quad Crown has sniffed out the best trails around.

The Sunny 80 will then bring a twist into the usual style of the Quad Crown events. Taking place 20 minutes east of the Sunshine Coast at Ewen Maddock Dam, Stage 2 will be split into two. The first part will be a 10 km special stage about Ferney Forest, which Dover claims is one of the more beautiful places you could ride.

Stage 2 will then restart from the Country Club up to Dularcha National Park, flowing into Ewen Maddock trail complex to finish at the banks of the Dam.

The Sunny 80 sees a slight departure from one stage each day format with Stage 2 on Sunday split into two.

The Orca | Eden, New South Wales | 6-8 September

Located on the Sapphire Coast in New South Wales, The Orca will take riders around the trails at Gravity Eden and Tathra. With trails designed and built by the people responsible for producing the amazing mountain biking found at Derby, Smithfield and Mount Buller, Eden was built by some of the best.

Quad Crown Quad Crown Quad Crown

 

On Friday, the Prelude will start at the main Eden Trail Hub, leading riders into 10-12 km of trails, new as of 2023, finishing off with the welcome function at Hotel Australasia.

Stage 1 on Saturday involves a 35 km pedal with 900 m of elevation around Tathra. Starting and finishing at the Tathra Hotel, amazing views of Australia’s eastern coastline will prove an irresistible distraction throughout the day.

Related:

Sunday’s Stage 2 presents a different route from last year, following some comments on the brutal start climb in 2023. Course designers have been hard at work to make improvements, and the initial uphill slog has been removed. The stage will now start and finish at Hotel Australasia on the main street of Eden and will still be a challenging one, presenting racers with a 40-50 km ride with 900 m of elevation in total.

Last year, the Quad Crown scored riders and an exclusive preview of Gravity Eden well before it opened to the public.

The Big O | Omeo, Victoria | 8-10 November

A new addition to the series in 2024, Omeo will provide a race along the renowned Great Alpine Road in Victoria. Nestled in the mountains, there is no shortage of elevation to provide for some exciting coursework.

Omeo was meant to come into the Quad Crown picture in 2023, but due to delays in trail building, it was forced to step down. This year, however, it is back, presenting a completed network of flowy and rugged trails to explore.

Omeo was on the calendar last year, but had to be benched until 2024 due to the trail network not being finished. Well, now it’s 2024, and Omeo is ready for the big show.

The Friday will begin the event with the Prelude stage, kicking off in Dinner Plain. The course is set for a 10 km circuit of the surrounding trails, finishing with a welcome function at a to-be-announced venue.

When Stage 1 rolls around, riders will warm the legs with an initial climb up Mount Sam. A 500m descent between Mount Sam to Mount Mesley will then lead folks back to Livingstone Park for the afternoon social event.

Stage 2 will take place at Mount Mesley, beginning with a climb out of Livingstone Park towards the brand-new trails in the area. Stage 2 will be a day of mountain biking at its finest, with the vast majority of the course trailing through freshly laid single track.

The Black Pearl | Newcastle & Lake MacQuarie | 7-9 March, 2025

Quad Crown Quad Crown

The Black Pearl was called up to the big leagues last year when Omeo was forced to back out of the series. The event, pieced together in record-breaking time, was such a hit that if it was taken off the schedule, there would be uproar.

To avoid a lot of disappointment and a hoard of emails, The Black Pearl has been released at the same time as this year’s schedule, but as the first event of the Quad Series in 2025.

“It was such a good event… so many people in the Australian mountain biking scene were glad to see us back in Newcastle (that) we wanted to commit to the fact that the event wasn’t just disappearing 12 months later,” Dover says. “So that’s why we have included (Newcastle) as the first event for 2025, just so people still know it’s coming.”

Related:

Quad Crown Quad Crown Quad Crown

The Black Pearl 2025 will be similar to its 2023 predecessor, beginning with a 10 km Prelude Loop around the Glenrock trails. Following its way around the classics, trails like Twisties, Double Barrel, Seismic and Snakes and Ladders will all be on the agenda for Friday afternoon.

Stage 1 will then start and finish at the Awaba Mountain Bike Park on Saturday. The course will take riders along Polly Waffle, Skids for Kids, Tunnel of Love and The Faulk Line.

A range of different trail networks around Newcastle will then be explored in Stage 2. The course will flow from Whitebridge, to Red Head, to Fernleigh, then Glenrock, starting and finishing at the Royal Crown Hotel in Dudley.

The Black Pearl will be back in 2025 to kick off the series.

Even though the event in Newcastle has already been confirmed for 2025, the full Quad Crown schedule for next year has not been released yet. Dover did, however, hint that some new destinations may be coming into the picture next season.

“We have had a couple of tourism regions and new trail building happening around Australia where people have been in contact and suggested going to their destination next,” Dover says. “So we’ll keep all that in mind as we develop the 2o25 schedule.”

With an exciting schedule set for 2024 and the lineup of destinations and trails, this year’s series is looking just as sparkly as the crowns will at the end of the four events.

Quad Crown Quad Crown Quad Crown

What type of Rider is the Quad Crown for?

The Quad Crown is a race styled to present a challenge, and a good time. The designs of the handicapping system and the Weekend Warrior mean the event is not focused so much on how quickly you (or elite riders) can complete the event, but on personal improvement on the bike and having fun while doing it. Meaning you do not have to be the ‘best of the best’ to register.

“The way that we are designing the courses and the fact that it’s two stages over the weekend with a Prelude stage on Friday… it’s meant to be accessible for the average rider,” Dover says. “We try to maximise singletrack and the fun side of riding rather than making them long slogs like the XC stages you see at the Cape to Cape and that type of event.”

The Quad Crown also allows for riders to register for only one day of the event, so if two big days on the bike sounds like too much, there is the option to do a little less riding, but still be part of the great race environment.

For more info or to grab your spot, head over to the Quad Crown website.

The post Stage Racing For Everyone | The Quad Crown series is back for 2024 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/quad-crown-four-stop-stage-racing-series/feed/ 0 157166
A Chance For Glory | UCI Masters MTB World Champs is headed for Cairns https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/uci-masters-mtb-world-champs-cairns-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/uci-masters-mtb-world-champs-cairns-2024/#respond Fri, 01 Mar 2024 06:24:36 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=194913 This May is going to be an INSANE time in Cairns. Obviously, Crankworx is back and doubling as the Oceania DH Champs, but the week before, Smithfield is also hosting the Master’s World Champs — the first of a two year stint in Tropical North Queensland. Yes, this is the chance for you to relive […]

The post A Chance For Glory | UCI Masters MTB World Champs is headed for Cairns appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
This May is going to be an INSANE time in Cairns. Obviously, Crankworx is back and doubling as the Oceania DH Champs, but the week before, Smithfield is also hosting the Master’s World Champs — the first of a two year stint in Tropical North Queensland.

Yes, this is the chance for you to relive your glory days and fight for a rainbow jersey at the same venue where Nino Schurter, Loic Bruni, Jolanda Neff and Miranda Miller earned a fancy multi-colour jumper, along with Thomas Frischknecht (after Jérôme Chiotti was popped for EPO) Nicolas Vouilloz, Alison Sydor and Anne-Caroline Chausson earned their rainbow bands.

Set to run May 16-19, riders from representing ten countries have already signed up. Local legends like Michael Ronning, Mal Dalton, and Miles Davis will be donning a number plate. AusCycling Mountain Bike Events Operation Manager Ian Harwood says USA’s Lee McCormack is signed up for the DH, and Spain’s Tomi Misser is signed up for both XC and Downhill.

Related:

The World Champs are once again headed for Cairns, but this time it’s for Masters riders.

Who can enter the UCI Masters MTB World Champs?

Just like US Presidents, you must be at least 35 years old to compete in the Master’s World Champs, with the age categories split into five-year increments.

But this isn’t just for those spry chickens on the edges of middle age. Harwood tells us there is one rider in the 80-84 XC, and three in the 70-74 year old downhill — what legends!

Worlds Downhill in all of its glory

Cairns has had a difficult wet season, and Smithfield has received quite a beat down. The Cairns Mountain Bike Club and local trail-building outfits have been hard at work getting the network back up and running where needed.

“After the flooding events, there was significant damage to the shuttle road, but the actual (Worlds Downhill) course itself was fine. Glen Jacobs and Ryan De La Rue and those boys hike a biked up the shuttle road to get up there over these landslides and down trees and whatnot. But then they could do a top-to-bottom run of the Downhill,” Harwood tells Flow.

Following the exact alignment as it always has, it will no doubt offer some nostalgia for the select riders who have raced Worlds here in their younger days. That said, they are giving it a bit of a freshen-up — it is going to be hit pretty hard over the space of a fortnight — and, being a Masters event, will be reinstating some of the B-Lines.

The main event takes place on Saturday, with seeding through midday and finals in the afternoon.

For training and seeding, riders will be split into A and B groups so that everyone isn’t all trying to get on the bus at once. Harwood also notes that riders planning to race both disciplines will be put in practice slots that allow them to take advantage of time on both courses.

Masters World Champs isn’t Harwood’s first rodeo he was also on the event team when the UCI rolled into Cairns last time around.

Classic Cairns course for XC

The XC course is also getting a bit of a touch-up and will be reminiscent of the 2017 Worlds Course. Harwood tells us they will hit the quintessential Cairns elements that remain in the network.

“The main difference is that first initial climb up Cadel’s which takes you up to the water tank. In the 2017 Worlds course, there was another pinchy climb that takes you up along the ridge where you can see the eastern seaboard and the islands — we’ve taken that bit out,” says Harwood.

This is your chance to be like Nino!

From the water tank, the course drops back down to Centipede — where Jacob’s Ladder used to be, which has now been taken over by slopestyle — and back towards the village.

“Then you’ll do a section which wasn’t part of the ‘17 course, but it was in the 2014 World Cup and ’96 World Champs, with some of the fingers — the Wobbegong fingers that go back up the hill after crossing underneath the downhill,” says Harwood.

The course then heads for a loop of Greenfields and back to the traditional start finish.

According to Harwood, there are lots of previous Masters World Champs coming in from Europe and South America, particularly on the XC side. They’re not exceptionally well-known riders but have come to defend their title and will likely have some firepower to boot.

The atmosphere

While there is going to be some great racing on tap, the spectating is going to be top-notch too.

While the crux of the weekend is of course the racing, it will be great spectating as you will be able to see riders you grew up watching putting on a masterclass in their craft.

Masters World Champs will also have a full gear expo, with some of the exhibitors setting up shop for both this event and Crankworx.

“We’ve also got a few groups like NS Dynamics that are coming up just for the masses as a (suspension) service technician,” Harwood says. “There will be merch being sold, bar and food outlets and a bunch of other things happening,” he says

How do you enter the UCI Masters MTB World Champs?

This is your chance for glory! Just picture it, standing on the podium with a rainbow-striped jumper — a real one, not that cheapo you bought on eBay. Entries are open now over on the UCI MTB Masters Worlds site, and will close the week of the event.

The post A Chance For Glory | UCI Masters MTB World Champs is headed for Cairns appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/uci-masters-mtb-world-champs-cairns-2024/feed/ 0 194913
The Wild Penguin kicks off the 2024 Quad Crown series in Tassie https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/the-wild-penguin-2024-quad-crown-series/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/the-wild-penguin-2024-quad-crown-series/#respond Thu, 29 Feb 2024 05:31:29 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=194882 The Quad Crown hit the ground running in 2023 with its inaugural four-event series, aiming to take riders to places they wouldn’t have raced before. The series is back for 2024, kicking off in northern Tasmania with the Wild Penguin event. Coming in hot, this event is set to take place on the 8-10 of […]

The post The Wild Penguin kicks off the 2024 Quad Crown series in Tassie appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The Quad Crown hit the ground running in 2023 with its inaugural four-event series, aiming to take riders to places they wouldn’t have raced before. The series is back for 2024, kicking off in northern Tasmania with the Wild Penguin event.

Coming in hot, this event is set to take place on the 8-10 of March in one of the hidden treasures of Tasmanian mountain bike destinations; the Wild Mersey and Penguin trail network.

With stages only 30 minutes west of Davenport, the event is full of courses to take racers far and wide, and social events to keep the atmosphere lively, on and off the trails.

To get some insight into the first event of the series, Flow caught up with Course Director, Quad Crown Designer and Stage Creator, Liam McGuire, to get an overview of the stages and how the Wild Penguin event will set the sights high for the remaining destinations in the series.

Check out last year’s Wild Pengiun below

The Prelude | A fast beginning to the weekend

Beginning the event, the course directors have riders’ best interests at heart — expecting racers to travel long distances with packed bikes and bags, only to be thrown headlong into massive stages over the weekend, is not how the Wild Penguin event rolls. So, to kickstart a big weekend of riding and racing, the Friday afternoon Prelude will be held in the seaside town of Penguin, just a 20-minute drive from Davenport West.

“It’s designed to be a half-an-hour head-out where people who have travelled (get the) chance to stretch their legs a little, but also check if there are any bike issues which need attending to”, says McGuire.

All smiles on the start with a rad stage ahead.

From a self-seeded start, riders will roll out into a swift 9.8km loop of singletrack at the Penguin Mountain Bike Park. The course includes flat and fast sections of trail, also sampling some of the descent from the Iron Tor loop — a trail which McGuire praises as being on the same level as descents found at St. Helens or Derby.

“The Iron Tor loop was built by Next Level Mountain Bike who are the same people who are building the new Mogo trails (in New South Wales)”, McGuire says. “It is one of the best descents I have ever ridden.”

Littered with fast sections of trail and countless, spectacular berms, the descent will spill out onto the Montgomery Loop to lead riders back to the finish line.

While riders can take the prelude as a warm-up lap before the weekend, times will be used to seed folks for the next day and will be added onto the racer’s overall result. The prelude also sets your handicap in the competition to take the overall position of Wild Penguin Weekend Warrior — more on this later.

The social events give you the opportunity to spend some time with your fellow racers and exchange war stories from the day.

Stage 1 | Riding Raptor Ridge | 53km

Saturday houses the biggest stage of the event; a 53km pedal through the Wild Mersey trail network. Similar to last year’s course, the stage will begin just 10 minutes from Davenport in a place called Warrawee in Latrobe.

From a quaint country town, Latrobe turns into a bustling mountain bike haven as riders push off at 9am to tackle the first stage of the weekend. Racers are led through the town of Railton, feeding their way into the Wild Mersey wilderness, then onto the highlight of the stage — the 10km Raptor course.

Big views and even better riding, the course for stage one sends riders on the EPIC Raptor Ridge climb and descent.

This trail leads its way up and over Raptor Ridge, where stunning views and even better mountain biking will be on the cards. Tackling a 5km climb through switchbacks up Raptor Ridge, this section of the stage will get the blood pumping. Thankfully, what goes up must come down, and folks will definitely have earned their turns as they begin the descent from Raptor Ridge.

“(The way down is) via a track called the Railton Express which is about 15 km of really flowy, nice singletrack which basically takes you back to the finish,” McGuire says.

With a heap of singletrack to offer, along with flat, steep and fast sections, Stage 1 provides riders with a blast of adrenaline and speed to start the weekend on a high.

Last year, the race got special permission to send riders over the suspension bridge that connects Latrobe to Railton, meaning they were the first people to ride over it.

Stage 2 | A totally different side of Wild Mersey | 37km

On Sunday, Stage 2 will see competitors tackle 37km of singletrack and trails through Wild Mersey bushland.

The first section of Stage 2 has changed from last year — instead of beginning with a technical climb, riders will kick-off the stage in the epicentre of Railton, on a road just off the main street. Then it’s onto a track called the Railton Rattler, traversing through a range of picturesque countryside, following a nice gradient through the hills.

“We changed Stage 2 a little bit responding to feedback about the start being too difficult,” McGuire says. “Last year it had a big climb at the start, so we’ve changed it this year and it’s going to be a lot more fun.”

From the Rattler, the stage leads riders into the Sheffield end of the trail network. Different from the Wild Penguin event in 2023, the trail will drop racers out at about the halfway point of where riders joined it last year. Here, they’ll be presented with a completely new section of the Wild Mersey Mountain Bike Park.

“The tracks we’ve ridden on Saturday aren’t involved in Sunday’s stage,” says McGuire. “It’s a whole different set of tracks.”

McGuire says that it is a great way to truly experience the whole destination where the event is held, as you will be taken far and wide around the region during each stage.

After completing the new loop around the Southern section of the network, racers will ride back along the Railton Rattler for 8km of flat and downhill riding into Railton to finish and celebrate where they began.

Wild Mersey is one of the most underrated trail networks in Tassie, and the Wild Penguin takes you on a guided tour through its greatest hits.

The handicapping system and the Weekend Warrior

The Wild Penguin event will have podiums and prizes for each category, but high praise will also be given to the Weekend Warrior. The Weekend Warrior is not necessarily the fastest rider in their category, but is the rider who has shown that they have had a solid performance across the whole weekend.

The Warrior Crown is awarded to the rider with the most consistent performance over the weekend — regardless of where they finish in the field. And yes, you do get an ACTUAL crown!

Through the event’s handicapping system, a racer’s personal improvement and consistency throughout the event can shine through, putting them in the running for the Warrior Crown. A rider’s average speed is calculated from the Prelude as a baseline of their performance and will be compared to how they fare over the next few days of racing.

“We’re trying to reward the rider that typifies the kind of rider we (want) to attract to the event,” says McGuire. “It makes it not all about the elite riders and the fastest in categories. It’s the person who turns up and has a great event. If (someone) has a good event, no mechanicals, no crashes, we can pick someone out of that bunch and reward them for that.”

Pinkies up, the Quaddie team has sniffed out the best venues for post-ride rehydration and a feed to host the social events.

Social events throughout the weekend

With categories like the Weekend Warrior and the mini-stage race format, the Wild Penguin is not like other races… but it still has more to offer. The Wild Penguin event will not only take riders for a tour on the trails around the area, but also the fantastic breweries and venues to be found there, too.

After Friday’s Prelude, racers will roll down to the Penguin Brewery for the Welcome Function, which is conveniently close to the finish line of the Penguin Prelude Loop. It’s a great way to get to know other riders and have a good time off the bike, as well as on… most likely with a beer in your hand.

Saturday will then house a big afternoon function after Stage 1. Being held later in the afternoon than last year, folks will have time to get some lunch, have a swim in the ocean or do a bit of sight-seeing, and then come back and be part of the festivities at 4 o’clock in the afternoon.

Finally, after the race on Sunday, riders will be stepping off their bikes just off the main road of Railton, right next to the Seven Sheds Brewery. This fermentation palace has a great location in the centre of town and is where the presentations will be held. Riders will have time to have a few drinks and lunch at the venue before the presentations begin at 1 o’clock, closing off a great weekend of bikes in the best way possible.

How to enter

Registrations are now live on the Quad Crown website, so head over to learn more and get in the running for Weekend Warrior at the Wild Penguin event!

The Wild Penguin is approaching fast; get your entry in quick!

The post The Wild Penguin kicks off the 2024 Quad Crown series in Tassie appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/the-wild-penguin-2024-quad-crown-series/feed/ 0 194882
High Pivot Or Bust | Norco updates the Sight and Optic with totally new suspension layout https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-norco-optic-sight/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-norco-optic-sight/#respond Wed, 28 Feb 2024 14:00:22 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=194787 This year is off to an exciting start for Norco. First, there was the huge announcement that the GOAT Greg Minnaar had signed on to their factory DH team. Then over the weekend, Gracey Hemstreet put on an incredible show to take the win in the first-ever Red Bull Hardline women’s category at Maydena. This […]

The post High Pivot Or Bust | Norco updates the Sight and Optic with totally new suspension layout appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
This year is off to an exciting start for Norco. First, there was the huge announcement that the GOAT Greg Minnaar had signed on to their factory DH team. Then over the weekend, Gracey Hemstreet put on an incredible show to take the win in the first-ever Red Bull Hardline women’s category at Maydena. This week, it has announced that two of its most popular bikes have received ground-up re-designs. To top it off, Norco is celebrating its 60th anniversary this year too.

Norco’s Optic trail bike and their Sight all-mountain machine have been home runs for the Canadian outfit, and for 2024, they have had a dramatic makeover now featuring its Virtual Pivot Suspension | High Pivot suspension or VPSHP.

Since releasing this article, we’ve spent some time on one of these new high-pivot bikes. Check out our in-depth review of the 2024 Norco Sight here.

With the new platform also comes changes in the way Norco will size their bikes and a new Ride Aligned 2.0 bike setup guide that will be available soon.

Ride Aligned has been a successful tool for bike shops and riders alike in helping to find a reliable base setup for your chosen bike. New in 2024, Ride Aligned 2.0 will build on the original system by adding a terrain selector, bike garage, and more refinement to help dial in your next ride.

Norco Australia had the new Optic and Sight on display at the Cannonball MTB Festival a few weeks back. We managed to sneak out for a quick spin on the 2024 Sight.

Related:

What is new for the Sight and Optic?

Well, quite a bit, aside from the new suspension platform, which we will dig into later. Both are available in either a full 29er configuration or what Norco is calling the MX setup with a 29in wheel up front and a 27.5in in the rear. The Sight can be purchased as either a dedicated 29er or mullet, while the Optic model coming into Australia comes stock in the MX configuration. Riders can purchase what Norco calls Missing Link hardware to convert the bike to a full 29er or mullet setup, depending on which version you have opted for. Norco says this hardware will retain the same geometry and kinematic no matter which wheel size you are fitting.

Both bikes are now mullet and 29er compatible with the Missing Link hardware.

Both bikes come with large-volume air shocks, and the Sight also gets a coil option. The stroke of both rear shocks has been increased, with Norco saying this allows it to lower the leverage ratio to help accommodate heavier riders. Even with the wholesale changes to the suspension platform, both have retained the same travel as the previous generation, with the Sight offering 150mm out back paired with a 160mm fork, and the Optic keeps its 125mm rear squish and 140mm fork.

Norco has updated its bike sizing and size guide with the release of these two bikes. Instead of the traditional small, medium large, it’s now a 1-5 fit format, which will accommodate riders from 155cm up to 195.5cm. Norco says this provides riders with a more accurate fit as the sizes have greater overlap with each other, and it allows those who sit in between traditional bike sizes to choose a frame size based on the characteristics they are after, their body proportions, and riding style.

Like quite a few brands, Norco has moved away from the small, medium, and large sizing while also increasing overlap between the sizes and the overall spread to help big and small folks get on the right sized frame.

Along with the changes to how it sizes bikes, Norco has made updates to the geometry of both bikes. They still feature size-specific chain stays that grow as the bike moves up through the frames, and they will now get size-specific seat tube angles that are unique to each of the five sizes.

The VPSHP Suspension Layout

The most striking update to the Sight and Optic is the suspension layout — found in a similar form on the Shore. Norco claims the VPSHP design allows the bike to absorb high-speed, square-edge impacts while still providing riders with control and momentum over obstacles. What is claimed to be special about their system is the non-concentric, i-track idler changes its position as the suspension cycles through its travel. Norco also notes the high pivot separates braking forces and suspension action.

We’ve seen a raft of high pivot bikes lately, all touting the rearward axle path, lack of chain growth and the ability to isolate braking forces.

Both the Sight and Optic have different idler positions to suit the characteristics of the bike. Norco says the Optic idler is placed to allow it to charge harder under power to prioritize snappy, responsive pedalling with minimal pedal kickback. The Sight’s, on the other hand, is said to help the bike confidently pedal over chunky technical trails and provide minimal kickback under heavy impacts. We cannot wait to test out these claims.

Related:

High Pivot Hype | Why is high pivot suspension so hot right now?

The Sight in more detail

There will be three Sight models to choose from in 2024, two carbon and one alloy. The carbon models are a full carbon affair, which is new for 2024 as the previous bike had an alloy rear end across the range. The 2024 bikes will all get a threaded BB, which is a nice touch that we are sure bike shop and home mechanics will be happy to see. Also, note that the cables don’t go through the headset — hooray!

Given how well-loved the current Sight is, it’s a bold move to change it so drastically.

2024 Norco Sight Geometry and Spec

Geometry-wise the new Sight sees several changes, reach has increased by 17.5mm for the equivalent sized medium, now called a size 3. The stack has increased by 24mm, as has the wheelbase, which is now 25mm longer. One of the few areas to get shorter on the new Sight is the rear centre, which is now 7mm shorter at 428mm on a size 3. The head tube angle remains at 64° like the previous 29er, the old 27.5in Sight had a slightly slacker head angle of 63.5°.

The seat tube angle will vary depending on which size you opt for, in size 3, the effective angle is now 77.5°, which is only slightly steeper than the previous medium which had an effective angle of 77.3°. Another welcome change for the 2024 Sight is increased dropper post length across the range. The size 3 now comes stock with a 200mm dropper compared to a 150mm on the previous medium.

Two carbon models are coming into Australia, the top-tiered C1 gets Fox Factory suspension with a 36 up front and a Factory DHX2 coil in the rear. Shifting is taken care of by a SRAM GX Transmission drivetrain, and stopping duties are covered by the Stealth Code Silver brakes, but it will also set you back a whopping $10,499 AUD! There is also a C2 version, which chops $1,500 AUD off the price, and Norco AU is offering one alloy version of the 5th Gen Sight for $6,999 AUD.

We cannot wait to get our hands on one of these bikes to see how all the updates have impacted the ride quality and versatility of the bike. We recently spent time on the previous generation Sight and were impressed by how well its design and geometry have stood the test of time. Speaking of the old version, Norco will still offer the Gen 4 Sight Alloy in three different spec options. These are a smart choice for riders who feel the price tag of the new bikes is a little out of their reach.

The new Sight sees some interesting changes to its geometry and fit.

2024 Norco Sight Models

Mustard and Mayo and a fair bit of bling hanging off the Sight C1.

Norco Sight C1

  • Frame | Sight Full Carbon, VPSHP, 150mm Travel, UDH, Hangerless Interface Compatible, Ride AlignedTM
  • Fork | Fox Factory FLOAT 36, GRIP2, 160mm, 44mm Offset, Fender Included
  • Shock | Fox Factory DHX 2 Coil, 60x205mm Trunion w/ Spindex coil spring
  • Wheels | Stan’s Flow S2 Carbon Rims, Race Face Vault hub
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF 2.5′, 3C, MaxxTerra /
    EXO+ / TR, Folding Front, Maxxis Minion DHR II 2.4″ WT, 3C,
    MaxxTerra / EXO+ / TR, Folding rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle AXS T-Type w/32T chainring & 10-51T cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Code Stealth Silver, 200mm/180mm Rotors
  • Bar | Deity Ridgeline 35, 800mm, 25mm Rise
  • Stem | Norco Alloy CNC, 40mm Length. 35mm Clamp
  • Seatpost | One Up adjustable dropper, 34.9mm, 150mm
    (1), 180mm (2), 210mm (3, 4), 240mm (5)Canyon G5 Dropper, 34.9mm Diameter, Travel: 150mm (XS), 170mm (S), 200mm (M-L), 230mm (XL)
  • Claimed Weight | 15.9kg
  • RRP | $10,499 AUD
The Sight C2 takes a step down in price and changes over to a full SRAM/RockShox build.

Norco Sight C2

  • Frame | Sight Full Carbon, VPSHP, 150mm Travel, UDH, Hangerless Interface Compatible, Ride AlignedTM
  • Fork |RockShox Lyrik Ultimate, Charger 3, 160mm, 44mm Offset, Fender Included
  • Shock | RockShox Vivid Ultimate Air
  • Wheels | Stan’s Flow S2 w/ Race Face Trace hub
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF 2.5′, 3C, MaxxTerra /
    EXO+ / TR, Folding Front, Maxxis Minion DHR II 2.4″ WT, 3C,
    MaxxTerra / EXO+ / TR, Folding rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX, NX Eagle shifter, Truvative Descendant 6k Crank w/ 32T chainring & 10-52T cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Code Stealth Bronze, 200mm/180mm Rotors
  • Bar | Norco Alloy, 800mm, 25mm Rise
  • Stem | Norco Alloy CNC, 40mm Length. 35mm Clamp
  • Seatpost | TranzX YS105 Dropper, 34.9mm, 150mm
    170mm (2), 200 (3, 4), 230mm (5)
  • Claimed Weight | 15.6kg
  • RRP | $8,999 AUD
Swapping to Fox Performance suspension, the alloy Sight A2 is a stealthy affair.

Norco Sight A2

  • Frame | Sight Aluminium, VPSHP, 150mm Travel, UDH, Hangerless Interface Compatible, Ride Aligned
  • Fork | Fox  FLOAT 36 Rhythm, 160mm, 44mm Offset, Fender Included
  • Shock | Fox Float X Performance, 60x205mm Trunion
  • Wheels | Stan’s Flow D, Shimano SLX hub
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF 2.5′, 3C, MaxxTerra /
    EXO+ / TR, Folding Front, Maxxis Minion DHR II 2.4″ WT, 3C,
    MaxxTerra / EXO+ / TR, Folding rear
  • Drivetrain | Shimano SLX M7100 1×12, 32T chainring & 10-51T cassette
  • Brakes | Shimano Deore MT520 4 Piston, 200mm/180mm Rotors
  • Bar | Norco 6061 Alloy, 800mm, 25mm Rise
  • Stem | Norco Alloy CNC, 40mm Length. 35mm Clamp
  • Seatpost | TranzX YS105 Dropper, 34.9mm, 150mm (1),
    170mm (2), 200 (3, 4), 230mm (5)
  • Claimed Weight | 17.6kg
  • RRP | $6,999 AUD
The new Optic cuts quite a different silhouette to it’s predecessor.

Focus on the new Optic

There will only be one model of the new Optic coming into Australia, the Optic C2. Suspension is a full RockShox affair with a Lyrik Select + up front and a new Vivid Select + in the rear. If the old model is anything to go by, many owners will be pushing their Optics harder than you would normally expect a 125mm trail bike to be ridden.

Shifting is handled by a SRAM GX Transmission drivetrain with Code R brakes to pull up the mini beast. The Optic has a full carbon frame, a threaded BB, cables that don’t go through the headset and will ship in the MX configuration with the Missing Link hardware available for purchase to convert it to a full 29er.

Geometry wise, the Optic has undergone a few changes and updates. On the size 3 Optic, the reach has grown by 22.5mm compared to the equivalent medium on the older version. Stack has increased by 6mm, the wheelbase is now 25mm longer and the rear centre is 7mm shorter. The head angle stays at 65° while the effective seat angle is 1° steeper at 77°. This package will set you back $9,999 AUD.

While the angles aren’t all that different, the new Optic gets a bit longer.

Just like with the Sight, the previous-gen Optic will still be available in select models. They will offer it in two different C2 builds. With a Shimano/Fox build kit and Rockshox/ SRAM option. We recently tested the RockShox/ SRAM C2 Optic and loved how playful and capable the trail bike was. Despite its age, it still represents terrific value for money and is worth considering if the step up in price for the new High Pivot Optic is too much.

The build kit on the new Optic C2 gets a fair bit burlier with a Lyrik and Vivid providing the squish.

Optic C2

  • Frame | Optic Full Carbon, 125mm Travel, High Pivot Horst Suspension, UDH, Hangerless Interface Compatible, Ride Aligned
  • Fork | RockShox Lyrik Select +, Charger 3 RC2, Debonair+ 140mm Travel, 44mm Offset, Fender Included
  • Shock | RockShox Vivid  Select+, 185x50mm Trunnion
  • Wheels | Stan’s Flow S2
  • Tyres | Maxxis Minion DHF 2.5″ 3C, MaxxTerra /
    EXO+ / TR, Folding Front, Maxxis Minion DHR II 2.4″ WT, 3C,
    MaxxTerra / EXO+ / TR, Folding rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle AXS T-Type w/32T chainring & 10-51T cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Code R, 200mm/180mm Rotors
  • Bar | Deity Ridgeline 35, 800mm, 25mm Rise
  • Stem | Norco Alloy CNC, 40mm Length. 35mm Clamp
  • Seatpost | TranzX YS105 Dropper, 34.9mm, 150mm (1),
    170mm (2), 200mm (3, 4), 230mm (5)
  • Claimed Weight| 15.5kg
  • RRP | $9,999 AUD

The post High Pivot Or Bust | Norco updates the Sight and Optic with totally new suspension layout appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-norco-optic-sight/feed/ 0 194787
National champs in Awaba is nearly here | Here’s what you can expect https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/auscycling-national-championship-awaba-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/auscycling-national-championship-awaba-2024/#respond Tue, 27 Feb 2024 03:11:33 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=194728 After a bumper year in Thredbo, hitched onto the Cannonball Mountain Bike Festival in 2023, the AusCycling MTB Nationals roadshow is headed for Lake Macquarie. Awaba will play host to the 2024 GWM National Championships, covering off XCO, short track, XC relay, pump track, e-MTB and adaptive categories. The Hunter Mountain Bike Association has been […]

The post National champs in Awaba is nearly here | Here’s what you can expect appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
After a bumper year in Thredbo, hitched onto the Cannonball Mountain Bike Festival in 2023, the AusCycling MTB Nationals roadshow is headed for Lake Macquarie. Awaba will play host to the 2024 GWM National Championships, covering off XCO, short track, XC relay, pump track, e-MTB and adaptive categories.

The Hunter Mountain Bike Association has been hard at work primping and prepping the trail network for the nation’s best riders, and also have a few new additions up their sleeve. And with junior, masters and expert categories, Nationals at Awaba isn’t just for the elites.

Related:

With so much packed into five days of racing, we caught up with AusCycling Mountain Bike Events Operation Manager Ian Harwood to find out what’s in store for this year’s National Championships.

Awaba is home to both the XC and Downhill champs for 2024.

XC whippets assemble

With pretty much every category bar XC Marathon taking place at Awaba, there is plenty of racing on tap for the speedy climbers to get amped about.

Despite our prodding, Harwood told Flow that the course would not be released until practice starts on Wednesday, March 13, in an effort to keep it fair so that nobody can go out and start picking their lines now. The race itself will close out the weekend on Sunday, March 17.

He did share that the lap would be 5.1km, with 107m of climbing. The elevation profile shows there are three significant climbs, with the second being the largest, and a few little pinches to get the lungs burning.

“We’ll also be using some of the new trails the club has been busy cutting,” says Harwood.

“There is also going to be a really interesting start loop, where they’ll go from the start line and actually run straight through the expo space — so it will be like, ‘hello, everyone, stand back.’ It will be great for the spectators,” he says.

Harwood says the entries are still rolling in, but he expects quite a few folks will leave it to the last minute. But of the entries so far, Bec Henderson will be back to try for her eleventh national champs, but it won’t be easy. Zoe Cuthbert stepped up from U23 to elites this year, and Peta Mullens is an ever-present threat in the tape. Jared Graves will throw his hat in the ring on the Men’s side, with Scott Bowden and Chris Aitken vying for the jersey.

Harwood was equally cagey about the route for the XCC, which will run on March 15. He noted that it would be a super punchy loop, complete with the spectator-friendly start loop.

Awaba
The XC courses are being kept under lock and key until practice starts.

E-Bikes are racing at Awaba too

E-Bike Nationals is an e-XC and is set to run on Thursday, March 14. Harwood says it’s going to be very similar to the XCO course that is still under wraps.

“It may end up with a couple of little power climb additions, but it is basically the same course,” he says.

Last year, Jon Odams put on a master class in e-MTB racing at Thredbo, disappearing off the front right from the start, never to be seen again.

As for the XCR (XC Relay), it’s not an event that’s really raced outside of National Championships and World Champs. Making this a bit more confusing, even if you’re on the team that wins at Awaba, you aren’t guaranteed a spot in the XCR at Worlds in Andorra — because the relay team will be made of folks who make the selection for the World Champs team.

Harwood says they are still working on the course as he has a personal goal to sharpen this category up and make it more exciting both for the people racing and the spectators.

“Rather than make it the full XC course, I’m pushing to use the XCC route and make it short and sharp. But, (given it’s one of the first events, scheduled for March 14) the commissars really like it as a way of gauging lap times, so there is a practical use for it,” he says.

Awaba adaptive
A focus has been put on the adaptive category, with both an XC and DH course being constructed for this event. The knock on from this is that those trails don’t just go away after the event.

Leaving a legacy for adaptive riders

The big news for the 2024 National Champs is that adaptive riders will have the chance to earn a green and gold jersey in both the downhill on March 13 and XC on March 14 on their own course.

“Both the XC and Downhill will have their own adaptive track,” says Harwood. “A big part of the legacy of us going there (to Awaba) is we’re contributing to the club to help with their trail building. A lot of that is going towards adaptive trails, and the legacy of this is that there is going to be heaps of adaptive riding at Awaba,” says Harwood.

Pump Track Nationals will be overlooking Redhead Beach, and AusCycling is looking to make it a party. It should be quite the spectator event.

Pump Track

With the Pump Track National Champs on the calendar for March 13, there is a notable absence of a pump track at Awaba.

Fortunately, the Lake Macquarie Council opened a new pump track, designed and constructed by Velo Solutions, mid-last year.

“It’s literally overlooking Redhead Beach and the surf club. It’s a really tight short track, so the racing is going to be really close,” says Harwood.

By all accounts, since it’s open, the pump track is teaming with bikes, kids on scooters and parents on hybrids enjoying the idyllic spot near the beach. And to capitalise on the fact that it’s pumping every day even when there is not a National Champs jersey up for grabs, AusCycling is putting on a DJ and activations from event partners to keep spectators engaged.

 

Downhill

Monkey is one of the most storied downhills in the country. It’s where riders like Jack Moir learned their chops and has pushed some of the best gravity riders in Australia to their limit over the years. And on Saturday, March 17, it will be back in all its glory, this time with a green and gold jersey on the line.

The hunt for the DH Nationals Jersey is going to intense, with basically every big name rider vying for that top spot on the podium in Awaba.

“I was talking with the Track Coordinator, and he has some interesting ideas on where the tape will go. So it will be taped a little bit creatively, but it’s effectively the main track. The club has been doing a lot of work on it, and it’s looking really good,” he says.

Harwood tells us that the elite men’s downhill will be a star-studded affair with basically every big-name rider signed up to race, including Troy Brosnan, Luke Meyer-Smith and Connor Fearon. In the women’s field, Sian A’Hern, Ellie Smith and newly signed Scott Factory shredder Sacha Mills will all be fronting up to race.

Getting to Awaba

Situated in the Lake Macquarie Hinterland, Awaba Mountain Bike Park is a 90 minute drive from Sydney and 50 minutes on the road from Newcastle.

Newcastle is the closest airport, with daily flights to and from Adelaide, Ballina/Byron, Brisbane, Cairns, Canberra, Cobar, Gold Coast, Melbourne, Sunshine Coast, Sydney and the Whitsundays Coast and there are rental cars available.

How do you enter?

With the event closing quickly, entries are open and will close on Wednesday, March 7. Entries are filling fast, so if giddy up, head over to the AusCycling website for more info.


Photos: Matt Rousu / AusCycling, Flow MTB

The post National champs in Awaba is nearly here | Here’s what you can expect appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/auscycling-national-championship-awaba-2024/feed/ 0 194728
Big air, big crowds and big scenery | Red Bull Hardline Maydena through the lens of Kristina Vackova https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/redbull-hardline-maydena-2024/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/redbull-hardline-maydena-2024/#respond Mon, 26 Feb 2024 02:04:41 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=194670 The event that was, Red Bull Hardline. For months, we’ve had a trickle feed of MASSIVE piles of dirt being pushed together at Maydena, and images of trail builders in high-vis standing atop seemingly impossible rock drops. But the question remained, was it going to work? This was the first time in the decade of […]

The post Big air, big crowds and big scenery | Red Bull Hardline Maydena through the lens of Kristina Vackova appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The event that was, Red Bull Hardline. For months, we’ve had a trickle feed of MASSIVE piles of dirt being pushed together at Maydena, and images of trail builders in high-vis standing atop seemingly impossible rock drops.

But the question remained, was it going to work? This was the first time in the decade of Hardline that it had been anywhere except Dyfi Bike Park in Wales. Could the 800m vertical drop of Abbotts Peak live up to the legacy that had been built in the UK? Could the broadcast work in the deep, dark jungle, and would the weather play ball?


Watch Brook Macdonald’s Race Run, Shot On GoPro


As it turned out, the steady hands behind Dirt Art and Maydena pulled together a winner, and the drama of downhill racing rang through — along with some unthinkably big jumps. The women finally got their day at Hardline, with Gracey Hemstreet being the first female rider to complete a race run and making it to the final alongside Louise-Anna Ferguson.

For the men, it seemed like Bernard Kerr had all but locked up a win in Maydena, especially after Jackson Goldstone’s big crash through one of the tech sections. But in the end, it was Ronan Dunne who would earn that top spot on the podium, managing to find two seconds over Kerr by the time he crossed under the final Redbull archway.

There was so much action on and off the course, and fortunately, we had Kristina Vackova on the ground to capture it all.


This rock is one of those features that we saw photos of trail builders standing at the top, wondering how the heck they were going to make it work. And boy howdy did they deliver — this thing is massive!
Hardline isn’t all about airtime, and there were some fantastically steep and techy sections on this course.
It’s the Catalina f***** Wine Mixer!
The crowds were out in droves for Hardline; we were not sure we’ve ever seen the park this busy.
We’d heard a few grumbles about the hard landing off the shipping container drop in the lead-up to the race. Doesn’t seem to be slowing Laurie Greenland down here.
The energy down into the finishing bowl was electric, and the sound of cowbells, chainsaws, and chanting was deafening.
Big crowds, big jumps big scenery — Maydena Hardline in a nutshell. It’s genuinely difficult to put the size of some of these features into perspective.
Gracie Hemstreet would win Rider of the Week, a well-deserved accolade.
Ronan Dunne getting sideways on his Hardline-winning race run.
Hardline hearing loss, brought to you buy Stihl Chainsaws.
The media scrum with their elbows out to get a shot of the man of the hour.
Josh Carlson was in his element, keeping the vibes high and the crowd pumped.
After some wild racing, Ronan Dunne, Bernard Kerr and George Brannigan would fill out the podium.
We’re glad to see Dunne embracing the shoey after taking the top step on the Hardline Maydena podium.

The post Big air, big crowds and big scenery | Red Bull Hardline Maydena through the lens of Kristina Vackova appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/redbull-hardline-maydena-2024/feed/ 0 194670
Rocky Trail Entertainment relaunch Sea Otter Australia in 2025 https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/rocky-trail-entertainment-sea-otter-australia-2025/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/rocky-trail-entertainment-sea-otter-australia-2025/#respond Wed, 14 Feb 2024 23:00:34 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=194164 No, this is not a reshare of an old news story! We have just had word that Sea Otter is again trying to bring its festival Down Under, this time under the tutelage of Juliane and Martin Wisata and Rocky Trail Entertainment. Scheduled to land in late October 2025, Rocky Trail Entertainment is bringing Sea […]

The post Rocky Trail Entertainment relaunch Sea Otter Australia in 2025 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
No, this is not a reshare of an old news story! We have just had word that Sea Otter is again trying to bring its festival Down Under, this time under the tutelage of Juliane and Martin Wisata and Rocky Trail Entertainment.

Scheduled to land in late October 2025, Rocky Trail Entertainment is bringing Sea Otter to the NSW South Coast, hosting the festival at Mogo, which will open its first 70-80km of trails later this year.

Related:

Wait a minute – wasn’t Sea Otter supposed to happen in 2021?

This will actually be the third attempt to bring Sea Otter to Australia, to complement the already existing events in Monterey, California, Blue Mountain Resort, Canada, and Girona, Spain.

Initially spearheaded by Bike SA — the peak body for recreational and commuter cycling in the state — the event was pegged for Stromlo in October 2021. Bike SA even got to the stage where it started taking entries for the races and events. Unfortunately, that coincided with the first wave of the Delta Coronavirus variant hitting Australian shores, and the organisers made the decision to postpone the festival for 12-months. A year later, it was postponed for a second time.

The contract to run the festival then went to another event company which unfortunately fizzled out. We can only speculate as to what happened as the closest thing we have to an official announcement of the change of hands are a few cryptic LinkedIn posts and an archived URL that doesn’t load.

The team behind Rocky Trail Entertainment has taken the helm of Sea Otter Australia.

In that time, the URL Sea Otter Australia went dead, and the socials went totally silent, while the other three stops on the Sea Otter Calendar delivered two year’s worth of festivals.

Then, late last year, Sea Otter reached out to Rocky Trail Entertainment. Started back in 2008, you probably know Rocky Trail for its Fox Superflows and Rocky Trail Academy, which run 20 weekends out of the year across three states, in addition to The Willow, Jetblack 24 and the Shimano 100, to name a few. The team behind Rocky Trail have also managed events like The Croc Trophy.

“When we started talking to Frank Yohannan, the owner of the global rights to Sea Otter and one of the founders, it was uncanny how our values and goals aligned — we’re passionate about families and getting families involved,” says Juliane Wisata from Rocky Trail.

According to Yohannan, the last 30 years of Sea Otter were about participation, which is why around the globe, each festival not only has races across just about every discipline, but there are also participation events focused on kids and families, a gear expo and more.

And if Sea Otter’s figures are to be believed, the trade show at Sea Otter Girona attracts 65,000 people, and the Monterey event gets 80,000 people, which is more than twice what Eurobike gets!

The Sea Otter Classic is a massive deal in the US, Canada and Europe but has stumbled here in Australia, due in large part to factors outside of anyone’s control.

Rocky Trail has come on to bring Sea Otter to Australia for the next ten years, and Wisata tells us they plan to make it as integral a part of the local events calendar as Cannonball, The Otway Odyssey or Cape to Cape.

However, given we’ve seen this announcement of Sea Otter landing in Australia before, it should not come as a surprise that some may be a bit hesitant to get their hopes up. We put this to Wisata, and she made it clear how motivated they are to finally bring the event to our shores.

“This is coming on the back of 16 years of Rocky Trail. Martin and I have put our names on it proudly, knowing that we will instil our values and beliefs into it,” she says. “We want this event to be successful not just in general or for our business. We want this to be established on the South Coast for the next ten years and beyond, and that needs buy-in, not just from sponsors and funding bodies, but also by the consumers as well,” she says.

What can you expect at Sea Otter Australia?

While the event is still nearly two years off, the schedule is still being ironed out, and it’s far too early to build out a list of exhibitors. But Wisata explained their overarching goal is to make the event accessible to the core mountain bikers and roadies, as well as the little old lady who lives in Mogo and wants to see what all the hubbub is about.

“We’re planning things like the dual slalom because that is such an iconic event at Sea Otter, but we’re also planning to run basically every format that Rocky Trail does over the four or five-day schedule. There will definitely be Superflow, Academies, Marathons, maybe a shorter XC format. We’re looking at potentially a Dirt Crit in the event centre, Dual Slalom, and gravel,” she says.

Outside of the on-the-bike events, Wisata tells us they’re also planning a summit or forum of sorts, focused on bringing the bike industry together to keep it growing.

“What we don’t want it to be is a sales event for Rocky Trail. I want this forum to be for the growth of the industry. I want it to be a meeting place where mountain bike club presidents, or business owners, or project managers can get together and share knowledge. We are looking at bringing in people from bike parks that have emerged in Austria and the Czech Republic or even Slovakia to come over and speak to their experience developing trails,” she says.

But their vision isn’t limited to just industry-focused goals; they want to create spaces for clubs to come together and bounce ideas off one another, and forums for teachers and principals to learn more about creating mountain bike programs at their schools.

While many (this writer included) think of the racing when it comes to Sea Otter, the event is really about the participation events and getting folks of all ages stoked on bikes.

As we mentioned earlier there will also be a trade show and gear expo. For many years big brands have used the Sea Otter events to launch new products. Wisata is under no grandiose impression that the first year out of the gate, Specialized, SRAM or Giant will unveil its latest and greatest kit at Sea Otter Australia. But with the date set for October, it does provide a sufficient interval for those new innovations to arrive in Australia.

“If something is launched in April in California, by October, Shimano or Fox or someone else would have had time to bring it over, and Mogo could be one of the first places where people can see and test these new products,” she says.

Wisata tells us they have just signed off on a dual slalom course to bring one of the festival’s most iconic events to Mogo.

Why Mogo?

Mogo being the venue for Sea Otter Australia shouldn’t come as a huge surprise given that Wisata’s other company, Rocky Trail Destination, launched during Covid out of the worry that events would never bounce back, is managing the build of the 155km trail network.

A stone’s throw from Batemans Bay, what will become the second largest trail network on the mainland and form a triad of new destinations on NSW’s South Coast.

Related:

On completion the Mogo Trail network will be the second largest on mainland Australia.

However, Rocky Trail and the Eurobodalla Shire Council go even further back. In 2017, the Eurobodalla Council was the first government body to pitch them to bring an event to town. Mogo and Bateman’s Bay are also uniquely positioned in that the area already has a well-established tourism industry, so there are beds, grocery stores, restaurants and things to do off the bike.

“We had long been on the lookout for a place where you could emulate something like the Alpentour, a four-day stage race at Schladming that gets 500 racers from all over Europe every year. They base themselves in a fancy hotel — you know with spas and everything — for four days and bring all of their families. The course is like a bit of a cloverleaf out of the same start and finish every day, with different stages, sometimes as long as 100km,” she says.

Wisata notes that many existing trail networks large enough to support and event like this are built in State Forests, which aren’t close to population centres.

With three trailheads to be split across Batemans Bay and Mogo, neither of which are big population centres — though combined, they’re similar in population size to Monterey, California, oddly enough — they are less than 300km on the highway from Sydney and 150km from Canberra.

Mogo is uniquely positioned in that it already has an established tourism industry and it’s not a massive drive from Sydney or Canberra.

While it’s been a long time coming, the first 70km of the trail network on the Mogo side is pegged to be open sometime in June 2024 and the remainder is to follow in early 2025.

“A lot of the trails are in now, and the crew is working over the next few months to connect them all up and make them flow,” says Wisata.

We have ten excavators going and 20 staff building every day and we’re talking to landscapers at the moment to design and build the trailheads. There will be one in Mogo itself, one at the Botanic Gardens and one on the Bateman’s Bay side. It’s called Curtis Road, which isn’t too far from Corrigans Beach,” says Wisata.

Where can I learn more about Sea Otter Australia?

It’s all very early days for this incarnation of Sea Otter Australia, we’ll keep you updated as more details about the schedule and who is going to be there are announced. In the meantime, head over to the new and improved Sea Otter website.


Photos: Next Level/KiPhotomedia, Eurobodalla Shire Council, Rocky Trail/GiroVisuals, Rocky Trail/OuterImage.com.au, Sea Otter Classic

The post Rocky Trail Entertainment relaunch Sea Otter Australia in 2025 appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/rocky-trail-entertainment-sea-otter-australia-2025/feed/ 0 194164
First Look | The new Focus VAM² SL takes aim at the the field of light and spritely e-MTBs https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/focus-vam-2-sl-first-look/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/focus-vam-2-sl-first-look/#respond Wed, 07 Feb 2024 13:00:35 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=193812 Fresh out of Germany is the brand new Focus VAM2 SL. The lighter and snappier cousin of the Jam2 SL, with 125mm of rear squish, it’s claimed to weigh just 16.2kg. Take that figure with a grain of salt, but that puts it in the same ballpark as the Scott Lumen we tested last year. […]

The post First Look | The new Focus VAM² SL takes aim at the the field of light and spritely e-MTBs appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Fresh out of Germany is the brand new Focus VAM2 SL. The lighter and snappier cousin of the Jam2 SL, with 125mm of rear squish, it’s claimed to weigh just 16.2kg.

Take that figure with a grain of salt, but that puts it in the same ballpark as the Scott Lumen we tested last year. The SL e-MTB arena is heating up with slightly longer travel options like the Heckler SL, Orbea Rise, Specialized Levo SL, and Focus’s own JAM2 SL, clocking in with ~150mm of rear travel, while the Vam enters an even lighter category.

An overview of the Focus VAM2 SL

VAM is a metric you’d find on any cycling computer that measures your average ascent speed — sometimes called Vertical Ascent in Meters, though it’s actually an abbreviation for velocità ascensionale media — so it shouldn’t come as a surprise that a bike named VAM isn’t a downhill brawler with miles of suspension. The VAM2 SL doesn’t currently have an analogue counterpart in Focus’s lineup, nor has it for a few years — you could argue it’s what you would get if the Spine and Vice had an electrified offspring. That said, we wouldn’t be shocked if a non-electrified VAM is released down the line.

Rolling on 29in wheels and tyres at both ends, the bike sees a 125mm/130mm combo, though Focus says you can also run a 140mm fork at the front.

The VAM² SL is pitched as a super lightweight, playful e-MTB in a similar vein to the Scott Lumen.

That 125mm of travel at the back is courtesy of a flex pivot version of the brand’s F.O.L.D. suspension. The main reason for ditching bolts and bearings at the back was to save grams, and Focus says the 9-series carbon frame weighs 2,172g while the 8-series frame tips the scales at 2,545g — both in a size medium, including the linkage and hardware.

Focus doesn’t quote any figures or provide any kinematic graphs but says the goal was to create an efficient and ‘vivid’ rear end.

All up, the German outfit says the VAM2 SL has a total system max weight (bike, rider, and equipment) of 135kg.

Focus Vam2 SL geometry

Sporting a 66.5° head angle and a 75.5° seat angle, the VAM² SL has a 450mm reach in size medium. According to Focus, if you slot in the longer fork, the head angle rakes out by a full degree.

The rear centre is 440mm across the size range to accommodate the 29in wheel. Focus hasn’t noted a max tyre width in the launch materials, but each rolls on a 2.4in rubber.

For a bike in this category, the geometry of the VAM² SL is very much on trend but by no means groundbreaking.

Focus VAM2 weight

With the top-end version claimed to weigh just 16.2kg, it’s only a touch heavier than the flagship Scott Lumen (15.5kg).

By the spec sheet, Focus hasn’t pulled the classic tricks we’ve seen many brands use to hit those headline-grabbing numbers on the scale, keeping in mind that this is a bike with 125mm of rear travel.

We’re happy to see the Fox 34 at the front featuring a GRIP2 damper rather than the lighter, less adjustable Fit4.

Usually, this is the point where we’d bang on about the Schwalbe Super Trail tyre casing being on the lighter end, but given the intended purpose of the VAM2 SL, it seems to be a savvy spec choice.

You also get 203mm rotors front and rear and four-piston brakes in the top two builds, though the lower pair see a two-pot brake at the rear. That said, you may note that the top-end build opts for SRAM Level brakes instead of Codes, but again, this is a 125mm travel bike.

The Fazua Ride 60 system is what provides VAM² SL with its extra oomph.

Fazua Ride 60

Like the JAM2 SL, the VAM2 SL is built around the Fazua Ride 60 System. With 60Nm of torque and a max power output of 450W, it has a bit more oomph than both the Levo SL and TQ HPR50 motors.

The 430Wh battery is bolted into the downtube and charged via a port in the frame, rectifying an issue we noted with the Jam2 SL we tested. Fazua also offers a 210Wh extender for those craving a bit more juice.

VAM² SL has a charging port on the frame, fixing an issue with the JAM² SL we just reviewed.

Focus VAM2 Frame features

For the Vam² SL, Focus has ditched the divisive ‘gobbler’ stem on the top two models, which sees all of the cables routed through the faceplate and into the frame through the upper headset bearing.

We’re not sure the alternative is much better as you’ll find a one-piece carbon cockpit on the high-end models. Lower in the range it’s a two-piece bar and stem, albeit one that still guides the cables into the upper headset bearing.

While Focus hasn’t used the divisive gobbler stem we’ve seen on some of its other bikes, the cables are still routed through the top headset bearing.

At the back, there is a rubber chainstay protector and a mud flap covering the chainstay yoke to prevent debris from getting jammed in this space and damaging the frame.

There’s also a “sticker set” (AKA something in the same vein as Ride Wrap) included with a bike that can be applied to the downtube, chainstays, seat stays and seat tube.

Focus also specs a small single bolt chain guide to prevent the chain from bungee jumping off the cog.

Focus VAM² SL pricing and availability

Focus AU has confirmed it will be bringing four models of the VAM2 SL into Australia, with prices starting at $7,999 AUD and we should start seeing them in bike shops in mid-February.

The top-end VAM2 SL Sl 9.0 model is fully decked out with Fox Factory Suspension, four-piston SRAM Level Ultimate brakes, Mavic Crossmax X LR 29 carbon wheels and the one-piece bar and stem combo. At the other end of the spectrum, the VAM2 SL 8.7 sees a much more economical SR Suntour/RockShox suspension package, Magura MT Trail brakes (four-piston front, two-piston rear), RaceFace AR27 alloy wheels and standard alloy bar and stem.

VAM2 SL 9.0

Kashima, T-Type transmission and carbon wheels, no surprise this is the model at the top of the pricing spectrum.
  • Frame | ​​Carbon technology frame, 125mm F.O.L.D. GEN3 kinematics, 148×12 thru-axle, internal cable routing, Post Mount 180 mm
  • Fork | FOX 34 Float Factory 29, 110×15 mm, 51 mm rake
  • Shock Fox Float Factory, 2-position lever, 210/50 mm, hardware: 25.0 x 8.0 mm, no Bushing 130 mm / 125 mm
  • Motor| FAZUA Ride 60, 60 Nm, 450 W max.
  • Battery | FAZUA Ride 60 Energy 430, 430 Wh
  • Wheels | Mavic Crossmax X LR 29
  • Tyres | Schwalbe Nobby Nic 2.4 SuperTrail SpeedGrip, Schwalbe Wicked Will, 2.4, SuperTrail SpeedGrip
  • Drivetrain | SRAM XX Eagle AXS T-Type Transmission 1×12 w/ Rotor eKAPIC RF Link 29 crankset 32T, 10-52T Cassette
  • Brakes | SRAM Level Ultimate Stealth 4-Piston w/ 203mm rotors
  • Bar | Focus MTB One Piece SL Cockpit, 800 mm, rise: 25 mm
  • Stem | Focus MTB One Piece SL Cockpit, 800 mm, rise: 25 mm
  • Seat Post | Fox Transfer SL Factory, 31,6mm
  • Saddle | Prologo Proxim W850 Nack
  • Claimed Weight | 16.2kg
  • RRP | $15,999 AUD

Focus VAM2 SL 9.9

The VAM² SL 9.9 takes a step down in the suspension package and swaps over to an XT drivetrain.
  • Frame | ​​Carbon technology frame, 125mm F.O.L.D. GEN3 kinematics, 148×12 thru-axle, internal cable routing, Post Mount 180 mm
  • Fork | Fox 34 Float Performance 29, 110×15 mm, 51 mm rake
  • Shock | Fox Float Performance, 2-position lever, 210/50 mm, hardware: 25.0 x 8.0 mm, no Bushing 130 mm / 125 mm
  • Motor | Fazua Ride 60, 60 Nm, 450 W max.
  • Battery | Fazua Ride 60 Energy 430, 430 Wh
  • Wheels | DT Swiss HX1700 LS
  • Tyres | Schwalbe Nobby Nic 2.4 SuperTrail SpeedGrip, Schwalbe Wicked Will, 2.4, SuperTrail SpeedGrip
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore XT M8100, 12-speed w/ Rotor eKAPIC RF Link 29 32T, 10-51T
  • Brakes | Shimano XT M8120, 4 piston w/ 203mm rotors
  • Bar | Focus MTB One Piece SL Cockpit, 800 mm, rise: 25 mm
  • Stem | Focus MTB One Piece SL Cockpit, 800 mm, rise: 25 mm
  • Seat Post | Post Moderne dropper post PM-MT171, 31.6 mm
  • Saddle | fi’zi:k Taiga
  • Claimed Weight | 17.5kg
  • RRP | $12,499 AUD

Focus VAM2 SL 9.8

Is it green tea or mint? The VAM² SL gets an eye-catching paint job, Rhythm level suspension, and a Deore XT drivetrain. It also gets a 2-piston rear brake.
  • Frame | ​​Carbon technology frame, 125mm F.O.L.D. GEN3 kinematics, 148×12 thru-axle, internal cable routing, Post Mount 180 mm
  • Fork | Fox 34 Float Rhythm 29, 110×15 mm, 51 mm rake
  • Shock | Fox Float DPS, 210/50 mm, hardware: 25.0 x 8.0 mm, no Bushing
  • 130 mm / 125 mm
  • Motor | Fazua Ride 60, 60 Nm, 450 W max.
  • Battery | Fazua Ride 60 Energy 430, 430 Wh
  • Wheels | RaceFace AR27
  • Tyres | Schwalbe Nobby Nic 2.4 SuperTrail SpeedGrip, Schwalbe Wicked Will, 2.4, SuperTrail SpeedGrip
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore XT M8100, 12-speed w/ Rotor eKAPIC RF Link 29 32T, 10-51T
  • Brakes | Magura MT Trail front: 4-piston / rear: 2-piston, w/ 203mm rotors
  • Bar | Aluminium, 800 mm, rise: 12,5 mm, backsweep: 9°
  • Stem | Focus C.I.S. 2.0 MTB stem, 35 mm, aluminium
  • Seat Post | Post Moderne dropper post PM-MT171, 31.6 mm
  • Saddle | fi’zi:k Taiga
  • Claimed Weight | 18.4kg
  • RRP |$9,999 AUD

Focus VAM2 SL 8.7

The entry level version of the VAM² SL makes wholesale changes to the build kit, with parts from Magura, SR Suntour, RockShox and Shimano. It also sees a 2-piston rear brake.
  • Frame | ​​Carbon technology frame, 125mm F.O.L.D. GEN3 kinematics, 148×12 thru-axle, internal cable routing, Post Mount 180 mm
  • Fork | SR Suntour Raidon 34, 110×15 mm, 44 mm rake
  • Shock | Rock Shox Deluxe Select+, 210/50 mm, hardware: 25.0 x 8.0 mm, no Bushing 130 mm / 125 mm
  • Motor | Fazua Ride 60, 60 Nm, 450 W max.
  • Battery | Fazua Ride 60 Energy 430, 430 Wh
  • Wheels | RaceFace AR27
  • Tyres | Maxxis Dissector, 2.4 Exo, Maxxis Rekon, 2.4 Exo,
  • Drivetrain | Shimano Deore M8100, 12-speed w/ Samox EC40 ISIS 32T, 10-51T
  • Brakes | Magura MT Trail front: 4-piston / rear: 2-piston w/ 203mm rotors
  • Bar | Aluminium, 800 mm, rise: 12,5 mm, backsweep: 9°
  • Stem | Focus C.I.S. 2.0 MTB stem, 35 mm, aluminium
  • Seat Post | Post Moderne dropper post PM-MT171, 31.6 mm
  • Saddle | fi’zi:k Taiga
  • Claimed Weight | 18.4kg
  • RRP | $7,999 AUD

The post First Look | The new Focus VAM² SL takes aim at the the field of light and spritely e-MTBs appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/focus-vam-2-sl-first-look/feed/ 0 193812
First Look | 2024 Scott Ransom With a New 6-Link, Integrated Suspension design https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/2024-scott-ransom-first-look/ Thu, 01 Feb 2024 20:06:41 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=193521 Nothing gets a team of engineers fizzing more than the release of a new bike. Those clever heads over at Scott have been tinkering away on the brand-new Ransom for 2024. We were lucky enough to catch up with them to get a full rundown of their latest creation, and we were privy to some […]

The post First Look | 2024 Scott Ransom With a New 6-Link, Integrated Suspension design appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Nothing gets a team of engineers fizzing more than the release of a new bike. Those clever heads over at Scott have been tinkering away on the brand-new Ransom for 2024. We were lucky enough to catch up with them to get a full rundown of their latest creation, and we were privy to some mighty interesting changes to the Ransom for this year. We’ll have one very soon to put through its paces, but, for now, feast your eyes on this futuristic machine and the oodles of new tech that comes with it.

2024 Scott Ransom 900 RC being ridden through a loamy turn
We can’t wait to get our hands on this hard-charging enduro machine. Some loamy trails would be nice, too!
2024 Scott Ransom 900 RC side profile Roosting a corner on a 2024 Scott Ransom 900 RC 2024 Scott Ransom 900 RC new colourway

The New Scott Ransom, lets go!

For 2024, the Ransom will continue to be packaged with 170mm of front and rear travel. However, the rear suspension is based on a completely new 6-Link system. Calling all bike nerds of the world: unite in frothy anticipation! The new Ransom comes as a full 29er but has the ability to also be run with mixed wheels.

We also see the addition of internal storage and adjustable headset cups. All useful features that we’re almost beginning to expect. We’re pretty spoilt these days; the standard is very high, and it seems Scott has taken on this challenge to keep up. 

New Frame and Suspension Design

Like the Scott Genius and Spark we have tested, the Ransom now has a similar space-age look. The rear shock is concealed inside the frame, providing a sleek finish, as well as conveniently keeping the shock out of the elements. Whilst it has the same external aesthetics as the other bikes in the range, when you look under the hood, things are very different.

2024 Scott Ransom Frame
The rear shock is now tucked away inside the frame. With this, it has a similar aesthetic to other bikes in the Scott family, the Scott Spark and Scott Genius.

 

One of the most intriguing changes is the implementation of their brand new 6-Link suspension design. We asked the engineers at Scott why they decided to move away from the tried and tested Horst Link platform they’ve been using previously. One of their main justifications was the tunability of the kinematics with the new 6-Link system; they’re confident that with this platform, you are able to gain more control and better isolate anti-squat and anti-rise characteristics. As well as the overall progression of the suspension.

The engineers were particularly pleased with how the suspension works under heavy braking, a scenario a bike like this is going to be exposed to regularly whilst riding steep and rough race tracks. We’re excited to test this out and see if it lives up to the hype. 

Close up shot of the suspension design on a 2024 Scott Ransom
From a distance, it might look similar to the Scott Genius. That’s far from the case when you take a closer look.

 

2024 Scott Ransom 6 bar Suspension Sketch Close up image of the new 2024 Scott Ransom 6 bar suspension design 2024 Scott Ransom 6 bar Suspension Diagram
Breakdown of 2024 Scott Ransom's 6 bar Suspension Design
The engineers claim that the 6-Link design allows them to better isolate and tune specific suspension characteristics.

Scott suggest that changing the shock and adjusting settings is simple. There is a large cover that pops off, allowing for easy access and ample space for tools and/or hands. It is definitely reassuring to hear that they’ve thought hard about this. All is well and good to keep the shock away from dirt, but we need to access it! It sounds like this won’t be an issue.

Image showing access to the rear shock on a 2024 Scott Ransom
It seems that making adjustments won’t be difficult, even with the shock mounted inside the frame.

Fox Float X Nude Shock

On all versions of the Ransom, you’ll find Fox’s Float X Nude Shock inside the futuristic frame, a pretty cool bit of custom kit. Interestingly, this shock has bearings pressed inside the lower eyelet, which is intended to provide greater small bump compliance whilst satisfying the internal space limitations.

Diagram of a Fox Float X Nude rear shock bearings
Bearings inside the lower shock eye, very interesting!

The shock is also equipped with three positions actuated by a lever on the handlebar. Those modes are climb, ramp-control and descend. Climb is a lockout position that we’re all pretty familiar with.

The ramp-control setting is an interesting one as it effectively gives the feel of instantly adding volume spacers. It doesn’t technically reduce the travel but ramps the shock up significantly to work mostly within the first 130mm of travel (full travel is 170mm). This doesn’t only sound useful for climbing, but it could also come in handy on flatter/flowier sections of a trail. We’re intrigued to see how the shock performs in this setting. It sounds good on paper, but is it practical and user-friendly? We’ll get those answers to you soon.

Then there’s ‘descend mode’ which is pretty self explanatory. Here the shock works without any air volume reduction. Designed for all-out charging, which we’re planning a plenty.

Close up image of the a Fox Float X Nude rear shock on a 2024 Scott Ransom
Fox’s Float X Nude shock is neatly tucked away inside the frame.

If you don’t want to run the Fox shock that comes on the bike, don’t worry. The team at Scott have designed the frame to fit the most popular brands and models. Including a selection of coil options.

2024 Scott Ransom Shock Options
You aren’t limited to the stock shock. There are quite a few options that will fit inside the new Ransom frame.

Internal Storage, New to the 2024 Ransom

Scott has incorporated internal storage into the new Ransom. Packaged in (what looks like) a pretty neat toolkit keeping it all together. This is the first time we’re going to see this on a Ransom, so our questions will be: how much can you fit in there? Is it noisy? And how practical are the ergonomics when gaining access? We’re stoked to see this inclusion, as internal storage is something we’ve come to really appreciate on modern mountain bikes.

Close up image of the internal storage on a 2024 Scott Ransom
This custom Syncross toolkit slots into the frame just above the shock.
Image showing where the internal storage is located on a 2024 Scott Ransom Image showing the internal features of a 2024 Scott Ransom Close up image of the internal storage package that fits inside a 2024 Scott Ransom

Full 29er or Mixed Wheels

Some of us here at Flow are big fans of mixed-wheeled setups, particularly on longer travel bikes. One issue we’ve come across previously is some frames have the ability to use MX wheels; however, the kinematics have obviously been designed to favour one setting more than the other. We’re pleased to hear that the engineers at Scott are claiming to not only have kept identical geometry, but also the same kinematics with both wheel sizes. We’ll be testing the bike with both 29er and mixed wheels as we think this is a feature that is often under-utilised.

Image showing the ability to run 29er or mixed wheels on 2024 Scott Ransom
The lower flip chip allows for full 29er or mixed-wheeled setups. This maintains the geo as well as the suspension kinematics for both options.

Geometry and Sizing

With the new Ransom, there will be four frame sizes (S, M, L & XL). The reach measurements range from 428mm (small) to 508mm (XL). All frames will have 440mm chainstays, but the seat angle will change. The small will have a 77° seat angle, and the extra large a 77.6° seat angle. Below is the full geometry chart as well as possible seat post-insertion lengths.

2024 Scott Ransom geometry chart
All pretty sensible and modern numbers. You’ll see all four frame sizes have 440mm chainstays. The seat angle changes slightly between sizes.

Chart showing 2024 Scott Ransom Dropper Post Insertion Lengths
With the shock mounted horizontally – while the Spark and Genius are vertically – it means longer dropper posts can fit comfortably.

Models and Pricing

Here in Australia, we’ll have two spec options to choose from. The Ransom 910 ($11,299.99) and the Ransom 920 ($8,399.99). Below is a breakdown of what your hard earned will get you.

Scott Ransom 910

side profile of a 2024 Scott Ransom 910
Ransom 910, $11,299.99 AUD
  • Frame | Ransom Carbon HMF Mainframe with Alloy 6061 Swingarm, Integrated Suspension Technology, 6 Link kinematic / Adjustable head angle, Syncros Cable Integration System, BB92 / UDH Interface / 12x148mm with 55mm Chainline / MX Ready
  • Fork | FOX 38 Float Performance Elite Grip 2 Air, HSC – LSC – HSR- LSR adjustable / Kabolt 15x110mm axle, 44mm offset / tapered steerer, 170mm travel
  • Shock | FOX FLOAT X NUDE EVOL 3 modes: Climb-Ramp Control- Descend, Custom large Air volume / Comp & Reb. Adj., Travel 170-130-Climb / T205X65mm / Bearing Hardware
  • Wheels | Syncros Revelstoke 2.0 6 Bolt, F: 15x110mm, R: 12x148mm Boost, 30mm Tubeless ready rim 28H / XD Driver, Syncros Axle w/Removable Lever with Tool
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai / 2.5” / 60TPI Foldable / EXO+ / TR / 3C Maxx Gripp Front. Maxxis Dissector / 2.4” / 120TPI Foldable / DD/ TR / 3C Maxx Terra Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM GX Eagle AXS Transmission 12 Speed, Wireless Electronic Shift System
  • Brakes | SRAM Code RSC Stealth 4 Piston Disc, SRAM HS2 Rotors F&R 200mm
  • Bar | Syncros Hixon iC Carbon, Size S & M 15mm rise / Size L & XL 25mm rise, back sweep 8° / 780mm / 40mm, Syncros Endurance lock-on grips
  • Seatpost | Syncros Duncan Dropper Post 1.5S / Travel Adjust / 31.6mm, S size 140mm / M size 180mm / L & XL size 210mm
  • Claimed Weight | TBC
  • RRP | $11,299.99 AUD

Scott Ransom 920

side profile of a 2024 Scott Ransom 920
Ransom 920, $8,399.99 AUD
  • Frame | Ransom Carbon HMF Mainframe with Alloy 6061 Swingarm, Integrated Suspension Technology, 6 Link kinematic / Adjustable head angle, Syncros Cable Integration System, BB92 / UDH Interface / 12x148mm with 55mm Chainline / MX Ready
  • Fork | RockShox Zeb Select+ Charger 3, HSC – LSC – LSR adjustable / 15x110mm Maxle stealth axle, 42mm offset / Tapered Steerer, / 170mm travel
  • Shock | FOX FLOAT X NUDE EVOL  3 modes: Climb-Ramp Control- Descend, Custom large Air volume / Travel 170-130-Climb / T205X65mm / Bearing Hardware
  • Wheels | Syncros Revelstoke 2.5 6 Bolt, F: 15x110mm, R: 12x148mm Boost, 30mm Tubeless ready rim 28Hr, w/Removable Lever with Tool
  • Tyres | Maxxis Assegai / 2.5” / 60TPI Foldable / EXO+ / TR / 3C Maxx Gripp Front. Maxxis Dissector / 2.4” / 120TPI Foldable / DD/ TR / 3C Maxx Terra Rear
  • Drivetrain | SRAM NX Eagle 12 Speed Rear Derailleur. SRAM SX Eagle Trigger. SRAM X1 1000 Eagle DUB Boost Cranks, 32T / Chainline 55mm
  • Brakes | SRAM DB8 4 Piston Disc, SRAM Centerline Rotors F&R 200mm
  • Bar & Stem | Syncros Hixon 2.0 Alloy 6061 D.B., Size S & M 12mm Rise / Size L & XL 20mm Rise / back sweep 8° / 780mm, Syncros Endurance lock-on grips. Syncros AM 2.0 Stem, Syncros Cable Integration System, 4° rise / 6061 Alloy / 31.8mm / 40mm
  • Seatpost | Syncros Duncan Dropper Post 1.5S / Travel Adjust / 31.6mm, S size 140mm / M size 180mm / L & XL size 210mm
  • Claimed Weight | TBC
  • RRP | $8,399.99 AUD

Our Final Thoughts…For Now, More to Come Soon!

The Ransom has always been a bike that Scott has used to push the limits of engineering and technology. Flow’s Director, Mick, rode one of the first Ransoms in the early 2000s with an ahead-of-its-time equalizer shock. The latest Ransom has carried on with this trend with some pretty unique features.

Ring Ring “Mr Scott Ransom here, nice to meet you. What year is it again?”

Our test bike has just arrived; watch this space; we’ll have a written and video review out soon!

The post First Look | 2024 Scott Ransom With a New 6-Link, Integrated Suspension design appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
193521
Explore rural NSW with the goodnessgravel event series https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/goodness-gravel-nsw/ https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/goodness-gravel-nsw/#respond Thu, 01 Feb 2024 04:00:31 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=173735 Hitting Mogo, Glen Innes and Gundy, goodnessgravel 2024 calendar is underway, exploring the best country roads NSW has to offer. And there is a new Oranged-tinted addition to the series! Born out of trying to get folks out of the city and exploring back roads, goodnessgravel has evolved into a four-event series taking in a […]

The post Explore rural NSW with the goodnessgravel event series appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Hitting Mogo, Glen Innes and Gundy, goodnessgravel 2024 calendar is underway, exploring the best country roads NSW has to offer. And there is a new Oranged-tinted addition to the series!

Born out of trying to get folks out of the city and exploring back roads, goodnessgravel has evolved into a four-event series taking in a quartet of country towns that may not otherwise be on your radar. But with the gravel riding they have to offer, they absolutely should be.

We caught up with Mr goodnessgravel himself, Will Levy, to find out more about the series and get the inside scoop on the courses.

goodnessgravel takes folks to rural towns around NSW to ride bikes in places they not have otherwise thought to go for a pedal.

What is goodnessgravel?

If Will Levy’s name looks familiar, you may know him from twowheeltours, which has been running Euro cycling tours, including taking folks to the Haute Route — you know, the event that set the stage for the Netflix doco Icarus — for over a decade.

Then Covid hit and stopped international and most domestic travel.

“We would spend a lot of time overseas, and then Covid came along, and we thought, alright, how long is this going to last? Nobody really knows,” says Levy. “I wasn’t going to go back to teaching, so we had to come up with something else.”

As it happens, Levy used to be in charge of the Bowral Classic, a Gran Fondo that attracts about 3,000 people to the Southern Highlands year after year. Running an event of that scale is basically a PhD in dealing with permits, councils, volunteers and the like. Looking abroad, gravel is exploding with no signs of slowing down, so Levy started putting in the groundwork to shine a light on the bulk kilometres of remarkable unpaved roads around NSW.

After doing an audit of the gravel riding opportunities for the Eurobodalla Shire, the council said, ‘if you fill out this form, you can get a grant to put on an event.’ And so goodnessgravel Mogo was born.

“We’re trying to get people to explore and get out of regular riding environments and ride in rural regions and have a great experience,” he says.

And now with a new offering in the Central Tablelands, it makes it that much easier to dip your toe into gravel, or dive in head first.

“Not everyone lives near Orange, or Mogo, Gundy or Glen Innes, so it’s nice to be able to offer a range of locations and get more riders on board,” he says.

Fantastic scenery, quiet country roads and some big days on the bike is what goodnessgravel is all about.

Similar to the Beechworth Granite Classic, goodnessgravel is not a race, there are no awards for finishing first, and there is no clock running.

“The first one back gets a Lindt ball, but then so does everyone else when they finish. You’ll get a free beer, a sausage sandwich and another cold drink,” says Levy.

The goodnessgravel courses are designed to be adventurous but within the abilities of what a gravel bike can handle. Don’t expect janky singletrack or brutally rough climbing or descending.

How hard are these events?

These events are designed to be a challenge, with the big loops at all four coming in about 130km in length, you won’t want to come straight off the couch. Being mostly on unpaved roads, conditions of the surface you’re riding on can vary drastically, and the routes are anything but flat.

The loops are adventurous, taking in water crossings and even short sections of 4WD track and fire roads, but they aren’t designed to be a sufferfest for the sake of being a sufferfest.

“A lot of it, the road surface is better than Military Road in Sydney,” he laughs.

With that, Levy says to leave your road bike at home. The majority of folks ride gravel bikes (82%), but there are still folks who come out on their mountain bikes (18%), and the rest are e-Gravel or e-MTB.

We asked Levy about the e-Bike running out of juice during these events, and he said it hasn’t been a problem. They offer a drop bag service, which sees personal gear taken out to one of the aid stations so folks can have a spare battery or range extender waiting.

Each event offers a long and a short course, with fully catered aid stations, complete with live music, on-course support, medical and mechanical assistance. When registering, each rider receives a goodness bag with a ‘mankie’ which is a map/hankie plus their hand made rider card. There is a sweep van, however seats are limited, so he warns it should not be treated as a sag wagon.

 

goodnessgravel Glen Innes | April 13, 2024

According to Levy, the beauty of the Glen Innes event is the remoteness.

“You’d be lucky to see a few cars out there,” he says.

Glen Innes is surprisingly high altitude, at just over 1,000m above sea level. As you can see it gets a bit chilly during the winter, lucky the event sets off before the cold really sets in.

With three courses, the big loop covers 125km with 1,700m of climbing. The medium course is 75km with 1,000m of vertical ascent, and the ‘Piccolo’ option is a 35km loop with 450m of climbing.

Kicking off with a climb up Mt Mitchell Road, which is the most challenging ascent of the day, this slog sees extended sections above a 12% gradient. The tarmac ends about 28 km in — there’s a Rest Stop ‘Lite’ here — and you’ll hit the high point about 1km later, reaching 1259m above sea level.

According to Levy the first quarter of the Glen Innes course is the hardest.

“Then you’re onto Mount Slow, and you go through these huge granite boulders. It’s so unbelievably beautiful,” he says.

From there, the course goes down into an area called Red Range at about 80km in, where you’ll find the second rest stop of the day.

“It’s this tiny little town, with an RFS, a community hall and a public school. There is this guy who raises the best chickens in NSW — I think that might be self-professed. But he runs the community hall.” says Levy.

From there, it’s a flowing descent through Lambs Valley, and back onto the tarmac into Glen Innes.

Check out last year’s goodnessgravel Glen Innes:

The Glen Innes welcoming committee is particularly enthusiastic.

goodnessgravel Mogo, NSW | July 20, 2024

You may already be aware of Mogo because of the massive 155km trail network currently under construction. Eurobodalla Shire is also home to what Levy says is the hardest goodnessgravel event. The long course is 130km with 2,700m of climbing, and the short loop takes in 70km with 1,595m of uphill.

With a figure-eight loop, there is hardly a flat section on this course.

Starting in Mogo the route for a town called Runnyford which has one of the few timber plank bridges that survived the bushfires in 2019.

Ride whatever you’ve got, any bike bar a roadie will get you through a goodnessgravel event.

“It’s something out of Neverland because it’s like 200m long — it’s quite stunning. When the fires came through, I think they lost 80 of these bridges because most of them are wood, but this one survived,” says Levy.

Once you cross the Buckenbowra River, you climb up to the first rest stop at Nelligen, 38.5km into the day.

“Then you ride some of what I think is Australia’s best gravel through the state parks, Mogo State Forest,” says Levy.

After what’s called the Big Bit climb, it’s onto the Old Princess Highway, which is unpaved and extraordinarily narrow. It’s wild to think that this one was once the main thoroughfare of the South Coast because it would be treacherous by car.

At about 75km in, you hit the Clyde River, where you’re met with a sizeable 100m long shallow crossing.

“At worst, the deepest it is, is up to your shin, so some people ride across, and others take their shoes off and walk. Not being a race, there’s no pressure,” says Levy.

Once you have a chance to dry out, this section of the course is the calm before the storm — the crux of the day, Egan’s Rough Stuff.

Just look at this bridge! One of the many rad things you come across on the Mogo course.

“It’s the most idyllic road. You go past this amazing farm, and then this beautiful lake, and then all of a sudden, it’s not so beautiful anymore because you hit the 4WD track. It’s probably only 1km, and then straight into a steep climb for a very short period,” says Levy.

Once you’ve made it up, and over the top, the hard work is done, and it’s a cruisy, rolling  — but not flat — pedal back to Mogo.

Mogo is one of the more adventurous goodnessgravel events and the most difficult.

Want to see what goodnessgravel Mogo was like last year? Read more below:

goodnessgravel Gundy | September 22, 2024

Touring the Upper Hunter, goodnessgravel Gundy will have a long 135km course which features a whopping 2,700m of ascending. According to Levy’s estimate, riding at 18kph will take 7.5-hours — not for the faint of heart. There’s also a 75km ‘short’ course with 1650m of ascending.

Kicking off with 8km of pounding pavement, you hit gravel and a guided tour of some of the most storied polo (equestrian) farms in the state.

It’s not hard to see why you’d want to come and ride here.

“You’ll go over a lot of cattle grids, and have cows, sheep, and horses all around you — they could be on the road with you,” he says.

Heading into the first rest stop at 43km, there’s a water crossing over Greens Creek, and then the aid station where food, drinks, and a band will be waiting.

“The second rest stop is run by these two older ladies who are literally the most Australian people I’ve ever met. They are the nicest people, and they’re so helpful,” says Levy.

The start of the grass tree forest, where thousands of them line the sides of the road.

The next section of the course can only be described as a high, a low, and an extreme high. Here you’ll enter the famed grass tree forest.

“You pedal out through Timor, and you go up this hill into the grass trees,” he says. “There’s literally thousands of grass trees along this one road around the Timor Caves area.”

After you’ve scraped your jaw off the ground from the amazement of what you’ve just witnessed, it’s the infamous WWW (Will We Walk) climb. This is a stonking ascent up to Sergeant Gap, where the gradient regularly tips above 10%, winding its way up to 958m above sea level.

“Then there is a fast descent, and the beauty of it from there, it’s almost a 60km flowing descent once you get over the top of Sergeant Gap. You ride from about 60km to about 120km, pretty much all descending from 960m above sea level to about 250m — and there is no one around,” he says.

On the way back, you run through the second aid station at Ellerston, which is also home to the Packer Media empire’s infamous farm. On the way by you’ll catch glimpses of the private golf course — the sand in the bunkers is whiter than what you’ll find in Jervis Bay.

There’s one last uphill surge with under 10km to go before you’re back in Gundy with a Lindt ball, a beer and a sausage sandwich at the Linga Longa Pub. Levy recommends taking advantage of the Gundy weir to cool off tired legs.

Check out all the action from the grass trees at last year’s event:

A beacon at the head of a hard day on the bike, the Linga Longa pub is waiting with warm food and cold drinks.

goodnessgravel Orange | March 16, 2024

goodnessgravel Orange has already run this year, check out our recap below

The first event on the goodnessgravel calendar is the new kid on the block sailing the good times ship to Orange, NSW. Best known for its wines, local produce and, of course, the scenery.

How cool is this retro ride poster the goodnessgravel crew have mocked up for the Orange event.

goodnessgravel Orange has two courses on offer; a 120km loop with a 2,300m of climbing or a short option that’s 65km with 1,650m.

Levy describes the course as a bit of a Canobolas fest, with the start and finish at Lake Canobolas, and the crux of the day being the gravel ascent up Mount Canobolas.

The gravel ascent of Mount Canobolas will definitely be the crux of the day.

Both courses first go past the Orange Race Track before heading into Glenwood State Forest where you will start pedalling through the pine forest to the first rest stop at 30km.

After the rest stop is where the two loops diverge, with the short loop headed through Glenwood State Forest — home of the Trail of Awesomeness — while the big loop heads for a little town called Cargo, population 200.

Here you’ll find the second rest stop, and then it’s champagne gravel with a few potential river crossings until you get to Glenwood State Forest.

“You’re on full Australian country gravel roads. It’s big wide open spaces and views forever. It’s quiet little country roads surrounded in gum trees — this section will be fast and is more rolly than hilly,” says Levy.

“From the long course, you come in from the state forest, and you have the mighty Mount Canobolas waiting for you. It’s a big berg of a hill; it’s 1,397m tall, and you’ll be climbing the majority of that on gravel,” he says.

At the top, you’ll have a 360-degree view of the whole area — a great spot to regroup — before you descend the mountain on a paved road to Lake Canobolas, which is open for swimming.

“We’ll have live music again, and people will get a finishers pin when they cross the line — which is in the shape of a heart this year — a sausage sandwich from good people who run the Lakeside Cafe, and a cold drink,” Levy says.

The majority of the route is on well-maintained gravel roads. However, Levy does note that there are a few fire road sections through the state forest. These are active working forests, so they could be a little rough.

goodnessgravel gives back

It doesn’t take long in speaking to Levy to understand he’s very conscious of the impact of what he does, whether it be using sustainable number plates, not using zip ties and only printing shirts for those who want them and also the time, and resources the local community puts in to help these events run smoothly.

That’s why $10 from each entry goes back to the local community, whether it be the Scouts, Rural Fire Service, or the Lions Club.

“Some of these communities have been through hell we just don’t understand. It’s not like we’re raising a million bucks, but it’s just a way of saying thank you; whether we’re using the scouts and they send out some people to help out at the rest stop — on top of just being good people and helping us out,” he says. “We can’t do these events without having locals help us.”

What else should you know?

When you enter a goodnessgravel event, you’re assigned a number for life. So say your number plate says 37, every other goodnessgravel event you enter, you’ll get the same number. Levy tells us they’re up to 1,073, and some folks have been to every event.

“The rider plates are made of cotton dipped in bee’s wax and fully sustainable, and we try not to use zip ties, so everyone gets twine to attach their rider plate onto their bike,” he says.

The rider plates look like this, with your forever number printed on the front. Levy tells us they still regularly have rider number 8 jumping on the goodnessgravel trail and are up to 1,073
A fourth goodnessgravel event is in the works for later in the year. Watch this space.

As part of the event, there are also photographers stationed along the course, and the photos are available free to riders as part of the entry fee.

One of the best things about gravel is going on an adventure with mates, and with that, if you come with a group there is a discounted rate.

Entries are open now. For more info or to sign up, head over to the goodnessgravel website.

The post Explore rural NSW with the goodnessgravel event series appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/goodness-gravel-nsw/feed/ 0 173735
Skills, Thrills & Good Trails | All-Women MTB de Femme returns to Falls Creek this March https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/falls-creek-mtb-de-femme-2024/ Wed, 24 Jan 2024 05:31:36 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=193529 MTB de Femme is back at Falls Creek in 2024 after shifting the event to Mount Beauty in 2023, due to the landslide on Bogong High Plains Road. The women’s only mountain bike festival has a packed weekend of events and skills sessions scheduled for March 22-24. Event Director Jo Prothero is the former Director […]

The post Skills, Thrills & Good Trails | All-Women MTB de Femme returns to Falls Creek this March appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
MTB de Femme is back at Falls Creek in 2024 after shifting the event to Mount Beauty in 2023, due to the landslide on Bogong High Plains Road. The women’s only mountain bike festival has a packed weekend of events and skills sessions scheduled for March 22-24.

Event Director Jo Prothero is the former Director of Marketing at Falls Creek and was around when the Resort first started to design a mountain bike trail network.

“I was there from 2012 just as we started to develop the mountain bike trails, and I went through that journey of ‘I’m going to fall and hurt myself. I’m not good enough. I’m going to look stupid.’ she says.

Prothero tells us the 2022 MTB de Femme was wet and wild and it’s the year everyone still mentions to her because it was so much fun.

Related:

MTB de Femme originated as a social pedal in 2016 to get more women riding at Falls Creek, and help them leap these hurdles. Over the years, it has evolved into a full-on weekend festival.

“I still have that passion for getting women over that initial fear of ‘I can’t do it.’” says Prothero.

“It’s about women encouraging each other. You see people make friends, and then they will go out and ride with each other after the event. It’s nice, and you get quite a buzz out of that,” she says.

What can you expect at MTB de Femme?

Kicking off on Friday afternoon is a social cruisey ride around lunchtime for folks who want to get up to the resort early, before registration, and a meet and greet at the Falls Creek museum.

Then it’s into a Big Bike Film Night screening comprising half a dozen short films about riding bikes.

“There’s an eclectic mix of riding experiences and stories within it,” says Prothero. “It highlights quite a few inspirational people and their stories.”

The following day kicks off with skills clinics run by Fastline Bike Academy. Prothero tells us that Flow’s own World Cup DH correspondent, Lia Ladbrook, will be one of the coaches running clinics.

“They deliver the skills sessions on the Saturday morning, and then in the afternoon, that same skills the coach joins on with the guided group ride. We drop a local guide with them, and they can go apply some of the things they’ve learned that day and explore the trail network,” says Prothero.

Ride Fainters with your mates

During this time slot the festival also offers the option for a guided ride on the Fainters Track.

“This is the first time we are offering the Fainters Track backcountry ride, which was based on feedback from previous participants,” she says.

The Fainters Track ride is new for this year, and comes off the back of folks asking for it at previous events.

“There will be a guide, but you’ll need to be an advanced rider, and you’ll need to be self-sufficient,” Prothero says of the 50km backcountry route from Falls Creek to Mount Beauty.

Hopefully, you studied up at the meet and greet in the Falls Creek Museum because after the guided rides finish and the shuttles are parked for the evening, the trivia night will cover mountain biking and Falls Creek history. There will also be giveaways from some of the event partners like Krush.

Finish the weekend off with pilates and pump tracks

The guided riders go beyond the trails, taking in some of the best backcountry routes Falls Creek has to offer.

Sunday morning kicks off with a Pilates session run by Mount Beauty-based Wildflower Pilates riders will have the option for a pump track and jumping skills session or a guided ride to one of the many historical alpine huts in the area.

“It was really interesting last year when we did a jump session; before the weekend, many people said they didn’t want to do it, but then during the day on Saturday, they were like, oh, can I switch to do the jump sessions? The confidence they’d built over the weekend made them want to learn what is a really useful bit of technique — which is what it’s all about,” says Prothero.

With all of the natural disasters that have befallen the Victorian High Country over the past couple of years, Prothero tells us that lunch on Sunday will be a BBQ to raise money for the local SES.

The final afternoon of riding, the festival will once again turn its attention to the pump track, where they’ll be hosting Pump Track Festivities including some good old-fashioned racing for those who are keen.

Flow in-house World Cup Downhiller Lia Ladbrook will be out at MTB de Femme coaching.

How do you sign up for MTB de Femme?

Entries for MTB de Femme are open now, and there are ticket options for the entire weekend, just Saturday or Sunday or even just to come up for the movie screenings.

Prothero tells us they’ve also added a First Timers ticket for beginner riders who won’t quite be ready for the uplift riding that doesn’t include cost of the Blue Dirt shuttle pass.

Head to the MTB de Femme website for more info and to book your spot.


Photos: Sam Purdie / @sgpurdie

The post Skills, Thrills & Good Trails | All-Women MTB de Femme returns to Falls Creek this March appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
193529
Cannonball Turns 10 | Thredbo’s iconic MTB Fest has big plans to celebrate a decade https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/cannonball-mtb-fest-2024/ Thu, 11 Jan 2024 00:18:14 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=193035 Ten years of Cannonball, can you believe it! With thousands of race runs logged on the infamous Cannonball Downhill, massive whips thrown over a cheering crowd and countless rugs cut on the dance floor, the party on two wheels is back for another year — with some new tricks up its sleeve to celebrate double […]

The post Cannonball Turns 10 | Thredbo’s iconic MTB Fest has big plans to celebrate a decade appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Ten years of Cannonball, can you believe it! With thousands of race runs logged on the infamous Cannonball Downhill, massive whips thrown over a cheering crowd and countless rugs cut on the dance floor, the party on two wheels is back for another year — with some new tricks up its sleeve to celebrate double digits.

Scheduled for 12-17 February, this year’s Cannonball MTB Festival, presented by Boost Mobile, will double as Round 2 of the AusCycling DH National Series.

With $130,000 AUD in cash and prizes and some of the best gravity trails in the country, there is sure to be a stacked field. International riders Jackson Goldstone, Nina Hoffman, Steve Peat, Amaury Pierrion, Myriam Nicole, Dylan Maples, Vali Hoell and Kasper Wooley will be making appearances alongside local legends like Jack Moir, Troy Brosnan, Connor Fearon, both A’Herns and the Meier-Smith Brothers, Caroline Buchannan and more. This is going to be one star-studded festival!

Cannonball is always a hoot whether you’re racing or spectating, here’s what you can expect from the week.

Related:

Cannonball MT fest Cannonball MT fest Cannonball MT fest
Sun-drenched gravity riding in Thredbo? Sign us up!

Dual Slalom and Nationals DH

In addition to the returning classics, new for 2024 is the Maxxis Dual Slalom. Scheduled to run on Friday, riders will be pit against one another on a brand-new course feeding into Friday Flat.

“We are throwing it back old school for the Maxxis Dual Slalom and like to think of it more of a “grass drift slalom”. Taking a laid-back approach to the course build, the course utilises the Friday Flat natural amphitheatre and will feature off-camber grass turns top to bottom! The event will have a heavy emphasis on “foot out, flat out”. The course will be as far from a descending pump track that you see at Crankworx or Sea Otter as you can get. The course and gates will be designed and installed by our team here in Thredbo and will be about 300m long with around 10-15 turns. We are hoping for some ruts to form with plenty of thrills and spills to be had,” says Thredbo MTB Business & Mountain Events Manager, Tim Windshuttle.

Qualifying will take place on Friday morning, with the fastest folks this side of Cooma to set off in the afternoon for some head-to-head racing action.

The Oakley Australian Open Downhill will double as Round 2 of the AusCycling DH National Series.

Last year, Cannonball hosted the Aus Cycling National Champs — including XC. While the venue for 2024 has been moved to Awaba, Cannonball has still snagged the duties for the second round of the AusCycling National Series.

The festival’s namesake, the Cannonball Downhill, will again be the venue for the Oakley Australian Open Downhill. The course for 2024 will include the upper fire road, meaning riders will have hit warp speed by the time they hit the jumps and the first rock garden.

Windshuttle also tells Flow that a lot of sections of trail used for the event, including the Cannonball DH, will be refurbished prior to the festival.

Cannonball MT fest Cannonball MT fest Cannonball MT fest

“Last year we saw some huge changes to the Cannonball DH and 2024 will be no different, with some slight changes making the fastest DH track in Aus even faster,” he says.

The Oakley Australian Open Downhill also boasts the biggest payday in Australian DH history.

Spots are selling quickly, and at the time of writing the U17 Men’s field already has a waitlist. Windshuttle tells us the other categories are also nearly full!

Cannonball is more than just chasing podiums, and you can take the events as seriously as you’d like.

Can’t go wrong with the Cannonball classics

Of course, the accolade that everyone is chasing is to be crowned the King and Queen of Cannonball, where the riders who perform the best across the five open events are coronated as gravity royalty. Points are awarded based on where you finish in each event, and the riders with the highest score at the end of the week will score that sweet new headgear. However, there has been a slight tweak to the format of this overall competition, and it’s no longer mandatory for riders to compete in all the events to be eligible for the titles. Riders can pick and choose the events they want to do, with their results adding up towards their overall points tally.

The festival kicks off with the Osprey All-Mountain Assault, which pits racers against a 6km enduro-style track. Starting at the top of the Gunbarrell Express, the course sends folks down the All-Mountain Trail. While it’s mostly downhill, there are some sneaky pinch climbs that will sap the energy out of your legs if you get stuck in the 10T.

Wednesday and Thursday, the main event up on the hill is the Fox Flow Motion Cup. While it’s a simple race to the bottom of the 5km Kosciuszko Flow Trail, this blue-rated flowy descent is anything but a leisurely cruise through the snow gums. At race pace, trying to extract free speed from the berms and rolling traverses will require an intimate knowledge of kinetic energy and a bit of fitness to boot.

The Pumptrack finals always make for fireworks.

The event will be split into two groups, with Pro Men and Women, U19 Men and Women, and U17, Amatuer, and Masters 30+ Men in Group A racing on Wednesday. The remainder of the racing categories are in Group B and will race on Thursday.

On Thursday evening, the focus will shift down to the Village Green for the RockShox Pump Track Challenge finals under the lights. The dirt pump track is a masterpiece of trail sculpting, and it’s a pearler of a time whether you’re inside the barriers or watching on with a cold beverage.

Friday and Saturday, see the Dual Slalom and Cannonball DH, with the Deity Whip Wars to close out the week.

A crowd favourite, Whip Wars is an invite-only event where the steeziest riders in town get as close to 90º as possible on the super booter in the event village.

The Whip-Off is once again an invite-only event and is sure to be a crowd-pleaser.

It’s not just about the racing; bring on the party vibes

With some of the biggest name riders donning number plates, the spectating (read: heckling) is sure to be top-notch, and there is still a tonne of terrain that is still open to the public each day. So even if you’re not racing bring your bike and send a few laps between the action.

With such a start-studded cast, Cannonball will be hosting a meet and greet and poster signing with the pros on Wednesday, February 14, at 5pm.

There’s also a gear show with Boost Mobile, Oakley, Fox, SRAM, Rockshox, Deity, Crankbrothers, Maxxis, Norco, Osprey, Stans, Krush, Gorpo & Balter showing off new gear, running demos and product giveaways all week. We’ve even heard whispers that there may be some brand-new bikes that will be launching at the event.

Quite a few brands will be in the event village this year doing demos and giveaways.
Cannonball MT fest Cannonball MT fest Cannonball MT fest
The Terrys will be playing outside The Alpine Bar to cap off the week.

The resort hosts live music at The Alpine Bar with a lineup of local DJs spinning sets daily, with The Terrys presented by Balter Brewers on Saturday night. Fresh off a regional Australian Tour, the South Coast quintet will be blasting surf rock tunes to cap off an epic week of racing.

The concert is free and open to all ages.

For those who want to keep the party going and need to unleash some moves that haven’t already graced the dance floor, the good times keep on rolling into Keller Bar for the official after-party.

Registration for Cannonball is open now and entries are limited. Single-event and multi-event entries are available, and spaces are selling quick smart.

Registration is open now and some of the age groups are already sold out. Don’t sleep on Cannonball this year as you might miss out!

Photos: Nick Waygood / Thredbo

The post Cannonball Turns 10 | Thredbo’s iconic MTB Fest has big plans to celebrate a decade appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
193035
Say G’day G’day to Kempsey | Kalateenee Forest enduro trails get an upgrade https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/kempsey-kalateenee-forest-enduro-trails-upgrade/ Thu, 04 Jan 2024 02:52:10 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=184107 Flow Mountain Bike acknowledges the Traditional Owners of Kempsey and Kalateenee State Forest, the people of Thunggutti/Dunghutti Country. We recognise their connection to lands, waters and communities and pay our respect to Elders past, present and emerging. About 20km from Crescent Head on the NSW Mid-North Coast, Kempsey is probably best known for being the […]

The post Say G’day G’day to Kempsey | Kalateenee Forest enduro trails get an upgrade appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Flow Mountain Bike acknowledges the Traditional Owners of Kempsey and Kalateenee State Forest, the people of Thunggutti/Dunghutti Country. We recognise their connection to lands, waters and communities and pay our respect to Elders past, present and emerging.


About 20km from Crescent Head on the NSW Mid-North Coast, Kempsey is probably best known for being the hometown of the King of Australian Country Music, Slim Dusty. However, Macleay Valley Mountain Bike Club is aiming to put the small town on the map for its trails in Kalateenee State Forest.

Hunter Valley-based East Coast Mountain Trails has upgraded the enduro trails in the network in addition to a new trailhead and facilities thanks to a unique grant arrangement.

As it stands, Kempsey is definitely best known for the Slim Dusty Centre, but the Macleay Valley Mountain Bikers are hoping to change that.

The trails in Kalateenee State Forest have been around for decades. Like so many other trail networks around the country, the network started as informal trails built by a motivated group of locals who wanted somewhere to ride their mountain bikes.

For years they stayed largely under the radar, however in the late 2010s, the Macleay Valley Mountain Bikers Club organised and worked with Forestry and the Council to have them formalised so they could host events, and began to look at using the trails to attract tourism.

“It’s a wonderful opportunity for our club not only with this grant but running in conjunction with two other projects at the same time, and they’ll all be completed within a short period of each other. It will see our facilities become more accessible for everyone to use. It will attract more people from the area to take up our sport, but also increase the number of visitors we have,” says Macleay Valley Mountain Bikers Club President Kylie Stewart.

Normally, when we are building singletrack, we have the 1.7-tonne excavator out there. But I’ve got a 4-tonne up there as well, so it’s good for building big features.

The upgrades are focused on the enduro trails, and the folks from East Coast Mountain Trails have big plans.

Grants won with The Ringer From The Top End

The trail network in the Kalateene Forest has about 30 km of singletrack, with flowing XC trails and a pocket of enduro trails. In 2021, the club won $30,000 in funding from the Council thanks to a Bushfire Recovery Grant and allowed the construction of the Firefly flow trail — which by all accounts is a hoot. This buoyed the relationship between the club and the Kempsey Shire Council.

“We’d won a bunch of little grants for the club for the flow trail and things like signage, and through working with the council, we developed a really good relationship,” explains Stewart.

So when the opportunity for more grant funding became available via the NSW State Government and the Department of Planning and Environment Place to Play program, Stewart approached the council to see if they’d be willing to support something a little unorthodox.

“We have got the mountain bike trails here to a good level, but the Place to Play funding presented a fantastic opportunity to put a significant amount, over $300,000 AUD for the trails and another $150,000 AUD for the car park (and trailhead facilities), into their hands. It was too good an opportunity to miss,” says Craig Milburn, General Manager at the Kempsey Shire Council.

Kempsey is a jump, skip and a hop from Crescent Head, meaning you can grab your bike and board shorts. There is a rumour that the Council may be looking at ways to connect the two, possibly with an adventure trail.

The trouble was the Place to Play funding was only open to councils, so the Macleay Valley Mountain Bikers couldn’t apply for it themselves. To complicate things further, the trails themselves are actually located on land managed by the NSW Forestry Corp, not the Council. So, in essence, the Council would be funding a project to build infrastructure on forestry land, on behalf of a third party.

“We were very happy to put the application in on their behalf. The Mountain Bike Club actually identified the funding and wrote the grant application but under the name of the Council. So we (the Council) oversee and are ultimately responsible for the grant, but we have a very good relationship with the mountain bike club and have put in place procedures in accounting for the grant and the finances and things like that. But also to ensure the project is meeting their standards, and meeting our standards — so we all have that accountability,” says Milburn.

According to Stewart and Milburn, this unique allocation of grant funding from the State Government was a first in NSW. Stewart also tells Flow that Forestry has been on board from the beginning and provided a tremendous amount of support for the Club and the network.

According to the Council and the Club, this is the first time a grant earmarked for councils is being allocated to a mountain bike club to spend in a state forest.

Looking forward looking back, what’s happening on the Kalateenee tracks

There are actually two major projects in Kalateene State Forest. East Coast Mountain Trails has revamped the enduro trails. At the same time, a new trailhead and hub facilities are going in on the southern side of the network — as the current trailhead and parking area is at the Kempsey Golf Course outside of the land allocated for the trails.

The new trailhead is also complete and there is a new trail map, drop toilets and a rainwater tank, though the Club does not recommend it for drinking.

According to Mat Rowland from East Coast Mountain Trails, the soil is a bit like Awaba, and the trails traverse areas that were logged by his estimation in the last 10-15 years.

“There is a good mixture of clay and sandy hardpack. It’s fairly rocky up at the top, but as you get further down the hill, there are no rocks to be seen. Being state forest, I don’t know how often it was logged, but there are lots of stumps and old dead trees, and things from old logging camps — there’s also been a lot of fires in this area over the years as well,” he says.

With that, he tells us the terrain isn’t overly steep or technical. But with the land not being pristine, it allows for a bit more creative licence to work the earth and create exciting features to keep the speed up and get people excited.

Rowland tells us the upgrade to Yetti looks a bit like Big Line at Boomerang Farm.

He tells us normally, they use a 1.7-tonne excavator for machine-built singletrack however, they have also called in the 4-tonner.

“Probably 95% of the track is done with the smaller excavator, and then for the bigger features, we bring in the big one and move a lot of dirt to spice things up,” he says.

Rowland tells Flow he and his crew are the most excited for the upgrade to a trail called Yetti, as the goal was to make it look a bit like Big Line at Boomerang Farm, with half a dozen jumps as big as 30-40ft.

“It’s just the big digger stacking dirt up for days, and there is a return trail so that people can session stuff as well,” he says.

Kalateenee Forest has hosted a few races from Rocky Trail Entertainment and White Lightning Events, and the club is hoping these upgrades will allow them to host more.

Ben Bailey, Vice President of the Macleay Valley Mountain Bike Club tells Flow that Yetti had over 1,200 passes in one week since it was revamped.

“This jump section is great for progression. The B line is alongside the A-Line; I have seen kids just roll over three out of five jumps with Big Brother or Dad doing the bigger A-Line jumps. East Coast Mountain Trails has done an awesome job with drainage as with recent rain the trails have held up well,” he says.

The other trails gravity trails have had a varying amount of work ranging from a spruce up with bigger berms, improved drainage, and minor realignments like on Tims’ Carlton Dry to significant changes with major new features like on Little Kenny — said to be a new favourite with the locals.

No longer the Kalateenee Pub With No Beer

Beyond just the rebuild to the pocket of enduro trails in the network, Rowland and his team are tidying and formalising the starts of specific trails and making the layout more intuitive. The goal here is to make finding your way around simpler and to smooth out event logistics for the club.

“The Club has just purchased some timing devices, and our plan is to use the new facilities and upgrades to the trails, so that we can start to see, maybe one day, getting state, if not world-class athletes to come to our area and race our trails,” says Stewart.

East Coast Mountain Trails has finished its work on the trails in Kempsey. There aren’t a tonne of places to ride in this area of the Mid-North Coast, so the upgrades are a key bit of infrastructure for the area.

Beyond bringing folks in from afar, these facilities will also be a boon for the local community and keep kids out of trouble.

“It’s good news for the town as well, and it’s a great way to get the youth engaged, whether that’s trying to get people out for maintenance days and getting more people involved with the club,” says Rowland.

The trails in Kalateenee State Forest officially opened in mid-December. We’re headed down to Kemsey soon to check out the new and improved trail network. Stay tuned for more.

Things are lookin’ up for the Kalateenee Mountain Bike Trails.

Photos: Maclaey Valley Mountain Bikers, Rocky Trail/Faber Film, Kempsey Shire Council, Sunday Collective/Kempsey Shire Council Destination NSW and Flow MTB.

The post Say G’day G’day to Kempsey | Kalateenee Forest enduro trails get an upgrade appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
184107
What to expect at Lake Mountain this summer? https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/lake-mountain-this-summer-2024/ Wed, 20 Dec 2023 19:26:25 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=192521 Flow Mountain Bike acknowledges the Traditional Owners of Lake Mountain and Marysville, the people of Taungurung Country. We recognise their connection to lands, waters and communities and pay our respect to Elders past, present and emerging. Ah Lake Mountain Resort, the home to one of our favourite trails on the mainland, Cascades. On a short […]

The post What to expect at Lake Mountain this summer? appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Flow Mountain Bike acknowledges the Traditional Owners of Lake Mountain and Marysville, the people of Taungurung Country. We recognise their connection to lands, waters and communities and pay our respect to Elders past, present and emerging.


Ah Lake Mountain Resort, the home to one of our favourite trails on the mainland, Cascades. On a short skip from the hustle and bustle of Melbourne, this 28km adventure ride starts at the tippy top of the alpine resort and plunges 1,550m vertical metres down to Marysville — albeit with 638m of climbing mixed in.

Green season has well and truly kicked off in the Victorian Alpine, and the trail crew has been busy primping, prepping and revamping the trails for riders this summer. But it’s more than just tweaks to the trails, there are a few big changes to the way things are running at the Resort this year. 

We caught up with the crew at Lake Mountain to see what you can expect in the alpine this summer. 

We can’t wait to get up into the alpine to ride Cascades this summer.

Related:


Come along as the Flow team takes on a Lake Mountain Weekender


Cascades | Just like you remember, but a little different

According to Ben Reynolds, head of the Lake Mountain Trail Crew, the most challenging part of his job is keeping Cascades fresh season after season.

“We have to try and keep new stuff going in as much as possible (on Cascades). It’s not like we have a whole bunch of trails that you could constantly say, ‘hey, look at this new one, and check out these features on this one over here” says Reynolds. “So that’s tweaking the berms or adding in double berms (for some cheeky passing zones) and new jumps. Things like that just keep bringing new life into the trail.”

The man. The myth. The legend! Trail builder extraordinaire Ben Reynolds.
When Reynolds says double berms, he doesn’t mean just to small piles of dirt next to one another. He means DOUBLE Berms.

The biggest project has been refreshing the whole section of singletrack between the Snowy Hill Car Park and the Arnold Gap Car Park. For those who aren’t super well acquainted with Cascades, this is the section between the first and second road crossings. 

“We’ve tweaked a lot of the features, some jumps, some step-downs and we’ve added some dual berms. We’re trying to give people options so that they’re not just going into the same berms; that way, you can hit the inside berm or the outside and just change it up a bit,” he says.

Starting just above the first road crossing, Reynolds tells us he has completely refreshed a little more than 2km of trail so far. 

“The way it’s turning out is pretty fast flowing. We’ve changed a few sections and probably taken out about 60m that just runs through rather than coming back on itself to keep the flow going. It’s taken me a while because a lot of it is that really red soil that’s hard to work with when it rains.”

The trail crew are also flexing its carpentry muscles, there is also a new bit of fresh woodwork on display near Harry’s Landing.

There are a whole bunch of new wooden features along Cascades this season.

“I was up there with the machine cleaning up, and then we ended up deciding to make this little 40m pump track type-thing with some wooden features. We were just trying to turn a 40-50m plain section into something interesting,” says Reynolds.

He also tells Flow on the to-do list is to create a raised platform over the mud bog at the top. But this won’t just be a stock standard raised platform; Reynolds tells us he has some ideas for something North Shore style. This is still very much in the planning phase, however, so you’ll have to wait a while. 

The trail crew is quite constrained in what they can actually do to Cascades to keep it fresh. All of the work needs to be in the existing trail corridor and Reynolds and his team have to get pretty darn creative.

Even with all of the changes and Reynolds’ never-ending quest to make the Cascades ride like a brand new trail every season, he also tells us it’s essential to keep everything to a blue or dark blue level.

“It’s such a big trail that you can’t change because we’re limited on the alignment. But the majority of people love that sort of blue trail, to dark blue in sections,” he tells us.

One of the things Reynolds is constantly adding are jump. Big ones, small ones, hidden ones, obvious ones — you name it’s on this trail. However, everything has a B-line so there is no forced risk.

Don’t forget the trails on the summit

While Cascades is far and away the showstopper at Lake Mountain, don’t forget there are also trails on the summit. 

Reynolds tells us they’ve done a fair bit of work to get the beginner Lenny’s Loop Trail running smooth, and there’s even a bit of new woodwork for freshly minted riders to experience.

“Lenny’s loop is looking pretty good, and we’ve just put in a new wooden rollover,” he says.

The trails up at the top have also received a bit of work, and Reynolds tells us he has a few ideas new ideas which may come to fruition over the next couple of seasons.

Stemming off from Lenny’s Loop there’s a black trail called Ski Run 21, which Reynolds has also been moving dirt on. 

It’s only about 400m long, but I think you’ve got 10 or 11 doubles and step-downs in that little section. There’s a little A/B-line section on there, and there is a massive tree that came down a few years ago, which we put a wooden feature over the top,” Reynolds says.

While it may seem less than ideal to run a black trail off of a beginner loop, Reynolds tells us there is a tree right at the entrance that creates a filter feature — an obstacle that requires a certain degree of skill to get over, which will prevent riders who aren’t ready from ending up on that trail. 

The trail crew will also be out slashing the XC ski trails so folks can go for a leisurely roll and enjoy the scenery around the summit.

Cascades is definitely Lake Mountain’s flagship product, but it’s not the only thing the Resort has to offer.

New shuttle pickup

The new shuttle pickup will probably be the most noticeable change for folks heading to Lake Mountain to ride Cascades.

“We have closed down the Lake Mountain Visitor Centre in Marysville and have repositioned our shuttle pickup to the Peppers rear car park,” says Kirra Clancy, Acting Visitor Services Supervisor at Lake Mountain Resort. 

The shuttles no longer leave from the Lake Mountain Visitor Centre in Marysville because there is no Lake Mountain Visitor Centre anymore. Now everything kicks off from Peppers.

Reynolds tells us they’ve also installed a new bike wash down there to boot. 

“We’ve got one down there sitting at Peppers. It’s one of the newfangled ones where you chuck your money in, and you’ve got bike wash and a blowdryer, and everything,” says Reynolds.  

Another significant change for this season is that the shuttle is only running on weekends for most of the year. However, from December 29, 2023 to January 19, 2024 the resort is putting on an 8:00am and 9:30am shuttle during the week. 

“We’ve only put it on (weekdays) for the busy period at this point in time, but it’s kind of see as we go for putting on weekday shuttles. If we have demand, it’s definitely something we will look into. We’re taking note of when people are inquiring about weekday shuttles and things like that,” says Clancy. 

That said, if you can’t find a shuttle day that works and you can get a big group of mates together, Lake Mountain is offering private group bookings for this riding season. 

“We can utilise the bus that we have already, and get people up here on days that we’re not running the shuttle service. You can choose the time that you’d like to be picked up in Marysville, and we’ll come down and pick you up. Usually, we can take 10-20 people; you just need the minimum payment on booking — all the info is on our website,” says Clancy.

The arrangement at the summit has been changed around, too, with everything moving into the admin building.

The top has been rearranged, too.

When you make it to the summit, the shop and cafe have also moved into the admin building. 

“It was kind of a no-brainer to move it (the shop and cafe) over here. Not only to reduce the operational costs and energy used over in that second building, but it’s also a much nicer atmosphere to host our summer operation,” says Clancy. “We’ve got an awesome balcony outside so that you can take advantage of the beautiful views while you’re enjoying a coffee.”

Hire bikes, helmets, body armour and coffee (that last one is for keeps) can all be had at the new setup on the summit.

Lake Mountain is still offering a full fleet of Rocky Mountain hire bikes with both Instincts and Altitudes available. You can also rent helmets and knee and elbow pads too. The only difference here is that you’ll need to drop them off at Peppers when you’re done, as the Visitor Centre is no more.  

For more info, to check trail status, or book shuttles, head over to the Lake Mountain Website.

The post What to expect at Lake Mountain this summer? appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
192521
Red Bull Hardline lands in Maydena this February with a stacked rider lineup https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/redbull-hardline-maydena/ Wed, 13 Dec 2023 08:00:33 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=187873 *This story has been updated on 13/12/23 with the invited riders list For the first time in its decade-long history, Red Bull Hardline is leaving home and heading for Tasmania. The world’s fastest downhillers will land in Maydena Bike Park — or rather fly above — with a purpose-built course under construction as we speak.  […]

The post Red Bull Hardline lands in Maydena this February with a stacked rider lineup appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
*This story has been updated on 13/12/23 with the invited riders list

For the first time in its decade-long history, Red Bull Hardline is leaving home and heading for Tasmania. The world’s fastest downhillers will land in Maydena Bike Park — or rather fly above — with a purpose-built course under construction as we speak. 

But it’s not just about the elite riders, as the Bike Park is using Hardline as a springboard to relaunch Gravity Fest, a week-long mountain bike festival running from February 20-25, 2024 — this is the week after Cannonball MTB Fest in Thredbo, road trip anyone?

Hardline has quite a reputation, pitting the fastest riders against insanely big features. We can’t wait to see what Maydena has in store.

Related:

What is Red Bull Hardline, and how did Maydena get the hosting gig?

Dyfi Bike Park in Wales has hosted Red Bull Hardline for ten years, and Maydena will be the first time the event has been run anywhere else. It’s been called the hardest downhill for the bravest riders in the world and combines a race against the clock with drops, jumps and gaps that would Humpty Dumpty-fy a mere mortal.

“I love watching something like Rampage or the Crankworx Slopestyle events, but it’s kind of hard to wrap your head around the level of the tricks that the athletes are doing now. It feels so far removed from what us ordinary people do on a mountain bike ride. The cool thing about Hardline is at the end of the day it’s a race, and that’s something that has a lot more relevance to the general mountain bike population — it’s a bit easier to understand,” says Maydena and Dirt Art head Simon French.

French tells us this gap is 80ft, and there is a 110ft double shortly after.

Coming off the back of hosting one of two Aussie stops of the Enduro World Cup, French tells Flow that he had been in talks with Red Bull for some time about Hardline. 

“I’m not even sure it was raised by one side specifically. It came up in discussion, and we all agreed it was something worth having a look at, but we didn’t really ever think it would come to fruition. A few months after that, it all started getting a little more serious, and then we had a few different site visits from Red Bull and their broadcast team. And then it was on,” says French. 

In the UK at Dyfi Bike Park, Dan Atherton is the driving force behind the design and construction of the course, however for the Maydena event, Dirt Art has the reigns.

“We’re designing it (the course). Dan isn’t actually coming down, but Gee (Atherton) and some of his construction team will be here to have a bit of a look at the course and see if they have any input,” French tells Flow. 

The same gap from another perspective. This thing ain’t small.
Red Bull Hardline Red Bull Hardline Hardline Maydena

Tell us about the Hardline Maydena course

According to French, with the topography of Abbotts Peak, the course has to run on the eastern side of the bike park, essentially riders’ right of everything except for the wilderness trail. It will be a completely new trail, though it will interface with a some of the existing singletrack, and jump over the top of others on the way down. 

“There is really only one area on the hill at Maydena that works for that type of course that has the elevation and can sustain the gradient all the way through,” says French. “It’s really just placing those final big features, but it’s very much a Maydena course.”

Red Bull Hardline Red Bull Hardline Red Bull Hardline
The Dirt Art crew have been bush bashing around Maydena to find the biggest scariest things hiding on Abbotts Peak.

The course covers 550m of vertical drop and starts up near Zen Master — formerly known as Zen Garden. Up there, the forest is open, and there are dramatic views of Mount Field National Park. 

Hardline gained a fandom not just through the unique format but also the scale of the features the riders need to survive on the way down. According to French one of the key things they need to match is that scale, however they aren’t trying to plonk the Dyfi Hardline course on top of Maydena. 

“It’s quite a bit longer than the National Downhill, for example; it’s (the Hardline course) an additional 150m of elevation. But we’re working to bring the race time into pretty similar to what Nationals were — so mid-three-minutes,” French says. 

There are plenty of big pieces of rock on the eastern side of Maydena for French and his crew to work with.

“It’s definitely going to look different, but the way a lot of the features flow are actually pretty similar to Hardline UK where you have steep rocky terrain at the top. Then through the middle of the course, it’s quite fast-paced and there are severe jumps and things like that. And then the big big stuff down the bottom is quite similar to the UK like the quintessentially Hardline features, like the stupidly big road gap,” says French. 

As it stands, the current deal is for Hardline to run at Maydena for a minimum of three years — though talks are already underway to extend that — the course will be a permanent fixture at the Bike Park — though it won’t be accessible to the public for obvious reasons. 

Who has been invited to Red Bull Hardline Maydena?

The list of riders invited to Red Bull Hardline Maydena has just been announced. Thirty-two riders in total have been invited, divided two tiers: 26 have riders have been invited to compete in both the UK and Maydena events, while 12 Wild Card riders have been invited just to the Tassie event. 

While only David McMillan has made the cut for both events, the Wild Card list is packed full of local names we recognise — albeit with a few notable omissions like Mike Ross and Caroline Buchanan.

Check out the full list below.

We think you can see where this is going, and when French says the Hardline course will run over the top of some existing trails, he is not kidding.

2024 Rider List

Ronan Dunne (IRL) Thomas Genon (BEL)
Gee Atherton (UK) Reed Boggs (USA)
Jackson Goldstone (CAN) Juan Diego ‘Johny’ Salido (MEX)
Bernard Kerr (UK) Tahnee Seagrave (UK)
Laurie Greenland (UK) Louise-Anna Ferguson (UK)
Kade Edwards (UK) Cami Nogueira (ARG)
Brook MacDonald (NZL) Hannah Bergemann (US)
Charlie Hatton (UK) Casey Brown (CAN)
Kaos Seagrave (UK) Theo Erlangsen (SA)
Adam Brayton (UK) Matteo Iniguez (FRA)
Craig Evans (UK) David McMillan (AUS)
Camilo Sanchez (COL) Tomas Lemoine (FRA)
Gaetan Vige (FRA) Mark Wallace (CAN)

Tasmanian Wild Card Riders

Baxter Maiwald (AUS) Dan Booker (AUS)
Sam Gale (NZL) Ed Masters (NZL)
Sam Blenkinsop (NZL) Remy Morton (AUS)
George Brannigan (NZL) Loïc Bruni (FRA)
Connor Fearon (AUS) Darcy Coutts (AUS)
Harriet Burbidge-Smith (AUS) Gracey Hemstreet (CAN)

 

Hardline Maydena Hardline Maydena Hardline Maydena

How do you spectate Red Bull Hardline?

French tells Flow that Hardline will be a ticketed event as part of Gravity Fest, which will get you in the door. Given that the course is separate from the bike park, the course will be accessible by bike or by foot, and they’ll have maps to get you to the big features and shuttles will be running. 

“We’ll have a big event hub at the road gap — there are a number of features there. It’s the same location as the current downhill road gap, just a whole lot bigger. That entire area is going to be redeveloped, so we’ll have a bar and a DJ at that on-hill event hub,” he says.

French says there will be well-organised and flagged pathways for people to walk or ride around the venue to get to the best parts of the course. 

Riders will be coming down this rock, we’re not entirely sure how but it’s definitely going to be scary.

Hardline Maydena resurrects Gravity Fest

In the before times, you may remember Gravity Fest, there was racing, a King and Queen of the Mountain event, kids events, live music, and good times.

So, with Hardline coming to the Bike Park, Maydena is reviving Gravity Fest with a new and improved format over five days. 

“What we think is so cool about Hardline is that people can come down and not just engage in Hardline but also come down to ride their bikes and have a bit of fun. Some of these big events aren’t particularly participation-friendly for your weekend warrior. We are trying to blur the boundary between a high-level spectator event and something you can come down and get involved with on and off the bike.  

The Natty will be opened for the Maydena Cup DH. The course has been revamped and left to marinate to increase the speed and bring it up to a World Cup standard. This will be a rare chance to actually race this trail, but also to do so alongside some of the best downhillers in the world.

French tells us they are keeping a few features they found under wraps, so there will be some surprises on race day. Based on the size of this rock they’re looking at you can bet it’s going to be big, whatever it is.

Rather than trotting out yet another whipoff, Gravityfest will have a Jump Jam hosted at the park’s new freeride zone. Competitors will be given a time slot, and judges will pick winners in three categories — Maximum Steeze, Fattest Whip and Best Trick.

Gravity Fest will also bring back King and Queen of the Mountain. This event is a race from the summit back to the bottom. It doesn’t matter how you get there or what trails you ride; whoever can descend all 820m of Abbotts Peak the fastest will be coronated as Maydena royalty. 

There is something for the mini-shredders too. Kids Fest has a full program of racing from the lower mountain trailhead on Sunday — complete with a pair of downhill courses, one focused on flow and the other on technical riding. There is no minimum age, with categories ranging from U5 to U15.

Dirt Art has brought out the 20-tonne big guns to build the Hardline course.

Of course, being a mountain bike festival, there will be live music, a beer garden, and great food — we’re particularly excited about the Mexican and Margs bullet point on the schedule.

French tells us SRAM Technical University will be running sessions, and they are working on a few others with Maydena’s industry partners. 

For more info and to get your tickets, head over to the Maydena website. 


Photos: Ryan Finlay / Maydena, Sam Dugon / Red Bull Content Pool

The post Red Bull Hardline lands in Maydena this February with a stacked rider lineup appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
187873
Jack Thompson sets new FKT on 1,064km Munda Biddi Trail https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/jack-thompson-sets-new-fkt-on-1064km-munda-biddi-trail/ Fri, 01 Dec 2023 04:40:22 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=189868 Last weekend, Perth native Jack Thompson completed the 1,064km Munda Biddi trail in two days, 12 hours and 15 minutes, setting a new Fastest Known Time (FKT). Averaging about 19kph for the duration of the effort, he bested the previous FKT by about five hours, set by Craig Wiggins in 2020. Since then the route […]

The post Jack Thompson sets new FKT on 1,064km Munda Biddi Trail appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
Last weekend, Perth native Jack Thompson completed the 1,064km Munda Biddi trail in two days, 12 hours and 15 minutes, setting a new Fastest Known Time (FKT). Averaging about 19kph for the duration of the effort, he bested the previous FKT by about five hours, set by Craig Wiggins in 2020. Since then the route has grown by 16km, making the effort even more impressive.

Partnering with Oqea and the Happiness Co Foundation, Thompsons is using this effort as a springboard to shine the spotlight on mental health.

Riding for two hours in 40ºC is hard enough. Thompson did it for two-and-a-half-days.

Who is Jack Thompson?

Now based in Girona, Spain, Jack Thompson loves a challenge. Last year he Everested – where you climb the vertical of Mount Everest in one ride — 52 times, on 52 different climbs raising $800,000 for three mental health organisations.

He’s also the owner of the Osaka to Tokyo and Portugal Crossing FKTs, and until March of this year, he was the world record holder for the greatest distance cycled in one week. Thompson rode 3,505km in seven days but was recently beaten by Matthieu Bonne, who managed 3619.72km in a week.

Beyond the three records above, he’s also raced the TDF peloton to Paris and finished the entire route in just 10-days and completed a host of other Everesting efforts.

All that is to say, the guy can suffer over a very long period of time and do it at an extremely high pace.

Munda Biddi Dreaming

After his year-long Everesting extravaganza, Thomson tells Flow he was a bit burned out and needed to refocus on ultra-efforts which he was a bit more inspired to do.

“I met a guy in Perth who is running a mental health startup. Oqea is the name, and we were speaking about efforts to raise awareness for mental health stuff. I said I wanted to come back to Perth and ride the Munda Biddi. Why don’t we try to create a project around that?

Over the years, Thompson has been very open about his struggles with mental health and has battled depression since he was a teenager. Obviously a guy with a passion for riding, he tells Flow he wants to use the platform he’s gained through riding to have a purpose beyond just him.

“Everything we’ve done like this has had a second story around giving back and that notion of well-being,” he says. “I love riding and the discipline required to go out and do the training. But the rewarding aspect for me is seeing the little kids, or the adults or whoever it may be, when their faces light up when you’re talking to them and realise that you’ve actually made a difference for them.”

The fastest-known time

Usually ridden over about ten days, the Munda Biddi trail runs from Mundaring to Albany. We caught up with Thompson a few days after he completed the effort, and he was in the midst of a speaking tour through schools around WA. His riding resume is basically a hit list of herculean feats on the bike, and he says the FKT on the Munda Biddi ranks near the top in terms of difficulty.

By his own admission, Thomson is a roadie, and this route being just about entirely off-road added a degree of technicality.

Thompson doesn’t have much experience off-road, so the gravel and singletrack of this effort added a challenge for him.

“I am a bit of a newbie on the gravel, but it was also 40ºC for the first two days — we’re on the back end of a record-breaking heat wave here in Perth. If that wasn’t enough, on the final stretch, we had 60kph headwinds. It was the longest day ever,” he says.

With an FKT effort, the clock doesn’t stop when you need to take a nature break, much less sleep. And over the two-and-a-half-day, Thompson slept for less than 20 minutes.

“I’d spoken to my doctor before I came, and he said to me, ‘you know, at 48 hours if you don’t sleep, your body is going to start shutting down.’ I had this idea in my head that once I got to 48, stuff was going to get really dark, and it got really dark,” says Thompson.

“The second night of no sleep, the sun was just starting to rise, and I knew that once the sun was up, it would become a little easier. Then I sort of realised I’d totally forgotten what had happened the last half an hour,” he says. “I just pulled over and decided I would have a quick ten-minute nap.”

Don’t mind Jack, he’s just having a quick nap.

“I set an alarm on my Garmin and set a stopwatch as well, and I just laid in the dirt and slept for nine minutes and then cracked on,” he says.

His second nap was only eight minutes, and it came after a difficult sandy hike-a-bike. Again, he says he’d forgotten what was going on, so he laid down in the dirt next to a car park for a quick recharge.

“I remember there were flies buzzing around my mouth, but I just didn’t care and fell asleep. That was for seven or eight minutes, and then I just pushed on and kept trucking to the end,” he says.

Thompson says these short naps weren’t just in the name of saving time, he didn’t want to risk falling into a deep sleep and losing his mojo and drive to keep pushing.

He tells us he’s hoping to come back and ride the Munda Biddi again. But this time over 10-days.

Planning for hardship

There is more to an effort than packing food, water and spares and letting it rip. Thomson planned the effort by taking the previous record holder’s average speed, and working out a pace he thought he could maintain, which was 20kph, and working backwards to build a schedule.

“I made a really detailed plan of what was going to be open (to buy food). But then it was hard because I fell behind on the second day, which then threw out all of the logistics to be able to get to shops and food. It’s pretty remote down in the south, and there is not a lot open, even when it’s open,” he says.

Fortunately, Thompson made it through the entire effort without a mechanical or a crash, and had the emergency supplies to get him through missing business hours. But as you would expect there was no shortage of hardship on this 1000km journey.

Thompson fell behind on his schedule, which meant some of his planned resupply locations weren’t open.

He tells Flow that the last half day, the wheels were sort of falling off from the two days of extreme heat, wind, sleep deprivation, and limited food.

“I hit this section of sand going up a hill. My old man had been down there beforehand to check it out, and he said ‘there’s going to be a section down at the bottom that’s going to be pretty tough for you. It’s solid so you aren’t going to have to walk, but you’re going to struggle,’” he says.

“When I arrived there and it was sand, I just thought, ‘oh my god.’ That was probably the darkest period of the ride,” says Thompson.

On the other hand, there were speckles of joy and brilliance along the way. People came out all the way along the route to cheer him on, and there were people with signs cheering his name out in the middle of nowhere at all hours.

During the final stretch, Thompson was battling 60kph headwinds.

The setup

Thompson’s bike of choice for the Munda Biddi FKT attempt was a Specialized Diverge STR gravel bike. While the Mundi Biddi is usually completed on mountain bikes, it is possible on a gravel bike.

“The beauty of the STR is it has a little bit of suspension front and rear. I am accustomed to riding a road bike, so to go from road to gravel isn’t a huge change, and I can get my position pretty much the same — which the same can’t be said for a mountain bike. I am one of those people that feels like a millimetre change in my saddle height and setback. I didn’t want to make a big change at the last minute,” he says.

With 47mm wide bars at the front, he opted for non-flared bars, again in an effort not to make changes to his position ahead of a 50+ hour effort. His saddle of choice was a 155mm wide 3D-printed Specialized Romin, and he ran Garmin’s Rally power pedals. To maintain that 20kph average speed, he was running a SRAM 1x Mullet gravel setup, he had a 52-10T Eagle Cassette paired to a 48T chainring at the front.

The ride of choice for the Munda Biddi FKT was a Specialized Diverge STR

Rolling on 47mm wide Specialized Tracer gravel tyres, backed by Rimpact inserts. He tells us he doubled the amount of sealant he normally runs as a bit of an insurance policy. This paid off as the six spare tubes he stuffed into the downtube storage weren’t needed.

On the back of his bike was an Aeroe Spider Rack filled with food and a lightweight jacket.

He was also running a dynamo to power his lights, phone and Garmin Edge 1040.

“I ran the SP (Shutter Precision) dynamo hub with the kLight wiring loom,” he says. “What I actually mucked up was I ran the racing light setup, but I should have run the adventure lighting setup because I didn’t have enough voltage when I was going slow.”

He says this would cause the charging to flip on and off constantly, and he believes he damaged the battery on his phone and Garmin because of all the surges in power.

While very tired, Thomspon tells us he’s hoping to get back and do the Munda Biddi, as it’s intended to be over ten days to look around and enjoy it.

When we spoke to Thomson, he was heading back to Perth to fly back to Europe for some well-deserved rest. There is a documentary coming on the effort just after the new year, we’ll update this story when it comes out.


Photos: Zac Williams / @z_w_photography

The post Jack Thompson sets new FKT on 1,064km Munda Biddi Trail appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
189868
The Black Pearl finds treasure in Newcastle for the Quad Crown finale https://flowmountainbike.com/post-all/the-black-pearl-finds-treasure-in-newcastle-for-the-quad-crown-finale/ Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:06:39 +0000 https://flowmountainbike.com/?p=188480 The Quad Crown Black Pearl in Newcastle marked a thrilling end to the 2023 series. This event evolved from the popular Port to Port race and offered an opportunity to explore the diverse trails in the area, blending challenging races with a strong sense of community and social events. Newcastle is also the home of […]

The post The Black Pearl finds treasure in Newcastle for the Quad Crown finale appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
The Quad Crown Black Pearl in Newcastle marked a thrilling end to the 2023 series. This event evolved from the popular Port to Port race and offered an opportunity to explore the diverse trails in the area, blending challenging races with a strong sense of community and social events.

Newcastle is also the home of the Flow Mothership, so obviously, Mick was in attendance in his finest party shirt to partake in some of the racing action. The weather gods put together a heater for the weekend with the average temps hovering around 35ºC.

Ayyyyye, isn’t Mick retired from racing?
Cheers to Izzy for keeping the soundwaves filled with updates, results and insights from the riders all day.

Related:

Prelude: A Gentle Start at Glenrock

The journey began at Glenrock, with a 9km loop that allowed riders to ease into the weekend, complete with scenic waterfront views and climbs.

The ride featured scenic waterfront views, natural singletrack, jumps and meandering climbs, perfect for easing into the event.

Caleb set G-Rock alight with his speed and colour.

However, Quad Crown isn’t your average weekend group ride, and folks were here to send it. In the elites, Kath Hosking and Dom Paolilli put down the fastest times.

Ella Menigoz from Brisbane, levitating over the rocks in Glenrock.

This pair was not here to mess around with Hosking tying the Strava QOM on Snakes and Ladders — earning $500 smackeroos in the process — and taking five QOMs through the stage. The girl was flying!

With so many Port to Ports raced here, in the lead-up to the event, Course Designer Liam McGuire wondered aloud if Cam Ivory’s 2014 KOM and the fastest known time on this segment would stand. Turns out ol’ Cam put down a heater on that day, and even he was unable to best it today.

With Hosking laying down the fastest time for the ladies, Kath McInerney was hot on her tail, finishing six seconds back, and Holly Lubcke came third about two minutes later.

Dom Paolilli led out the men’s field, local hero Caleb Agostino was in pursuit, crossing the line two seconds back, followed by Dan McConnel with another seven seconds to make up.

Modus, so many beers to taste. So much swag given out. Yikes!
Bad day to be a…
Ahhhhhhhhhhh… 🙂

“Post-race, the atmosphere at Modus Brewery was lively and welcoming, where participants shared their excitement and expectations over a range of local beers. We snuck in a dip at the Merewether Baths, ahead of a couple of hot days on the bike,” Mick said.

Stage 1: The Grit and Beauty of Awaba

For Stage 1, Awaba Mountain Bike Park and the Watagans presented a demanding yet rewarding challenge. Known for its diverse terrain, the 40km queen stage included a formidable climb (walk), testing the limits of every rider.

However, the subsequent descent through the Biraban trail was a reward in itself, offering a thrilling ride through the lush rainforest and down a sweet, flowing descent. The park, set to host national titles next year, proved its mettle as a premier racing venue.

Domenic Paolilli, the U23 National Champ made the trip to Newcastle to put the pressure on the older guys in the field after his European racing campaign.
Awaba MTB Park is home of the Hunter MTB Club and the site of the 2024 National Champs. Worthy!
Cheers to all the crew. Event team, volunteers and medics. We appreciate you!

Again, the riders were not here for a leisurely jaunt in the woods; it was full revs in the heat. The two Kaths duked it out through the stage, finishing with one second between them, Hosking in front of McInerney, with Caitlyn Brazier moving into third overall ahead of Holly Lubke.

For the men, it would be the Big Mac himself, Dan McConnell, who would take the stage victory; however, big props to David Harris from the e-MTB category, who came second overall in ‘full turbo mode’. Cam Ivory rolled into the finish about 30 seconds behind McConnell, with Caleb Agostino rounding out the elite podium.

A cooked Mick, overdone, almost over the line. Get up, ya flog!
Point to where it hurts…

With another hot day in the bank, it was off to the local beer haus Grain Store to refuel for the series finale.

Stage 2: Discovering Newcastle’s Mountain Biking Gems

The final stage was a 37km journey through the heart of Newcastle’s mountain biking scene. Starting at the Royal Crown, the course traversed Glenrock, Whitebridge, and Redhead, showcasing the area’s best trails. The clever route design by McGuire hitting the best parts of each riding spot.

Cadence on the hunt for the next speedy corner.
The iconic Fernleigh Track – an old coal train line converted into a multi-use path – helped riders access three pockets of great trails. Also, fast rolling for a welcome breather.

McConnell would make it a hat trick for the weekend, with Domenic Paolilli just off his wheel, followed by Caleb Agostino and cementing the overall general classification in the same order.

For the ladies, McInerney would outfox Hosking to take the stage win. Unfortunately, the two-second gap was not enough to steal the leader’s jersey, and Hosking would take out the general classification. Ella Menigoz came third on the day, however, Holly Lubcke had built enough of a gap to secure the last step on the podium in the overall.

New to Newy – Kath Bicknell racing on trails she’ll now call home.
Newcastle AF. Ocean, singletrack, a few burnt cars and plenty of cheery riders ripping trails.
Pub to Pub? The Royal Crown was a fitting venue, with the name, the food beer and good vibes only.

What makes the Quad Crown the Quad Crown is that the racing isn’t just about the elites at the pointy end, and the big award is, of course, the Warrior Crown. Every rider is eligible for this accolade, and it’s based on a handicap set from your average speed during the prelude. The rider who outrides their handicap by the most is awarded with the Warrior Crown.

Yessss, Sally Hill! Thank you, and congratulations on a mighty year; Quad Crown will be here to stay.

For The Black Pearl, Katrina Skellern and Adrian Azzopardi are the newly coronated Quad Crown royals.

Quad Crown returns to its roots

With such strong roots in Newcastle, it’s a fitting end for the inaugural Quad Crown Series wrap-up on the trails here. After having to call off the first year due to the pandemic and then the weather, the crew behind the race has pulled together a fantastic series.

“This event was as much about the people as it was about the race. Witnessing Blake, my friend and neighbour, a newcomer to the sport, with plastic flat pedals fitted to a loaner bike, a chill $20-ishK Yeti SB120, complete the race was a testament to the event’s inclusive and encouraging atmosphere. It was heartening to see him, along with his beautiful family, celebrate this personal milestone. Go Snake.” Mick said after the race.

New to mountain biking, Mick’s friend and neighbour Blake, after a mighty day out on the trails.

The Black Pearl event encapsulated the essence of mountain biking in Newcastle – a blend of challenging trails and a warm, welcoming community. As we anticipate future events, including the exciting Omeo stop, the Quad Crown series continues to be a great event catering for a wide variety of riders. The 2024 dates are going to be announced soon; stay tuned, folks!

Stoked!

Photos – Gilbert from Outer Image Collective & Flow MTB

The post The Black Pearl finds treasure in Newcastle for the Quad Crown finale appeared first on Flow Mountain Bike.

]]>
188480